WO2020030172A1 - D2d communication method, communication apparatus, and communication system - Google Patents

D2d communication method, communication apparatus, and communication system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020030172A1
WO2020030172A1 PCT/CN2019/100171 CN2019100171W WO2020030172A1 WO 2020030172 A1 WO2020030172 A1 WO 2020030172A1 CN 2019100171 W CN2019100171 W CN 2019100171W WO 2020030172 A1 WO2020030172 A1 WO 2020030172A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
slot
configuration information
time slot
symbols
target
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/100171
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王亚飞
马小骏
张长
张弛
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020030172A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020030172A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/70Services for machine-to-machine communication [M2M] or machine type communication [MTC]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a D2D communication method, a communication device, and a communication system.
  • V2X vehicle to outside information exchange
  • V2X applications can include vehicles and vehicles (V2V), vehicles and roadside infrastructure (V2I), vehicles and pedestrians (V2P), and vehicles and application servers (vehicles totonetwork, V2N).
  • V2V vehicles and vehicles
  • V2I vehicles and roadside infrastructure
  • V2P vehicles and pedestrians
  • V2N vehicles and application servers
  • the application of V2X can improve driving safety, reduce congestion and vehicle energy consumption, improve traffic efficiency and on-board entertainment information.
  • V2X technology can be understood as a type of device-to-device (D2D) technology.
  • D2D device-to-device
  • the sending terminal when the terminal communicates with the terminal, the sending terminal sends a scheduling instruction (SA) on the physical side link control channel (PSCCH) to the data transmission
  • SA scheduling instruction
  • PSCCH physical side link control channel
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a D2D communication method, a communication device, and a communication system.
  • D2D communication can be performed by using time domain resources.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a D2D communication method.
  • the D2D communication method can be applied to a D2D terminal or a chip in a D2D terminal.
  • the method includes: receiving first time domain resource configuration information from an access network device, where the first time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate that a symbol included in the first time domain resource is an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol, and the first The time domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol.
  • the first time domain resource includes a scheduling indication SA target slot.
  • the second time domain resource configuration information is received from the access network device, and the second time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate The symbols included in the second time domain resource are an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol.
  • the second time domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol.
  • the second time domain resource includes a data DATA target time slot.
  • the SA target time slot and the DATA target time slot determining available symbols of the SA target time slot; determining available symbols of the DATA target time slot; sending an SA to the second terminal on the available symbols of the SA target time slot, the SA carrying the DATA target time slot Indication information, the DATA target time slot indication information is used to indicate the DATA target time slot; and DATA is sent to the second terminal on the available symbol of the DATA target time slot.
  • This method determines the available symbols of the SA target time slot and the available symbols of the DATA target time slot, sends SA on the available symbols of the SA target time slot, and sends DATA on the available symbols of the DATA target time slot.
  • the time domain resource performs D2D communication.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information is first cell-level semi-static configuration information; the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is received through a system message.
  • determining the available symbol of the SA target slot includes determining the available symbol of the SA target slot according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the method further includes: receiving first user-level configuration information; the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is further used to indicate that at least one symbol of the SA target slot is a flexible symbol; the first user-level configuration information The at least one flexible symbol used to indicate the SA target slot indicated by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol.
  • determining the available symbol of the SA target slot includes determining the available symbol of the SA target slot according to the first user-level configuration information.
  • determining the available symbols of the SA target slot includes determining the available symbols of the SA target slot according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level configuration information.
  • the first user-level configuration information includes first user-level semi-static configuration information; the first user-level semi-static configuration information is used to indicate the first cell-level semi-static configuration information indicating the
  • the at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol; the first user-level semi-static configuration information is carried in an RRC message.
  • the first user-level configuration information further includes first user-level dynamic configuration information; the first user-level semi-static configuration information is also used to indicate the information indicated by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • At least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot is a flexible symbol; the first user-level dynamic configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the first user-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol Or a downlink symbol; the first user-level dynamic configuration information is received on a group common physical downlink control channel GC PDCCH.
  • the first user-level configuration information includes first user-level dynamic configuration information; the first user-level dynamic configuration information is used to indicate the SA target indicated by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information
  • the at least one flexible symbol of the time slot is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol; the first user-level dynamic configuration information is received on the GC PDCCH.
  • the first time-domain resource configuration information is first user-level dynamic configuration information; the first user-level dynamic configuration information is received from the access network device on a GC PDCCH.
  • determining the available symbol of the SA target slot includes determining the available symbol of the SA target slot according to the first user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the second time domain resource configuration information is second cell-level semi-static configuration information
  • the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is received through a system message.
  • the available symbols for determining the DATA target slot include:
  • the available symbols of the DATA target time slot are determined according to the second cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the method further includes: receiving second user-level configuration information; the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is further used to indicate that at least one symbol of the DATA target slot is a flexible symbol; the second user-level configuration information The at least one flexible symbol used to indicate the DATA target slot indicated by the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol.
  • determining the available symbol of the DATA target slot includes determining the available symbol of the DATA target slot according to the second user-level configuration information.
  • determining the available symbols of the DATA target slot includes determining the available symbols of the DATA target slot according to the second cell-level semi-static configuration information and the second user-level configuration information.
  • the second user-level configuration information includes second user-level semi-static configuration information; the second user-level semi-static configuration information is used to indicate the second cell-level semi-static configuration information indicating the
  • the at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol; the second user-level semi-static configuration information is carried in an RRC message.
  • the second user-level configuration information further includes second user-level dynamic configuration information; the second user-level semi-static configuration information is also used to indicate the information indicated by the second cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • At least one flexible symbol of the DATA target slot is a flexible symbol; the second user-level dynamic configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the second user-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol Or downlink symbols; the second user-level dynamic configuration information is received on the group common physical downlink control channel GC PDCCH.
  • the second user-level configuration information includes second user-level dynamic configuration information; the second user-level dynamic configuration information is used to indicate the SA target indicated by the second cell-level semi-static configuration information
  • the at least one flexible symbol of the time slot is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol; the second user-level dynamic configuration information is received on the GC PDCCH.
  • the second time-domain resource configuration information is second user-level dynamic configuration information; the second user-level dynamic configuration information is received from the access network device on the GC PDCCH.
  • determining the available symbol of the DATA target time slot includes: determining the available symbol of the DATA target time slot according to the second user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the method further includes: receiving SA target slot indication information and the DATA target slot indication information from an access network device, the SA target slot indication information is used to indicate the SA target slot, and when the DATA target The slot indication information is used to indicate the DATA target time slot;
  • the determining the SA target time slot and the DATA target time slot includes: determining the SA target time slot according to the SA target time slot indication information; and determining the DATA target time slot according to the DATA target time slot indication information.
  • the method further includes: receiving SA slot resource pool indication information and DATA slot resource pool indication information from the access network device, where the SA slot resource pool indication information is used to indicate when one or more SAs are reserved Slot, the one or more SA reserved time slots include the SA target time slot, the DATA time slot resource pool indication information is used to indicate one or more DATA reserved time slots, and the one or more DATA reserved time slots Including the DATA target slot;
  • Determining the SA target time slot and the DATA target time slot include: determining the SA target time slot according to the SA time slot resource pool instruction information; and determining the DATA target time slot according to the DATA time slot resource pool instruction information;
  • the method further includes: determining the DATA target slot indication information.
  • the SA also carries available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot, and the available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot is used to indicate the available symbol of the DATA target slot.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a D2D communication method.
  • the D2D communication method may be applied to a D2D terminal or a chip in a D2D terminal.
  • the method includes receiving third time domain resource configuration information from an access network device, where the third time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate that a symbol included in the third time domain resource is an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol.
  • the time domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol.
  • the third time domain resource includes an SA target slot.
  • the fourth time domain resource configuration information is received from the access network device, and the fourth time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate a fourth time.
  • the symbols included in the domain resource are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols.
  • the fourth time domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol.
  • the fourth time domain resource includes a DATA target slot.
  • the SA The time slot resource pool indication information is used to indicate one or more SA reserved time slots, the one or more SA reserved time slots include the SA target time slot; determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot; Receive an SA from the first terminal on the available symbol of the time slot, the SA includes DATA target time slot indication information, and the DATA target time slot indication information is used to indicate the DATA target time slot; determining the DATA Available symbols for the target time slot; DATA is received from the first terminal on the available symbols for the DATA target time slot.
  • the method determines the available symbols of the SA target slot and the available symbols of the DATA target slot, receives SA on the available symbols of the SA target slot, and receives DATA on the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
  • the time domain resource performs D2D communication.
  • the third time domain resource configuration information may be third cell-level semi-static configuration information or third user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the first in the method of the first aspect may be replaced with the third.
  • the fourth time domain resource configuration information may be fourth cell-level semi-static configuration information or fourth user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the available symbols of the SA target slot refer to the method of the first aspect.
  • the first The second in the aspect method is replaced with the fourth.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a D2D communication method.
  • the D2D communication method may be applied to a D2D terminal or a chip in a D2D terminal.
  • the method includes receiving third time domain resource configuration information from an access network device, where the third time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate that a symbol included in the third time domain resource is an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol.
  • the time domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol, and the third time domain resource includes an SA target slot.
  • Receives SA slot resource pool indication information which is used to indicate one or more SA reserved time slots.
  • the one or more SA reserved time slots include an SA target time slot; determining available symbols in the SA target time slot; receiving an SA from the first terminal on the available symbols in the SA target time slot, the SA Including DATA target time slot indication information and DATA target time slot available symbol indication information, the DATA target time slot indication information is used to indicate the DATA target time slot, and the available symbol indication information of the DATA target time slot is used to indicate the DATA target time Available symbols in the slot; determining the available symbols of the DATA target slot according to the DATA target slot indication information and the DATA target slot available symbol indication information; in the DATA target slot DATA is received on this available symbol.
  • the method determines the available symbols of the SA target slot and the available symbols of the DATA target slot, receives SA on the available symbols of the SA target slot, and receives DATA on the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
  • the time domain resource performs D2D communication.
  • the third time domain resource configuration information may be third cell-level semi-static configuration information or third user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the method of the first aspect for example, The first in the method of the first aspect may be replaced with the third.
  • the available symbols of the SA target slot include one or more of an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, and a flexible symbol of the SA target slot.
  • the available symbols of the DATA target slot include one or more of an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, and a flexible symbol of the DATA target slot.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a D2D time domain resource allocation method, which can be used for an access network device or a chip in an access network device.
  • the method includes: sending first time domain resource configuration information to a first terminal, where the first time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate that a symbol included in the first time domain resource is an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol.
  • the domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol.
  • the first time domain resource includes a scheduling indication SA target slot.
  • the second time domain resource configuration information is sent to the first terminal.
  • the second time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate the second time domain.
  • the symbols included in the resource are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols.
  • the second time domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol.
  • the second time domain resource includes a data DATA target time slot.
  • the third time domain resource configuration is sent to the second terminal.
  • the third time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate that the symbols included in the third time domain resource are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols, the third time domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol, and the third time domain resource includes Data DATA target time slot; sending fourth time domain resource configuration information to the second terminal, the fourth time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate the fourth time domain
  • the symbols included in the resource are an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol.
  • the fourth time domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol.
  • the fourth time domain resource includes a data DATA target slot.
  • the broadcast SA slot resource pool indication information, the SA The time slot resource pool indication information indicates one or more SA reserved time slots, and the one or more SA reserved time slots include an SA target time slot.
  • the first time domain resource indication information may be first cell-level semi-static configuration information
  • the method further includes sending first user-level configuration information to the first terminal, where the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is further used for Indicates that at least one symbol of the SA target slot is a flexible symbol, and the first user-level configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or Downward symbol.
  • the first user-level configuration information includes one or more of the first user-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the first user-level semi-static configuration information is sent through an RRC message.
  • the first user-level dynamic configuration information is sent on the GC PDCCH.
  • the first time-domain resource indication information may be first user-level semi-static configuration information or first user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the first user-level semi-static configuration information is sent through an RRC message, and the first user-level dynamic information.
  • the configuration information is sent on the GC PDCCH.
  • the second time domain resource indication information may be second cell-level semi-static configuration information
  • the method further includes sending second user-level configuration information to the first terminal, where the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is further used for Indicates that at least one symbol of the SA target slot is a flexible symbol, and the second user-level configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or Downward symbol.
  • the second user-level configuration information includes one or more of the second user-level semi-static configuration information and the second user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the second user-level semi-static configuration information is sent through an RRC message.
  • the second user-level dynamic configuration information is sent on the GC PDCCH.
  • the second time domain resource indication information may be second user-level semi-static configuration information or second user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the second user-level semi-static configuration information is sent through an RRC message, and the second user-level dynamic information.
  • the configuration information is sent on the GC PDCCH.
  • the third time domain resource indication information may be third cell-level semi-static configuration information
  • the method further includes sending third user-level configuration information to the first terminal, where the third cell-level semi-static configuration information is further used for Indicates that at least one symbol of the SA target slot is a flexible symbol, and the third user-level configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the third cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or Downward symbol.
  • the third user-level configuration information includes one or more of the third user-level semi-static configuration information and the third user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the third user-level semi-static configuration information is sent through an RRC message.
  • the third user-level dynamic configuration information is sent on the GC PDCCH.
  • the third time domain resource indication information may be third user-level semi-static configuration information or third user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the third user-level semi-static configuration information is sent through an RRC message, and the third user-level dynamic information.
  • the configuration information is sent on the GC PDCCH.
  • the fourth time domain resource indication information may be fourth cell-level semi-static configuration information
  • the method further includes sending fourth user-level configuration information to the first terminal, where the fourth cell-level semi-static configuration information is further used for Indicates that at least one symbol of the SA target slot is a flexible symbol, and the fourth user-level configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the fourth cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or Downward symbol.
  • the fourth user-level configuration information includes one or more of the fourth user-level semi-static configuration information and the fourth user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the fourth user-level semi-static configuration information is sent through an RRC message.
  • the fourth user-level dynamic configuration information is sent on the GC PDCCH.
  • the fourth time domain resource indication information may be fourth user-level semi-static configuration information or fourth user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the fourth user-level semi-static configuration information is sent through an RRC message, and the fourth user-level dynamic information.
  • the configuration information is sent on the GC PDCCH.
  • the method further includes: broadcasting DATA time slot resource pool indication information, where the DATA time slot resource pool indication information may indicate one or more DATA reserved time slots, and the one or more DATA reserved time slots include DATA Target time slot.
  • the method further includes: sending SA target slot indication information and DATA target slot indication information to the first terminal, the SA target slot indication information indicating the SA target slot, and the DATA target slot indication information indicating the DATA Target time slot.
  • the access network device indicates the SA target time slot or the DATA target time slot to the first terminal and the second terminal in units of time slots, which simplifies the process and can avoid the complexity of indicating to the first terminal and the second terminal in units of symbols. It is convenient for the first terminal and the second terminal to determine the available symbols of the SA target slot and the available symbols of the DATA target slot according to the received time domain resource configuration information, transmit the SA on the available symbols of the SA target slot, and transmit the SA target on the DATA target. DATA is transmitted on the available symbols of the time slot.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may be a terminal or a chip in the terminal.
  • the communication device includes a processor.
  • the processor is coupled to a memory.
  • the memory is used to store a computer program or Instructions, the processor is configured to execute a computer program or instructions in the memory, so that the communication device executes the method of the first aspect of the claim, and optionally, the communication device further includes the memory.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may be a terminal or a chip in the terminal.
  • the communication device includes a processor.
  • the processor is coupled to a memory.
  • the memory is used to store a computer program or Instructions, the processor is configured to execute the computer program or instructions in the memory, so that the communication device executes the method of the second aspect or the third aspect of the claim, and optionally, the communication device further includes the memory.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may be an access network device or a chip in an access network device.
  • the communication device includes a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, and the memory
  • the processor is configured to store a computer program or an instruction, and the processor is configured to execute the computer program or the instruction in the memory, so that the communication device executes the method of the fourth aspect of the claim, and the communication device further includes the memory.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium, where the storage medium is used to store a computer program or instructions, and when the program is run in a computer, the computer is caused to execute the first aspect, the second aspect, The third or fourth method.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device includes one or more modules, and is configured to implement the method of the first aspect, the second aspect, the third aspect, or the fourth aspect, the one or Multiple modules may correspond to the steps of the method of the first aspect, the second aspect, the third aspect, or the fourth aspect described above.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product.
  • the program product includes a program, and when the program is executed, the method of the first aspect, the second aspect, the third aspect, or the fourth aspect is executed. .
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system.
  • the communication system includes two or three of the communication device of the fifth aspect, the communication device of the sixth aspect, and the communication device of the seventh aspect.
  • the communication system includes the communication device of the fifth aspect and the communication device of the sixth aspect, or the communication system includes the communication device of the fifth aspect and the communication device of the seventh aspect, or the communication system includes the communication device of the sixth aspect and The communication device of the seventh aspect, or the communication device includes the communication device of the fifth aspect, the communication device of the sixth aspect, and the communication device of the seventh aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2A is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 2B is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a method for performing D2D communication using time domain resources in an NR system according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 4A is a schematic diagram of a method for determining an available symbol of an SA target slot by the terminal 12 according to an embodiment of the present application
  • 4B is a schematic diagram of another method for determining an available symbol of an SA target slot by the terminal 12 according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 4C is a schematic diagram of another method for the terminal 12 to determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 4D is a schematic diagram of another method for determining an available symbol of an SA target slot by the terminal 12 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 5A is a schematic diagram of a time domain resource indicated by cell-level semi-static configuration information according to an embodiment of the present application
  • 5B is a schematic diagram of a time domain resource indicated by first cell-level semi-static configuration information according to an embodiment of the present application
  • 5C is a schematic diagram of a time domain resource indicated by user-level semi-static configuration information according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 5D is a schematic diagram of time domain resources indicated by the first user-level semi-static configuration information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5E is a schematic diagram of a time domain resource indicated by the first user-level dynamic configuration information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another method for performing D2D communication by using time domain resources in an NR system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7A is a schematic diagram of a method for determining an available symbol of an SA target slot according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7B is a schematic diagram of another method for determining an available symbol of an SA target slot according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7C is a schematic diagram of another method for determining an available symbol of an SA target slot according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7D is a schematic diagram of another method for determining an available symbol of an SA target slot according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another method for D2D communication using time domain resources in an NR system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another method for performing D2D communication by using time domain resources in an NR system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 1000 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 1100 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 10 includes an access network device 11, a terminal 12, and a terminal 13.
  • the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 can directly communicate, for example, the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 can perform device-to-device (D2D) communication.
  • D2D device-to-device
  • D2D communication can be understood as direct communication between terminals, and direct communication between terminals does not need to pass through access network equipment.
  • D2D can be called Proximity Service (ProSe), or Proximity-Based Service (ProSe).
  • D2D also includes vehicle (V2X) information exchange with the outside world.
  • V2X vehicle
  • the D2D technology can also use technologies such as wireless (fidelity, WiFi) direct, FlashLinQ, bluetooth, and zigbee.
  • the link that the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 directly communicate with may be referred to as a D2D link, a sidelink, or other terms.
  • the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 may be referred to as D2D terminals, where a terminal that sends data is referred to as a D2D sender and a terminal that receives data is referred to as a D2D receiver.
  • the terminal 12 sends a message to the terminal. 13 sends data, terminal 12 is a D2D sending end, terminal 13 is a D2D receiving end; or, terminal 13 sends data to terminal 12, terminal 13 is a D2D sending end, and terminal 12 is a D2D receiving end.
  • the terminal 12 is a D2D sending end and the terminal 13 is a D2D receiving end as an example for description.
  • the terminal 12 or the terminal 13 may perform cellular communication with the access network device 11 or may not perform cellular communication with the access network device 11.
  • the terminal 12 (or the terminal 13) can perform D2D communication with the terminal 13 (or the terminal 12), for example, through carrier aggregation (CA) ) Or dual connectivity (DC) and other technologies.
  • CA carrier aggregation
  • DC dual connectivity
  • the D2D communication mode can include D2D communication in various wireless communication access systems. Mode, and D2D communication modes that may appear in the future, such as D2D communication modes that may appear in V2X.
  • D2D communication modes may include Mode 1, Mode 2, Mode 3, and Mode 4, where Mode 1 and Mode 2 may be communication modes in traditional D2D, and Mode 3 and Mode 4 may be in the field of (vehicle) to everything (V2X). Mode 3 is similar to Mode 1 and Mode 4 is similar to Mode 2.
  • Mode 1 and Mode 3 the access network device 11 can allocate D2D time-frequency resources to D2D terminals; in Mode 2 and Mode 4, D2D terminals can The D2D time-frequency resource is selected independently.
  • Mode 2 and mode 4 may include an out-of-coverage (OOC) mode and an edge-of-coverage (EOC) mode.
  • OOC out-of-coverage
  • EOC edge-of-coverage
  • D2D terminals such as terminal 12 and terminal 13
  • D2D terminals located within the coverage area of the access network device 11
  • the access network device 11 covers the edge or the access network device Outside the coverage area of 11
  • the D2D terminal can use different D2D communication modes for D2D communication.
  • terminal 12 uses terminal 12 as an example for illustration:
  • Example 1 The terminal 12 may be located in the coverage area of the access network device 11 or the edge of the coverage area of the access network device 11.
  • the terminal 12 may be in an RRC connected state with the access network device 11 (RRC connected), and the access network device 11 may decide
  • the terminal 12 adopts the mode 1 for D2D communication, or the access network device 11 can decide that the terminal 13 adopts the mode 2 for D2D communication.
  • the access network device 11 can decide that the terminal 13 adopts the EOC mode for D2D communication.
  • Example 2 The terminal 12 may be located within the coverage area of the access network device 11 or the edge of the coverage area of the access network device 11, the terminal 12 may be in an RRC IDLE state with the access network device 11, and the terminal 12 may be implemented in mode 2
  • the terminal 12 may adopt the EOC mode for D2D communication; or, the terminal 12 may enter the RRC connection state.
  • the terminal 12 may adopt the EOC mode for D2D communication; or, the terminal 12 may enter the RRC connection state.
  • Example 3 The terminal 12 can be located outside the coverage area of the access network device 11, for example, the terminal 12 moves from being located within the coverage area of the access network device 11 to the edge of the coverage of the access network device 11 or outside the coverage area of the access network device 11, the terminal 12 D2D communication may be performed in mode 2.
  • terminal 12 may perform D2D communication in OOC mode.
  • the access network device 11 in FIG. 1 may be an access network side device for supporting a terminal to access a communication system, for example, it may be a base transceiver station (BTS) in a 2G access technology communication system and Base station controller (BSC), Node B and radio network controller (RNC) in 3G access technology communication system, evolved base station in 4G access technology communication system ( evolved nodeB (eNB), next-generation base station (gNB), transmission and reception point (TRP), relay node (relay node), and access point (access point) in a 5G access technology communication system , AP) and so on.
  • BTS base transceiver station
  • BSC Base station controller
  • RNC radio network controller
  • eNB evolved nodeB
  • gNB next-generation base station
  • TRP transmission and reception point
  • relay node relay node
  • access point access point
  • 5G access technology communication system AP
  • the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 in FIG. 1 may be a device that provides voice or data connectivity to a user.
  • the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 may also be referred to as a user equipment (UE), a mobile station (mobile station), and a subscriber unit (subscriber unit). ), Station, terminal equipment (TE), etc.
  • the terminal can be a cellular phone, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wireless modem (modem), a handheld device (laptop computer), a cordless phone (cordless phone), wireless Local loop (wireless local loop (WLL) stations, pads, etc.).
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • modem wireless modem
  • handheld device laptop computer
  • cordless phone cordless phone
  • WLL wireless Local loop stations
  • devices that can access the communication system can communicate with the network side of the communication system, or communicate with other objects through the communication system can be terminals in the embodiments of this application, such as intelligent transportation Terminals and automobiles, household equipment in smart homes, power meter reading instruments in smart grids, voltage monitoring instruments, environmental monitoring instruments, video monitoring instruments in smart security networks, cash registers, and more.
  • the terminal may communicate with an access network device, for example, the access network device 11.
  • FIG. 2A is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device.
  • the structure of the access network device 11 reference may be made to the structure shown in FIG. 2A.
  • the access network device includes at least one processor 1111, at least one memory 1112, at least one transceiver 1113, at least one network interface 1114, and one or more antennas 1115.
  • the processor 1111, the memory 1112, and the transceiver 1113 are connected to the network interface 1114, for example, through a bus.
  • the antenna 1115 is connected to the transceiver 1113.
  • the network interface 1114 is used to enable the access network device to connect with other communication devices through a communication link, for example, the access network device is connected to a core network element through an S1 interface.
  • the connection may include various interfaces, transmission lines, or buses, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may include at least one of the following types: a general-purpose central processing unit (Central Processing Unit), a digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), a microprocessor, Application-Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), Microcontroller Unit (MCU), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA), or integrated circuit for implementing logic operations .
  • the processor 1111 may be a single-core processor or a multi-core processor.
  • the at least one processor 1111 may be integrated in one chip or located on multiple different chips.
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application may include at least one of the following types: read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, and random access memory (random access memory, RAM) or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (Electrically Programmabler-only memory, EEPROM).
  • ROM read-only memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
  • the memory can also be a compact disc (read-only memory, CD-ROM) or other disc storage, disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.) , Magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited to this.
  • CD-ROM compact disc
  • disc storage including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.
  • Magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices or any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited to this.
  • the memory 1112 may exist independently and is connected to the processor 1111.
  • the memory 1112 may also be integrated with the processor 1111, for example, integrated into a chip.
  • the memory 1112 can store program code that executes the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and is controlled and executed by the processor 1111.
  • the executed computer program codes can also be regarded as the driver of the processor 1111.
  • the processor 1111 is configured to execute computer program code stored in the memory 1112, so as to implement the technical solution in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the transceiver 1113 may be used to support reception or transmission of radio frequency signals between the access network device and the terminal, and the transceiver 1113 may be connected to the antenna 1115.
  • the transceiver 1113 includes a transmitter Tx and a receiver Rx.
  • one or more antennas 1115 may receive a radio frequency signal
  • a receiver Rx of the transceiver 1113 is configured to receive the radio frequency signal from the antenna, convert the radio frequency signal into a digital baseband signal or a digital intermediate frequency signal, and convert the digital
  • the baseband signal or the digital intermediate frequency signal is provided to the processor 1111, so that the processor 1111 performs further processing on the digital baseband signal or the digital intermediate frequency signal, such as demodulation processing and decoding processing.
  • the transmitter Tx in the transceiver 1113 is also used to receive the modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal from the processor 1111, and convert the modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal into a radio frequency signal, and pass a Or multiple antennas 1115 send the radio frequency signal.
  • the receiver Rx may selectively perform one or more levels of downmix processing and analog-to-digital conversion processing on the radio frequency signal to obtain a digital baseband signal or a digital intermediate frequency signal.
  • the sequence is adjustable.
  • the transmitter Tx can selectively perform one or more levels of upmixing processing and digital-to-analog conversion processing on the modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal to obtain a radio frequency signal.
  • the upmixing processing and digital-to-analog conversion processing The sequence is adjustable.
  • Digital baseband signals and digital intermediate frequency signals can be collectively referred to as digital signals.
  • FIG. 2B it is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the structure of the terminal 12 or the terminal 13 reference may be made to the structure shown in FIG. 2B.
  • the terminal includes at least one processor 1211, at least one transceiver 1212, and at least one memory 1213.
  • the processor 1211, the memory 1213, and the transceiver 1212 are connected.
  • the terminal 121 may further include an output device 1214, an input device 1215, and one or more antennas 1216.
  • the antenna 1216 is connected to the transceiver 1212, and the output device 1214 and the input device 1215 are connected to the processor 1211.
  • transceiver 1212 For the transceiver 1212, the memory 1213, and the antenna 1216, reference may be made to the related description in FIG. 2A to implement similar functions.
  • the processor 1211 may be a baseband processor or a CPU.
  • the baseband processor and the CPU may be integrated or separated.
  • the processor 1211 may be used to implement various functions for the terminal, for example, to process a communication protocol and communication data, or to control the entire terminal device, execute a software program, and process data of the software program; or to assist completion Calculation processing tasks, such as graphics and image processing or audio processing; or the processor 1211 is used to implement one or more of the above functions
  • the output device 1214 communicates with the processor 1211 and can display information in a variety of ways.
  • the output device 1214 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector. Wait.
  • the input device 1215 is in communication with the processor 1211 and can accept user input in a variety of ways.
  • the input device 1215 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensing device.
  • D2D communication can be performed using cellular resources.
  • the cellular resources can include TDD resources and / or FDD resources, which are allocated for D2D communication in units of subframes.
  • Time domain resources, TDD and / or FDD uplink subframes can be used for D2D communication.
  • TDD in a radio frame of 10ms, TDD has 7 types of uplink and downlink subframes, and each type of uplink and downlink subframes has preset uplink subframes, downlink subframes, and special subframes.
  • the access network device 11 configures the uplink and downlink subframes for the terminal 12, the position of the uplink subframe is fixed, and the uplink subframe can be used for D2D communication. At this time, all symbols in the uplink subframe Both are used for D2D communication.
  • uplink transmission and downlink transmission are distinguished by the frequency domain.
  • One subframe can be used for both uplink transmission and downlink transmission. This subframe can be used for D2D communication. At this time, all symbols in the subframe are used for D2D communication.
  • D2D communication may be performed using cellular resources.
  • the cellular resources may include TDD resources and / or FDD resources.
  • Time domain resources are allocated using time slots or symbols instead of subframes.
  • 1ms can include different numbers of slots. For example, when the subcarrier interval is 15kHz, 1ms includes 1 slot, which occupies 1ms; when the subcarrier interval is 30kHz , 1ms includes 2 time slots, each time slot occupies 0.5ms.
  • a time slot may include several symbols, for example, 12 or 14, and the several symbols may be all used for uplink transmission; or, the several symbols may be all used for downlink transmission; or some symbols are used for uplink transmission and part
  • the symbol is used for downlink transmission; or, further, a part of the symbol is an unknown symbol.
  • the unknown symbol may also be called a flexible symbol, and the access network device may indicate to the terminal the flexible symbol for upload transmission or downlink transmission.
  • TDD Time Division Duplex Downlink
  • the system can determine the time slot for uplink transmission and the time slot for downlink transmission according to the scheduling situation. Further, it can be flexible based on the scheduling situation.
  • the time slot is used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission; or, the flexible symbol can be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission according to scheduling conditions.
  • the method for allocating D2D communication using time domain resources in LTE is no longer applicable to NR systems. Therefore, in the NR system, how to use time domain resources for D2D communication is an urgent problem to be solved.
  • An embodiment of the present application proposes a solution for performing D2D communication by using time domain resources in an NR system.
  • the access network device 11 instructs the time domain resources of the terminal 12 (or the terminal 13) for D2D communication in time slot units, and the terminal 12 (or the terminal 13) combines the time domain resources of the terminal 12 (or the terminal 13).
  • the configuration information determines the symbols conforming to the D2D time domain resource type, and then transmits SA and DATA on the symbols conforming to the D2D time domain resource type.
  • the time domain resource may be a continuous or non-continuous time domain resource.
  • the time domain resource may include one or more consecutive or non-consecutive symbols, and some or all of the one or more symbols may belong to 1 or more time slots.
  • the cell-level semi-static configuration information is used to indicate that the symbols included in a time domain resource are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols.
  • the cell level can be understood as the configuration information is valid for the terminals in the cell or the configuration information can be sent to the Terminal, semi-static can be understood as the configuration information can be issued through high-level signaling, this high-level signaling can be understood as radio resource control (radio resource control (RRC) layer signaling, for example, the high-level signaling can be a system message
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the high-level signaling can be a system message
  • the access network device can broadcast a system message, and the system message can carry cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the user-level semi-static configuration information is used to indicate that the symbols included in a time domain resource are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols.
  • the user level can be understood as the configuration information is valid for a specific terminal or the configuration information can be sent to a specific terminal.
  • Static can be understood as the configuration information can be delivered through high-level signaling.
  • High-level signaling can be understood as radio resource control (RRC) layer signaling.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the high-level signaling can be an RRC message and access network equipment. An RRC message may be sent to the terminal, and the RRC message may include terminal-level semi-static configuration information.
  • User-level dynamic configuration information is used to indicate that the symbols included in a time-domain resource are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols.
  • User-level configuration information can be understood to be valid for specific terminals or the configuration information can be sent to specific terminals. It is understood that the configuration information can be delivered through physical layer information.
  • the physical layer signaling can be downlink control information (DCI), and the access network device can use the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). Send the DCI.
  • the DCI may include terminal-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the PDCCH may be a group common (GC) PDCCH.
  • the foregoing cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information may be collectively referred to as time domain resource configuration information.
  • the time slot when a time slot is used for uplink transmission, the time slot may be referred to as an uplink time slot.
  • all symbols in the time slot are uplink symbols.
  • this time slot can be called a downlink time slot.
  • all symbols in the time slot are downlink symbols.
  • the symbol When a symbol is used for uplink transmission, the symbol can be called an uplink symbol.
  • this symbol When a symbol is used During downlink transmission, this symbol can be called a downlink symbol.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a method for performing D2D communication using time domain resources in an NR system, as shown in FIG. 3.
  • the access network device 11 sends the first time domain resource configuration information to the terminal 12.
  • the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may send the first time domain resource configuration information to the terminal 12 through the antenna 1115.
  • the terminal 12 receives the first time domain resource configuration information.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may receive the first time domain resource configuration information from the access network device 11 by using the antenna 1216.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate that the symbols included in the first time domain resource are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information may indicate that the symbol is an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol.
  • the terminal 12 and the access network device 11 may be negotiated.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information may indicate two types of an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, and a flexible symbol in the first time domain resource.
  • the symbol not indicated by the domain resource configuration information is another symbol.
  • the terminal 12 and the access network device 11 may negotiate, and the first time domain resource configuration information may indicate an uplink symbol and a downlink symbol in the first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource configuration information is not indicated as an uplink symbol or a downlink
  • the symbol is a flexible symbol.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information may indicate, by indicating the position and number of uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols, to indicate whether the symbols included in the first time domain resource are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible. symbol.
  • the first time domain resource includes a scheduling instruction SA target time slot, and it can be understood that the first time domain resource includes symbols in the SA target time slot.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information may indicate that a symbol included in the SA target slot is an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol.
  • the first time domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol.
  • the SA target time slot may include at least one flexible symbol, or the first time domain resource other than the SA target time slot includes at least one flexible symbol.
  • the at least one flexible symbol may be used for transmitting data.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information may be first cell-level semi-static configuration information, first user-level semi-static configuration information, or first user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the access network device 11 may broadcast a system message, where the system message includes the first cell semi-static configuration information.
  • the access network device 11 may send an RRC message to the terminal 12, and the RRC message includes the first user-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the access network device 11 may send DCI to the terminal 12 through the PDCCH, where the DCI includes the first user-level dynamic configuration information, and the PDCCH may be a GC PDCCH.
  • the access network device 11 sends the second time domain resource configuration information to the terminal 12.
  • the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may send the second time domain resource configuration information to the terminal 12 through the antenna 1115.
  • the terminal 12 receives the second time domain resource configuration information.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may receive the second time domain resource configuration information from the access network device 11 by using the antenna 1216.
  • the second time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate that a symbol included in the second time domain resource is an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the indication manner of the second time domain resource configuration information, and may Refer to the indication method of the first time domain resource configuration information in S301.
  • the second time domain resource includes a data DATA target time slot, and it can be understood that the second time domain resource includes symbols in the DATA target time slot.
  • the second time domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol.
  • the DATA target time slot may include at least one flexible symbol, or the first time domain resource outside the DATA target time slot includes at least one flexible symbol.
  • the at least one flexible symbol may be used for transmitting data.
  • the second time domain resource configuration information may be second cell-level semi-static configuration information, second user-level semi-static configuration information, or second user-level dynamic configuration information. Reference may be made to related content of the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information in S301, and details are not described herein again.
  • S302 is optional.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information and the second time domain resource configuration information may be the same.
  • S302 may not exist, and the access network device may only send the first time domain resource configuration information and the first time domain resource configuration.
  • the first time domain resource indicated by the information includes an SA target slot and a DATA target slot.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information is first cell-level semi-static configuration information
  • the second time domain resource configuration information is second cell-level semi-static configuration information
  • the first cell-level semi-static configuration information and the second cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the static configuration information is the same, and the access network device 11 may broadcast a system message including the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the first time-domain resource indicated by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information includes the SA target time slot and DATA. Target time slot.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information is first user-level semi-static configuration information
  • the second time domain resource configuration information is second user-level semi-static configuration information
  • first user-level semi-static configuration information is the same.
  • the access network device 11 may send an RRC message to the terminal 12.
  • the RRC message includes the first user-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the first time-domain resource indicated by the first user-level semi-static configuration information includes the SA target. Time slot and DATA target time slot.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information is first user-level dynamic configuration information
  • the second time domain resource configuration information is second user-level dynamic configuration information, first user-level dynamic configuration information, and second user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the access network device 11 may send a DCI to the terminal 12 through a PDCCH channel.
  • the DCI includes first user-level dynamic configuration information
  • the first time domain resource indicated by the first user-level dynamic configuration information includes an SA target time slot and a DATA target. Time slot.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information and the second time domain resource configuration information may be different.
  • S302 may exist.
  • the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource may be different time domain resources.
  • the domain resources include SA target time slots, and the second time domain resources include DATA target time slots.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information is first cell-level semi-static configuration information
  • the second time domain resource configuration information is second cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, and the second cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the static configuration information is different.
  • the access network device 11 broadcasts two system messages.
  • the first system message includes the first cell-level semi-static configuration information
  • the second system message includes the second cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information is first user-level semi-static configuration information
  • the second time domain resource configuration information is second user-level semi-static configuration information, first user-level semi-static configuration information, and second user-level The semi-static configuration information is different.
  • the access network device 11 sends two RRC messages to the terminal 12, one RRC message includes the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the other RRC message includes the second user-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information is first user-level dynamic configuration information
  • the second time domain resource configuration information is second user-level dynamic configuration information, first user-level dynamic configuration information, and second user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the access network device 11 sends two DCIs through the PDCCH.
  • One DCI includes first user-level dynamic configuration information, and the other DCI includes second user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information is first cell-level semi-static configuration information
  • the second time domain resource configuration information is second user-level semi-static configuration information or second user-level dynamic configuration information
  • the first time The domain resource configuration information is the first user-level semi-static configuration information
  • the second time domain resource configuration information is the second cell-level semi-static configuration information or the second user-level dynamic configuration information
  • the first time-domain resource configuration information is the first A user-level dynamic configuration information
  • the second time-domain resource configuration information is the second cell-level semi-static configuration information or the second user-level semi-static configuration information
  • the access network device 11 delivers the first time-domain resource configuration information
  • the configuration information of the second time domain resource refer to related content in S301 and S302, and details are not described herein again.
  • the access network device 11 sends the third time domain resource configuration information to the terminal 13.
  • the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may send the third time domain resource configuration information to the terminal 13 through the antenna 1115.
  • the terminal 13 receives the third time domain resource configuration information.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may receive the third time domain resource configuration information from the access network device 11 by using the antenna 1216.
  • the third time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate that the symbols included in the third time domain resource are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the indication manner of the third time domain resource configuration information, and may refer to the indication manner of the first time domain resource configuration information in S301.
  • the third time domain resource includes a scheduling instruction SA target time slot, and it can be understood that the third time domain resource includes symbols in the SA target time slot.
  • the SA target time slot included in the third time domain resource may be the same as the SA target time slot included in the first time domain resource in S301.
  • the third time domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol.
  • the SA target time slot may include at least one flexible symbol, or the third time domain resource other than the SA target time slot includes at least one flexible symbol.
  • the at least one flexible symbol may be used for transmitting data.
  • the third time domain resource configuration information may be third cell-level semi-static configuration information, third user-level semi-static configuration information, or third user-level dynamic configuration information. Reference may be made to related content of the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information in S301, and details are not described herein again.
  • the access network device 11 sends the fourth time domain resource configuration information to the terminal 13.
  • the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may send the fourth time domain resource configuration information to the terminal 13 through the antenna 1115.
  • the terminal 13 receives the fourth time domain resource configuration information.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may receive the fourth time domain resource configuration information from the access network device 11 by using the antenna 1216.
  • the fourth time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate that the symbols included in the fourth time domain resource are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the indication manner of the fourth time domain resource configuration information, and may refer to the indication manner of the first time domain resource configuration information in S301.
  • the fourth time domain resource includes a data DATA target time slot, and it can be understood that the fourth time domain resource includes symbols in an SA target time slot.
  • the DATA target time slot included in the fourth time domain resource may be the same as the DATA target time slot included in the second time domain resource in S302.
  • the fourth time domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol.
  • the DATA target time slot may include at least one flexible symbol, or a fourth time domain resource other than the DATA target time slot includes at least one flexible symbol.
  • the at least one flexible symbol may be used for transmitting data.
  • the fourth time domain resource configuration information may be fourth cell-level semi-static configuration information, fourth user-level semi-static configuration information, or fourth user-level dynamic configuration information. Reference may be made to related content of the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information in S301, and details are not described herein.
  • the third time domain resource configuration information and the fourth time domain resource configuration information may be the same or different.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information and the third time domain resource configuration information may be the same.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information is the first cell-level semi-static configuration information
  • the third time domain resource configuration information is the first Three cell-level semi-static configuration information
  • the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is the same as the third cell-level semi-static configuration information
  • S301 and S303 can be understood as a step, that is, the access network device 11 can broadcast a system message
  • the system message Including the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, both the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 can receive the system message.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information is first user-level semi-static configuration information
  • the third time domain resource configuration information is third user-level semi-static configuration information, first user-level semi-static configuration information, and third user-level The semi-static configuration information is the same.
  • the RRC message that the access network device 11 can send to the terminal 12 includes the first user-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the RRC message that the access network device 11 can send to the terminal 13 includes the third user-level semi-static configuration. information.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information is first user level dynamic configuration information
  • the third time domain resource configuration information is third user level dynamic configuration information, first user level dynamic configuration information and third user level dynamic configuration information
  • the DCI that the access network device 11 can send to the terminal 12 through the PDCCH channel includes the first user-level dynamic configuration information
  • the DCI that the access network device 11 can send to the terminal 13 through the PDCCH channel includes the third user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information and the third time domain resource configuration information may be different.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information is first cell-level semi-static configuration information
  • the third time domain resource configuration information is first.
  • Three cell-level semi-static configuration information The first cell-level semi-static configuration information is different from the third cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the access network device 11 broadcasts two system messages.
  • the first system message includes the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the terminal 12 receives the first system message
  • the second system message includes the third cell-level semi-static configuration information
  • the terminal 13 receives the second system message.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information is first user-level semi-static configuration information
  • the third time domain resource configuration information is third user-level semi-static configuration information, first user-level semi-static configuration information, and third user-level The semi-static configuration information is different.
  • the RRC message sent by the access network device 11 to the terminal 12 includes the first user-level semi-static configuration information
  • the RRC message sent by the access network device 11 to the terminal 13 includes the third user-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information is first user level dynamic configuration information
  • the third time domain resource configuration information is third user level dynamic configuration information, first user level dynamic configuration information and third user level dynamic configuration information
  • the DCI sent by the access network device 11 to the terminal 12 through the PDCCH includes the first user-level dynamic configuration information
  • the DCI sent by the access network device 11 to the terminal 13 through the PDCCH includes the third user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information is first cell-level semi-static configuration information
  • the third time domain resource configuration information is third user-level semi-static configuration information or third user-level dynamic configuration information
  • the first time The domain resource configuration information is the first user-level semi-static configuration information
  • the third time domain resource configuration information is the third cell-level semi-static configuration information or the third user-level dynamic configuration information
  • the first time-domain resource configuration information is the first A user-level dynamic configuration information
  • the third time-domain resource configuration information is the third cell-level semi-static configuration information or the third user-level semi-static configuration information
  • the access network device 11 delivers the first time-domain resource configuration information
  • the configuration information of the third time domain resource refer to related content in S301 and S303, and details are not described herein again.
  • the second time domain resource configuration information and the fourth time domain resource configuration information may be the same or different, and reference may be made to related content in which the first time domain resource configuration information and the third time domain resource configuration information are the same or different.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information, the second time domain resource configuration information, the third time domain resource configuration information, and the fourth time domain resource configuration information may be the same.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information is the first Cell-level semi-static configuration information
  • the second time-domain resource configuration information is the second cell-level semi-static configuration information
  • the third time-domain resource configuration information is the third cell-level semi-static configuration information
  • the fourth time-domain resource configuration information is the first Four cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the second cell-level semi-static configuration information, and the third cell-level semi-static configuration information are the same as the fourth cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the first time domain resource indicated by the static configuration information includes an SA target slot and a DATA target slot.
  • S301, S302, S303, and S304 can be understood as a step, that is, the access network device 11 broadcasts a system message, the system message includes the first cell semi-static configuration information, and the first cell-level semi-static configuration information includes the SA target time slot and the DATA target Time slot.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information, the second time domain resource configuration information, the third time domain resource configuration information, and the fourth time domain resource configuration information may be different.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information is the first User level dynamic configuration information
  • second time domain resource configuration information is second user level dynamic configuration information
  • third time domain resource configuration information is third user level dynamic configuration information
  • fourth time domain resource configuration information is fourth user level.
  • the dynamic configuration information, the first user-level dynamic configuration information, the second user-level dynamic configuration information, the third user-level dynamic configuration information, and the fourth user-level dynamic configuration information are all different.
  • S305 The access network device 11 broadcasts SA slot resource pool indication information.
  • the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may broadcast the SA slot resource pool indication information through the antenna 1115.
  • the SA slot resource pool indication information is used to indicate one or more SA reserved slots, and the one or more SA reserved slots include the SA target slot.
  • the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 may receive the SA slot resource pool indication information.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 and the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may use the antenna 1216 to receive the SA slot resource pool indication information.
  • S306 The access network device 11 broadcasts DATA time slot resource pool indication information.
  • the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may broadcast the SA slot resource pool indication information through the antenna 1115.
  • the DATA time slot resource pool indication information is used to indicate one or more DATA reserved time slots, where the one or more DATA reserved time slots include the DATA target time slot.
  • the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 may receive the DATA slot resource pool indication information.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 and the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may use the antenna 1216 to receive the DATA time slot resource pool indication information.
  • S306 is optional.
  • the access network device 11 sends the SA target slot indication information and the DATA target slot indication information to the terminal 12.
  • the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may send the SA target slot indication information and the DATA target slot indication information to the terminal 12 through the antenna 1115.
  • the SA target slot indication information is used to indicate the SA target slot
  • the DATA target slot indication information is used to indicate the DATA target slot.
  • the access network device 11 may send a DCI5 to the terminal 12, and the DCI5 includes the SA target slot indication information and the DATA target slot indication information.
  • S307 is optional, and may include the following situations, for example:
  • (1) S307 exists.
  • the access network device 11 can determine the SA target time slot and the DATA target time slot, and then use the SA target time slot indication information and user information to indicate the SA target time slot.
  • the terminal 12 is informed of the DATA target slot indication information indicating the DATA target slot.
  • the terminal 12 may receive the SA target slot indication information and the DATA target slot indication information from the access network device 11.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may use the antenna 1216 to receive the SA target slot indication information and the DATA target slot indication information from the access network device 11.
  • S308 The terminal 12 determines an SA target time slot and a DATA target time slot.
  • the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may determine an SA target time slot and a DATA target time slot.
  • the terminal 12 determines that the SA target time slot and the DATA target time slot can have the following two examples:
  • terminal 12 can determine the SA target time slot according to the SA target time slot indication information, and terminal 12 can determine the SA target time slot according to the DATA target time slot.
  • the indication information determines the DATA target time slot.
  • terminal 12 can determine the SA target time slot based on the SA time slot resource pool information, and terminal 12 can determine the DATA target based on the DATA time slot resource pool information.
  • Time slot For example, the SA time slot resource pool instruction information indicates one or more SA reserved time slots. The terminal 12 may select an SA target time slot from one or more SA reserved time slots.
  • the DATA time slot resource pool instruction information indicates With one or more DATA reserved time slots, the terminal 12 may select a DATA target time slot from one or more DATA reserved time slots.
  • S309 The terminal 12 determines available symbols of the SA target slot.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols for the SA target slot.
  • the available symbols of the SA target slot include one or more of an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, and a flexible symbol of the SA target slot.
  • the available symbols of the SA target slot may have the following situations:
  • the available symbols of the SA target slot include an uplink symbol of the SA target slot.
  • all the symbols of the SA target slot may be uplink symbols, and the available symbols of the SA target slot may include all the symbols of the SA target slot; or, some of the symbols of the SA target slot are uplink symbols
  • the available symbols of the SA target slot may include a part of the symbol of the SA target slot, and the part of the symbol is an uplink symbol.
  • the available symbols of the SA target time slot include flexible symbols of the SA target time slot.
  • all the symbols of the SA target slot may be flexible symbols, and the available symbols of the SA target slot may include all the symbols of the SA target slot; or, some of the symbols of the SA target slot are flexible symbols
  • the available symbols of the SA target time slot may include a part of the symbols of the SA target time slot, and the part of the symbols are flexible symbols.
  • the available symbols of the SA target slot include an uplink symbol and a flexible symbol of the SA target slot.
  • the SA target time slot does not include downlink symbols, and the available symbols of the SA target time slot may include all symbols of the SA target time slot; or the SA target time slot includes downlink symbols, and the SA target The available symbols of the time slot may include uplink symbols and flexible symbols of the SA target time slot.
  • the available symbols of the SA target slot include a downlink symbol of the SA target slot.
  • all the symbols of the SA target time slot may be downlink symbols, and the available symbols of the SA target time slot may include all the symbols of the SA target time slot; or, some of the symbols of the SA target time slot are downlink symbols
  • the available symbols of the SA target slot may include a part of the symbols of the SA target slot, and the part of the symbols are downlink symbols.
  • the available symbols of the SA target slot include a downlink symbol and a flexible symbol of the SA target slot.
  • the SA target time slot does not include uplink symbols, and the available symbols of the SA target time slot may include all symbols of the SA target time slot; or the SA target time slot includes uplink symbols, and the SA target The available symbols of the time slot may include downlink symbols and flexible symbols of the SA target time slot.
  • the available symbols of the SA target slot include an uplink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a downlink symbol of the SA target slot.
  • the first time domain resource configuration information indicates that the symbols included in the SA target slot are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols.
  • the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the SA target slot according to the first time domain resource configuration information.
  • other configuration information may indicate that the symbols included in the SA target time slot are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols.
  • the terminal 12 may also determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to the other configuration information. This is not described in this embodiment of the present application. limit.
  • S310 The terminal 12 determines available symbols of the DATA target slot.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols for the SA target slot.
  • the available symbols of the DATA target slot include one or more of an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, and a flexible symbol of the DATA target slot.
  • the method may further include: the terminal 12 determines indication information of available symbols of the DATA target slot, and the available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot is used to indicate the DATA The available symbols of the target time slot.
  • the available symbols of the DATA target slot may have the following conditions:
  • the available symbols of the DATA target slot include an uplink symbol of the DATA target slot.
  • all the symbols of the DATA target time slot may be uplink symbols, and the available symbols of the DATA target time slot may include all the symbols of the DATA target time slot; or part of the symbols of the DATA target time slot are uplink symbols
  • the available symbols of the DATA target time slot may include a partial symbol of the DATA target time slot, where the partial symbol is an uplink symbol.
  • the available symbols of the DATA target slot include flexible symbols of the DATA target slot.
  • all the symbols of the DATA target time slot may be flexible symbols, and the available symbols of the DATA target time slot may include all the symbols of the DATA target time slot; or part of the symbols of the DATA target time slot are flexible symbols
  • the available symbols of the DATA target time slot may include a partial symbol of the DATA target time slot, and the partial symbol is a flexible symbol.
  • the available symbols of the DATA target slot include an uplink symbol and a flexible symbol of the DATA target slot.
  • the DATA target time slot does not include downlink symbols, and the available symbols of the DATA target time slot may include all symbols of the DATA target time slot; or the DATA target time slot includes downlink symbols, and the DATA target The available symbols of the time slot may include uplink symbols and flexible symbols of the DATA target time slot.
  • the available symbols of the DATA target slot include a downlink symbol of the DATA target slot.
  • all the symbols of the DATA target time slot may be downlink symbols, and the available symbols of the DATA target time slot may include all the symbols of the DATA target time slot; or some of the symbols of the DATA target time slot are downlink symbols
  • the available symbols of the DATA target time slot may include a partial symbol of the DATA target time slot, where the partial symbol is a downlink symbol.
  • the available symbols of the DATA target slot include a downlink symbol and a flexible symbol of the DATA target slot.
  • the DATA target time slot does not include uplink symbols, and the available symbols of the DATA target time slot may include all symbols of the DATA target time slot; or the DATA target time slot includes uplink symbols, and the DATA target The available symbols of the time slot may include downlink symbols and flexible symbols of the DATA target time slot.
  • the available symbols of the DATA target slot include an uplink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a downlink symbol of the DATA target slot.
  • the second time domain resource configuration information indicates that the symbols included in the DATA target time slot are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols.
  • the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target time slot according to the second time domain resource configuration information.
  • other configuration information may indicate that the symbols included in the DATA target time slot are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols.
  • the terminal 12 may also determine the available symbols of the DATA target time slot according to the other configuration information. This is not described in this embodiment of the present application. limit.
  • S311 The terminal 13 determines an available symbol of the SA target slot.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may determine the available symbols of the SA target slot.
  • the available symbols of the SA target slot include one or more of an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, and a flexible symbol of the SA target slot.
  • the terminal 12 may receive SA slot resource pool indication information, where the SA slot resource pool indication information may indicate one or more SA reserved time slots, and the one or more SA reserved The time slot includes the SA target time slot.
  • the terminal 12 may not know which of the one or more SA reserved time slots are the SA target time slots.
  • the terminal 13 may determine the one. Or available symbols for multiple SA reserved time slots.
  • the third time domain resource configuration information indicates that the symbols included in the SA target time slot are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols.
  • the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to the third time domain resource configuration information.
  • other configuration information may indicate that the symbols included in the SA target time slot are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols.
  • the terminal 12 may also determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to the other configuration information. This is not described in this embodiment of the present application. limit.
  • S312 The terminal 12 sends an SA on the available symbols of the SA target slot.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may use the antenna 1216 to transmit the SA on the available symbols of the SA target slot.
  • the terminal 13 receives the SA on the available symbols of the SA target slot.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may use the antenna 1216 to receive the SA on the available symbol of the SA target slot.
  • the terminal 13 may determine the available symbols of the one or more SA reserved time slots, and then detect on the available symbols of the one or more SA reserved time slots, and detect the SA The available symbols of the time slot are the available symbols of the SA target time slot.
  • the SA carries the DATA target slot indication information, and the DATA target slot indication information is used to indicate the DATA target slot.
  • the terminal 12 may generate the available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot
  • the SA may further carry the available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot, and the available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot The available symbols of the DATA target slot.
  • S313 The terminal 13 determines an available symbol of the DATA target slot.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
  • the available symbols of the DATA target time slot include one or more of an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, and a flexible symbol of the DATA target time slot, and may refer to the available symbols of the DATA target time slot in S310. Related content.
  • the terminal 13 may obtain the DATA target time slot indication information carried by the SA, determine the DATA target time slot according to the DATA target time slot indication information, and then determine the available symbols of the DATA target time slot.
  • the fourth time domain resource configuration information indicates that the symbols included in the DATA target time slot are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols.
  • the terminal 13 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target time slot according to the fourth time domain resource configuration information.
  • other configuration information may indicate that the symbols included in the DATA target time slot are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols.
  • the terminal 13 may also determine the available symbols of the DATA target time slot according to the other configuration information. This is not described in this embodiment of the present application. limit.
  • the terminal 13 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target slot according to the available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot.
  • S314 The terminal 12 sends DATA on the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may use the antenna 1216 to send DATA on the available symbols of the DATA target time slot.
  • the terminal 13 receives DATA on the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may use the antenna 1216 to receive DATA on the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
  • the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot and the available symbols of the DATA target time slot, transmit SA on the available symbols of the SA target time slot, and transmit DATA on the available symbols of the DATA target time slot, thereby implementing the NR system.
  • D2D communication is performed using time domain resources.
  • FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C can be understood as several examples of S301 and S309.
  • the content can be related to The contents in Figure 3 are combined with each other.
  • FIG. 4A is a schematic diagram of a method for the terminal 12 to determine the available symbols of the SA target slot. As shown in Figure 4A:
  • the access network device 11 sends the first cell-level semi-static configuration information to the terminal 12.
  • S4A01 is an example of S301, that is, the first time domain resource configuration information in S301 is the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is received through a system message.
  • S301 For other information, refer to S301. Related content.
  • S4A02 The terminal 12 determines the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • S4A02 is an example of S309.
  • the first cell-level semi-static configuration information may indicate that the symbols included in the SA target slot are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols.
  • the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the SA target slot according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • FIG. 4B is a schematic diagram of another method for the terminal 12 to determine the available symbols of the SA target slot. As shown in Figure 4B:
  • the access network device 11 sends the first cell-level semi-static configuration information to the terminal 12.
  • S4B01 is an example of S301, that is, the first time domain resource configuration information in S301 is the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, and reference may be made to related content in S301.
  • the access network device 11 sends the first user-level configuration information to the terminal 12.
  • the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may send the first user-level configuration information to the terminal 12 through the antenna 1115.
  • the first cell-level semi-static configuration information may also be used to indicate that at least one symbol of the SA target slot is a flexible symbol
  • the first user-level configuration information is used to indicate the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol.
  • the first cell-level semi-static configuration information may indicate an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol in the SA target slot, and it is flexible for at least one of the SA target slots configured by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the first user-level configuration information may indicate that the at least one flexible symbol in the SA target slot is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol.
  • the first user-level configuration information is not changed, that is, the uplink symbol in the SA target slot configured by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is still configured as the uplink symbol, and the first cell-level semi-static
  • the downlink symbol in the SA target time slot configured by the configuration information is configured as a downlink symbol.
  • the terminal 12 determines the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to the first user-level configuration information.
  • the first user-level configuration information further configures the SA target time slot based on the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to the first user-level configuration information.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to the first user-level configuration information.
  • FIG. 4C is a schematic diagram of another method for the terminal 12 to determine the available symbols of the SA target slot.
  • FIG. 4C illustrates the available symbols for determining the SA target time slot according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level configuration information, as shown in FIG. 4B:
  • the access network device 11 sends the first cell-level semi-static configuration information to the terminal 12.
  • S4C01 is an example of S301, that is, the first time domain resource configuration information in S301 is the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, and reference may be made to related content in S301.
  • the access network device 11 sends the first user-level configuration information to the terminal 12.
  • the terminal 12 determines available symbols of the SA target time slot according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level configuration information.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level configuration information.
  • the first cell-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level configuration information both configure the SA target slot.
  • the available symbols of the SA target slot can be determined based on the first cell-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level configuration information. .
  • the uplink symbol and the downlink symbol of the SA target slot are determined according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, and the flexible symbol configured by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is further determined as the uplink in combination with the first user-level configuration information. Symbol, downlink symbol, or flexible symbol, and then determine the available symbols for the SA target slot.
  • the first user-level configuration information may have multiple situations.
  • the following describes the multiple situations of the first user-level configuration information and the content in FIG. 4B and FIG.
  • the first user-level configuration information includes first user-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the first user-level semi-static configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol.
  • the first user-level semi-static configuration information is carried in an RRC message.
  • S4B02 may be that the access network device 11 sends the first user-level semi-static configuration information to the terminal 12, for example, the access network device 11 sends the first user-level semi-static configuration information to the terminal 12 through an RRC message;
  • S4B03 may be that the terminal 12 The available symbols of the SA target slot are determined according to the first user-level semi-static configuration information.
  • S4C02 may be: the access network device 11 sends the first user-level semi-static configuration information to the terminal 12, for example, the access network device 11 sends the first user-level semi-static configuration information to the terminal 12 through an RRC message; in S4C03, the terminal 12 The first cell-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level semi-static configuration information determine available symbols of an SA target slot.
  • the first user-level configuration information includes first user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the first user-level dynamic configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol.
  • the first user-level dynamic configuration information is received from the access network device 11 on the GC PDCCH.
  • S4B02 may be that the access network device 11 sends the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 12, for example, the access network device 11 sends the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 12 through the GC PDCCH;
  • S4B03 may be that the terminal 12 The user-level dynamic configuration information determines the available symbols for the SA target slot.
  • S4C02 may be that the access network device 11 sends the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 12, for example, the access network device 11 sends the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 12 through the GC PDCCH;
  • S4C03 may be that the terminal 12 The first cell-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level dynamic configuration information determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot.
  • the first user-level configuration information includes first user-level semi-static configuration information and first user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the first user-level semi-static configuration information is further used to indicate that at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is a flexible symbol; the first user-level dynamic configuration information The at least one flexible symbol used to indicate the SA target time slot indicated by the first user-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol.
  • S4B02 may be that the access network device 11 sends the first user-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 12, for example, the access network device 11 sends the first user-level semi-static configuration to the terminal 12 through an RRC message. Information, the access network device 11 sends the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 12 through the GC PDCCH; S4B03 may be that the terminal 12 determines the SA target time slot according to the first user-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level dynamic configuration information. Of available symbols.
  • S4C02 may be that the access network device 11 sends the first user-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 12, for example, the access network device 11 sends the first user-level semi-static configuration to the terminal 12 through an RRC message. Information, the access network device 11 sends the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 12 through the GC PDCCH; S4C03 may be that the terminal 12 is based on the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first A user-level dynamic configuration information determines the available symbols for the SA target slot.
  • FIG. 4D is a schematic diagram of another method for the terminal 12 to determine the available symbols of the SA target slot.
  • FIG. 4D illustrates the available symbols for determining the SA target time slot according to the first user-level dynamic configuration information, as shown in FIG. 4D:
  • the access network device 11 sends the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 12.
  • S4C01 is an example of S301, that is, the first time domain resource configuration information in S301 is the first user-level dynamic configuration information, and reference may be made to related content in S301.
  • the first user-level dynamic configuration information indicates that the symbols included in the first time domain resource are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols, and the first time domain resources include SA target time slots. That is, the first user-level dynamic configuration information indicates that the symbols included in the SA target slot are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols.
  • the first user-level dynamic configuration information is sent by the access network device 11 to the terminal 12 on the GC PDCCH.
  • S4D02 The terminal 12 determines the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to the first user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the SA target slot according to the first user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to the first user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the above describes how the terminal 12 determines the available symbols of the SA target slot.
  • the following describes how the terminal 12 determines the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
  • the following can be understood as several examples of S302 and S310.
  • the content can be compared with the figure.
  • the contents of 3 are combined with each other.
  • the available symbols determined by the terminal 12 for the DATA target time slot are similar to the available symbols determined by the terminal 12 for the SA target time slot, except that determining the available symbols of the DATA target time slot combined with the time domain resource configuration information and determining the available SA target time slot
  • the time domain resource configuration information of the symbol combination may be different, for example, the first time domain resource configuration information that determines the available symbol of the SA target slot and the second time domain resource configuration information that determines the available symbol of the DATA target slot may be different.
  • reference may be made to the content of the available symbols of the terminal 12 determining the SA target time slot.
  • the second time domain resource configuration information is second cell-level semi-static configuration information; the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is received through a system message, and reference may be made to related content in S302.
  • the determining the available symbols of the DATA target time slot includes: determining the available symbols of the DATA target time slot according to the second cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the second time domain resource configuration information is second cell-level semi-static configuration information; the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is received through a system message, and reference may be made to related content in S302.
  • the method shown in FIG. 3 further includes: receiving second user-level configuration information; the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is further used to indicate that at least one symbol of the DATA target slot is a flexible symbol; the second user The level configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the DATA target slot indicated by the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol.
  • the determining the available symbols of the DATA target time slot includes: determining the available symbols of the DATA target time slot according to the second user-level configuration information.
  • the second time domain resource configuration information is second cell-level semi-static configuration information; the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is received through a system message, and reference may be made to related content in S302.
  • the method shown in FIG. 3 further includes: receiving second user-level configuration information; the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is further used to indicate that at least one symbol of the DATA target slot is a flexible symbol; the second user The level configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the DATA target slot indicated by the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol.
  • the determining the available symbols of the DATA target slot includes: determining the available symbols of the SA target slot according to the second cell-level semi-static configuration information and the second user-level configuration information. .
  • the second user-level configuration information may have multiple situations:
  • the second user-level configuration information includes second user-level semi-static configuration information
  • the second user-level semi-static configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol;
  • the second user-level semi-static configuration information is carried in an RRC message.
  • the second user-level configuration information includes second user-level dynamic configuration information
  • the second user-level dynamic configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol; the second user-level Dynamic configuration information is received on the GC and PDCCH.
  • the second user-level configuration information includes second user-level semi-static configuration information and second user-level dynamic configuration information
  • the second user-level semi-static configuration information is further used to indicate that at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is a flexible symbol; the second user-level dynamic configuration information The at least one flexible symbol used to indicate the SA target slot indicated by the second user-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol; the second user-level dynamic configuration information is in a group common physical downlink Received on the control channel GC PDCCH.
  • the second time-domain resource configuration information is second user-level dynamic configuration information; the second user-level dynamic configuration information is received from the access network device on a GC PDCCH.
  • the determining the available symbols of the DATA target slot includes: determining the available symbols of the SA target slot according to the second user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the available symbols determined by the terminal 13 for the SA target slot are similar to the available symbols determined by the terminal 12 for the SA target slot, except that (1) after the terminal 13 receives the SA slot resource pool indication information, the SA slot resource The pool indication information may indicate one or more SA reserved time slots.
  • the one or more SA reserved time slots may include an SA target time slot.
  • the terminal 13 may not know which of the one or more SA reserved time slots.
  • the time slot is an SA target time slot.
  • the terminal 13 may determine that the one or more SA reserved time slots are SA target time slots and determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot.
  • (2) The terminal 13 determines the available SA target time slots.
  • the combination of time domain resource configuration information of the symbol and the available time domain resource configuration information of the terminal 12 determining the SA target time slot may be different.
  • the terminal 13 determines the third time domain resource configuration information of the available symbol of the SA target time slot and the terminal. 12
  • the first time domain resource configuration information for determining the available symbols of the SA target slot may be different.
  • the available symbols of the SA target slot determined by the terminal 13 reference may be made to the content of the available symbols of the SA target slot determined by the terminal 12.
  • the terminal 12 in FIG. 4A, FIG. 4B, FIG. 4C, and FIG. 4D may be replaced with the terminal 13, Replace the first with the third.
  • the available symbols for the DATA target time slot determined by the terminal 13 are similar to the available symbols for the DATA target time slot determined by the terminal 12. The difference is that the time domain resource configuration information combined with the available symbols for the DATA target time slot determined by the terminal 13 is determined by the terminal 12
  • the time domain resource configuration information combined with the available symbols of the DATA target time slot may be different, for example, the fourth time domain resource configuration information of the terminal 13 determining the available symbols of the DATA target time slot and the terminal 12 determining the second available resource symbols of the DATA target time slot.
  • the time domain resource configuration information can be different.
  • the available symbols of the DATA target slot determined by the terminal 13 reference may be made to the content of the available symbols of the DATA target slot determined by the terminal 12.
  • the second of the contents of the available symbols of the DATA target slot determined by the terminal 12 may be replaced by the fourth.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
  • the terminal 13 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target slot according to the available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target time slot according to the available symbol indication information of the DATA target time slot.
  • the following describes the cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information that appear in the implementation of this application with examples.
  • the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 may allocate multiple bandwidth parts (Bandwidth part, BWP), the BWPs of the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 may be the same or different, and each BWP has a subcarrier interval.
  • BWP Bandwidth part
  • BWP is a continuous or discontinuous resource in the frequency domain.
  • BWP can be K (K is an integer greater than or equal to 1) subcarriers; or, BWP can be M (M is an integer greater than or equal to 1) continuous or non-contiguous Consecutive resource blocks (RBs); or, the BWP may be N (N is an integer greater than or equal to 1) consecutive or non-continuous resource block groups (RBGs), where one RBG may include multiple One RB may include multiple subcarriers.
  • one RBG may include two, four, eight, or sixteen RBs, and one RB includes twelve subcarriers.
  • BWP can belong to paired spectrum (unpaired spectrum) or unpaired spectrum (unpaired spectrum).
  • BWP can also be called subband, narrowband, bandwidth resource, frequency domain resource part, part of frequency domain resource, part of frequency resource, part of frequency resource. , Carrier BWP or other names, this application is not limited.
  • the access network device 11 allocates two BWPs to the terminal 12, which are BWP1 and BWP2, respectively.
  • the subcarrier interval of BWP1 is 30kHz
  • the subcarrier interval of BWP2 is 60kHz.
  • the access network device 11 can assign BWP1 to the terminal 13 and the subcarrier interval of BWP1 is 30 kHz.
  • the access network device 11 assigns BWP1 to both the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 as an example. It should be noted that The BWP allocated by the access network device 11 to the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the access network device 11 may determine the cell-level semi-static configuration information, the user-level semi-static configuration information, or the user-level dynamic configuration information by referring to the time domain resources corresponding to the subcarrier interval.
  • the reference subcarrier interval may be less than or equal to the subcarrier intervals of all BWPs of the terminal 12.
  • the reference subcarrier intervals of each other in the cell-level semi-static configuration information, the user-level semi-static configuration information, or the user-level dynamic configuration information may be the same or different.
  • the cell-level semi-static configuration information may indicate that a time domain resource period symbol is an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol.
  • the time domain resource period may be 0.125 ms, 0.25 ms, 0.5 ms, 1 ms, 2 ms, 2.5 ms, and 5 ms. Or 10ms and so on.
  • the cell-level semi-static configuration information may include the reference subcarrier interval, the time domain resource period, and the time domain resource allocation information corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval.
  • the time domain resource allocation information corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval includes the number of downlink time slots and downlink symbols. ,
  • the number of uplink slots, and the number of uplink symbols for example, the number of downlink slots is m, the number of downlink symbols is x, the number of uplink slots is n, and the number of uplink symbols is y.
  • the time-domain resources indicated by the cell-level semi-static configuration information can be determined in the manner of downlink time-domain resources-flexible time-domain resources-uplink time-domain resources, as shown in FIG. 5A.
  • Domain resources such as grid-shaped resources represent downlink time-domain resources, dots represent flexible time-domain resources, and diagonal lines represent uplink time-domain resources.
  • the downlink time domain resource includes m time slots and x symbols after m time slots.
  • the uplink time domain resource may include n time slots and y symbols before n time slots.
  • the flexible time domain resource may be downlink
  • the continuous time domain resources among the time domain resources and the uplink time domain resources may include continuous flexible time slots and continuous flexible symbols before and after the flexible time slots.
  • the terminal may determine the time domain resource allocation corresponding to the sub-carrier interval of the BWP according to the cell-level semi-static configuration information and the relationship between the sub-carrier interval and the reference sub-carrier interval of the BWP.
  • the access network device 11 can broadcast the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the first cell-level semi-static configuration information includes time domain resource allocation information corresponding to a reference subcarrier interval of 15 kHz, a time domain resource period of 5 ms, and a reference sub carrier interval, and the time domain resource allocation information corresponding to the reference sub carrier interval.
  • the number of downlink slots is one
  • the number of downlink symbols is three
  • the number of uplink slots is one
  • the number of uplink symbols is four.
  • FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram of time domain resources indicated by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • An example is described in which a time slot includes 14 symbols. It should be noted that a time slot may include other numbers of symbols, such as 12, 6, or 7, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first time domain resource is 5ms, with a total of 5 time slots, each time slot occupies 1ms, the first time slot (for the convenience of description, the nth time slot is hereinafter referred to as time slot n, n is greater than or equal to 1 (Integer) is a downlink slot; the first 3 symbols of slot 2 are downlink symbols, the last 11 symbols of slot 2 are flexible symbols; slot 3 is a flexible slot; the first 10 symbols of slot 4 are flexible symbols , The last 4 symbols are uplink symbols; time slot 5 is the uplink time slot.
  • the terminal 12 may determine the allocation of time domain resources corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval.
  • the reference subcarrier interval is 15kHz and the BWP1 subcarrier interval is 30kHz, then the 1 symbol corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval corresponds to the 2 symbols corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval, and the 1 slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval corresponds to the BWP1 subcarrier.
  • Carrier interval corresponds to 2 time slots.
  • each time slot occupies 0.5ms, of which time slot 1 and time slot 2 are downlink time slots; the first 6 of time slot 3 Symbols are downlink symbols, and the last 8 symbols of time slot 3 are flexible symbols; time slots 4, time slots 5, 6 and 7 are flexible time slots; the first 6 symbols of time slot 8 are flexible symbols, The last 8 symbols are uplink symbols; time slots 9 and 10 are uplink time slots.
  • the user-level semi-static configuration information may indicate that symbols included in a time domain resource are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols.
  • the time domain resource may be one or more consecutive or discontinuous time slots.
  • the user-level semi-static configuration information can further configure the time slot configured by the cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the cell-level semi-static configuration information can indicate that at least one symbol of the time slot is a flexible symbol.
  • the user-level semi-static configuration information can be Configure at least one flexible symbol of the time slot configured by the cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the user-level semi-static configuration information may indicate that the at least one flexible symbol is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol.
  • the user-level semi-static configuration information may be The uplink symbol or downlink symbol of the time slot configured by the cell-level semi-static configuration information is still configured as an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol.
  • the time slot configured by the user-level semi-static configuration information may not be configured by the cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the user-level semi-static configuration information may configure time domain resources at a reference sub-carrier interval, and the reference sub-carrier interval may be the same as the sub-carrier interval of the cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the user-level semi-static configuration information may include an index of at least one time slot and the number of downlink symbols and the number of uplink symbols in the at least one time slot.
  • the index of the at least one time slot may be a cell-level semi-static configuration information configuration.
  • FIG. 5C is a schematic diagram of a time domain resource indicated by user-level semi-static configuration information, as shown in FIG. 5C.
  • the user-level semi-static configuration information may indicate one or more time slots, and each time slot may be determined according to a downlink symbol-flexible symbol-uplink symbol.
  • the flexible symbol is a symbol between a downlink symbol and an uplink symbol.
  • the terminal may determine the time domain resource allocation corresponding to the sub-carrier interval of the BWP according to the user-level semi-static configuration information and the relationship between the sub-carrier interval and the reference sub-carrier interval of the BWP.
  • the access network device 11 may send the first user-level semi-static configuration information to the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 through an RRC message, respectively.
  • the first user-level semi-static configuration information includes: slot 3, the number of downlink symbols is two, and the number of uplink symbols is three.
  • FIG. 5D is a schematic diagram of time domain resources indicated by the first user-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the first two symbols of slot 3 corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval are downlink symbols, the third to eleventh symbols of slot 3 are flexible symbols, and the last three symbols are uplink symbols.
  • the reference subcarrier interval is 15kHz and the BWP1 subcarrier interval is 30kHz, then the 1 symbol corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval corresponds to the 2 symbols corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval, and the 1 slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval corresponds to the BWP1 subcarrier.
  • Carrier interval corresponds to 2 time slots.
  • the terminal 12 or the terminal 13 may determine the time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval 3 and the time slot corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information and / or the relationship between the subcarrier interval of the BWP1 and the reference subcarrier interval. 5 and time slot 6, the terminal 12 knows that the first 4 symbols of time slot 5 are downlink symbols, the last 10 symbols of time slot 5 are flexible symbols, the first 8 symbols of time slot 6 are flexible symbols, The 6 symbols are ascending symbols.
  • the user-level dynamic configuration information may indicate that a symbol of a time domain resource is an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol.
  • the time domain resource may be one or more continuous or discontinuous time slots.
  • the user-level dynamic configuration information can further configure the time domain resources configured by the cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the cell-level semi-static configuration information can indicate that at least one symbol of a time slot is a flexible symbol.
  • the user-level dynamic configuration information can At least one flexible symbol of the time slot configured by the cell-level semi-static configuration information is configured.
  • the user-level dynamic configuration information may indicate that the at least one flexible symbol is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol.
  • the user-level dynamic configuration information may change the cell-level The uplink symbol or downlink symbol of the time slot configured by the semi-static configuration information is still configured as an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol.
  • the time domain resources corresponding to the uplink BWP and downlink BWP of the unpaired spectrum can be configured through cell-level semi-static configuration information first, and then can be configured through user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the user-level dynamic configuration information can further configure the time domain resources configured by the user-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the user-level semi-static configuration information can indicate that at least one symbol of a time slot is a flexible symbol.
  • the user-level dynamic configuration information can Configure at least one flexible symbol of the time slot configured by user-level semi-static configuration information.
  • user-level dynamic configuration information may indicate that the at least one flexible symbol is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol.
  • User-level dynamic configuration information may The uplink symbol or downlink symbol of the time slot configured by the semi-static configuration information is still configured as an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol.
  • the time domain resources corresponding to the uplink BWP and downlink BWP of the unpaired spectrum can be configured through user-level semi-static configuration information first, and then can be configured through user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • User-level dynamic configuration information can configure time domain resources that have not been configured with cell-level semi-static configuration information or user-level semi-static configuration information, that is, a time-domain resource that does not pass cell-level semi-static configuration information and user-level Semi-static configuration information is used for configuration, which is directly configured through user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the time domain resources corresponding to the uplink BWP and downlink BWP of the paired spectrum can be passed without cell-level semi-static configuration information or user-level semi-static configuration Information configuration, directly configured through user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the user-level dynamic configuration information may configure time domain resources at a reference subcarrier interval.
  • the reference subcarrier interval may be the same as the reference subcarrier interval of the cell-level semi-static configuration information or the same as the reference subcarrier interval of the user-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the reference subcarrier interval here is 15kHz.
  • the access network device 11 sends user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 12 or the terminal 13 on the physical channel.
  • the access network device 11 may send downlink control information (DCI) on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH).
  • the PDCCH may be a group common (GC) PDCCH.
  • the DCI The format can be 2.
  • the access network device 11 may send the frequency domain resources, time domain resources, and descrambling sequences for detecting the DCI to the terminal 12.
  • the terminal 12 receives the DCI using the descrambling sequence on the frequency domain resource and the time domain resource accordingly.
  • the user-level dynamic configuration information may include SF combination index information.
  • the SF combination index information may indicate SF combinations.
  • the SF combination may indicate 1, 2, or more SF indexes.
  • the SF index may indicate SF.
  • the SF may indicate one time. Each symbol in the slot is an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol.
  • the following describes how the SF combination index information indicates the SF combination and how the SF combination indicates one, two, or more SF indexes.
  • the terminal and the access network device may configure a correspondence relationship between the SF combination index and the SF combination.
  • the access network device 11 may send the correspondence relationship between the SF combination index and the SF combination to the terminal 12 through RRC signaling.
  • the correspondence between the SF combination index and the SF combination can be shown in Table 1 below. It should be noted that Table 1 is only a manifestation of the correspondence relationship between the SF combination index and the SF combination.
  • the correspondence between the SF combination index and the SF combination The relationship may be expressed in other forms such as a character string or a formula, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the SF combination index information may indicate SF combination information
  • the SF combination information may indicate 1, 2, or more SF indexes
  • the 1, 2, or more SF indexes may indicate 1 respectively.
  • SFs of 2 or more time slots for example, the first SF index of the SF combination may indicate the SF of the first time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval, and the second SF index indicates the corresponding SF of the reference subcarrier interval.
  • SF in the second slot and so on.
  • the current first time slot can be understood as the current time slot or the next time slot of the current time slot
  • the second time slot can be understood as the time slot immediately after the first time slot. This application implements The example does not limit this.
  • the first time slot is used as an example for description.
  • the access network device 11 may send the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 12 or the terminal 13.
  • the first user-level dynamic configuration information may include SF combination index 1, which may indicate SF combination.
  • the SF combination indicates two SF indexes, which are 24 and 45, and SF index 24 may indicate the reference subcarrier interval.
  • the corresponding SF of the current time slot, and the SF index 45 may indicate the SF of the next time slot of the current time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval.
  • terminal 12 receives user-level dynamic configuration information at time slot 2 corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval of 15 kHz (it can also be understood that terminal 12 receives user-level dynamic configuration at time slot 3 or time slot 4 corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval. Information), then time slot 2 is the current time slot, time slot 3 is the next time slot of the current time slot, SF index 24 may indicate the SF of time slot 2 and SF index 45 may indicate the SF of time slot 3.
  • the access network device and terminal can be configured with the corresponding relationship between the SF index and the SF.
  • the access network device 11 and the terminal 12 can be configured with the corresponding relationship between the SF index and the SF.
  • the access network device 11 and the terminal can be statically written. 12.
  • the correspondence between SF index and SF can be shown in Table 2. It should be noted that Table 2 is only a manifestation of the correspondence between SF index and SF, and the correspondence between SF index and SF can be expressed as a string. Or in other forms such as formulas, this embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • one SF index can indicate one SF
  • one SF can indicate that the symbols included in a time slot are downlink symbols, flexible symbols, or uplink symbols.
  • SF can be based on downlink number-flexible symbol-uplink. The way of symbols indicates the symbols included in the time slot.
  • the SF index 24 can indicate that the first 3 symbols in a time slot are downlink symbols, the middle 9 symbols are flexible symbols, the last 2 symbols are uplink symbols, and the SF index 45 can indicate the first 6 symbols in a time slot. It is a downlink symbol, the middle 2 symbols are flexible symbols, and the last 6 symbols are uplink symbols.
  • FIG. 5E is a schematic diagram of the time domain resources indicated by the first user-level dynamic configuration information. As shown in FIG. 5E, the first 3 symbols of slot 2 corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval are downlink symbols and the middle 9 symbols It is a flexible symbol. The last two symbols are uplink symbols. The SF index 45 can indicate that the first six symbols in slot 3 corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval are downlink symbols, the middle two symbols are flexible symbols, and the last six symbols are uplink symbols. .
  • the terminal 12 may determine the time domain resource allocation corresponding to the sub-carrier interval of BWP1 according to the user-level dynamic configuration information and the relationship between the sub-carrier interval and the reference sub-carrier interval of BWP1.
  • the reference subcarrier interval is 15kHz and the BWP1 subcarrier interval is 30kHz, then the 1 symbol corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval corresponds to the 2 symbols corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval, and the 1 slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval corresponds to the BWP1 subcarrier.
  • Carrier interval corresponds to 2 time slots.
  • the terminal 12 may determine the time slot 2 corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval and the time slot 3 and time corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval according to the first user-level dynamic configuration information and / or the relationship between the subcarrier interval and the reference subcarrier interval of BWP1.
  • Slot 4 corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval corresponds to slot 5 and slot 6 corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval, then as shown in FIG.
  • the first 6 symbols of slot 3 are downlink symbols, and slot 3
  • the next 8 symbols are flexible symbols; the first 10 symbols of time slot 4 are flexible symbols; the last 4 symbols of time slot 4 are uplink symbols; the first 12 symbols of time slot 5 are downlink symbols; 2 symbols are flexible symbols; the first 2 symbols of slot 6 are flexible symbols, and the last 12 symbols are uplink symbols.
  • mode 1 and mode 2 are examples to explain.
  • mode 3 and mode 4 are examples to explain.
  • the following scheme is also applicable to other modes, such as mode 3 and mode 4.
  • the following uses the terminal 12 as a D2D sending end and the terminal 13 as a D2D receiving end as an example for description.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another method for performing D2D communication using time domain resources in an NR system.
  • FIG. 6 combines mode 1 with an example in which the terminal 12 is a D2D transmitting end and the terminal 13 is a D2D receiving end.
  • the access network device 11 may determine that the terminal 12 uses the mode 1 for D2D communication.
  • the access network device 11 broadcasts the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • S601 may be an example of S301-S304 in FIG. 3, and it may be understood that the first time domain resource configuration information, the second time domain resource configuration information, the third time domain resource configuration information, and the fourth time domain resource in FIG. 3
  • the configuration information is the same, and the first time domain resource configuration information is the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • FIG. 6 may further include S602-S605.
  • S602-S605. In combination with the content of FIGS. 3 to 4D, it can be understood as the first user-level semi-static information and the second user-level semi-static configuration in FIGS. 3 to 4D.
  • Information, third user-level semi-static configuration information, and fourth user-level semi-static configuration information may be the same, first user-level dynamic information, second user-level dynamic configuration information, third user-level dynamic configuration information, and fourth user-level dynamic information.
  • the configuration information can be the same.
  • the first cell-level semi-static configuration information configures time slot 1, time slot 2, time slot 3, time slot 4, and time slot 5 corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval, that is, the BWP1 subcarrier interval corresponds to Time slot 1, time slot 2, time slot 3 ... and time slot 10.
  • the access network device 11 sends the first user-level semi-static configuration information to the terminal 12.
  • the first user-level semi-static configuration information configures time slot 3 corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval, that is, time slot 5 and time slot 6 corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval.
  • the access network device 11 sends the first user-level semi-static configuration information to the terminal 13.
  • the first user-level semi-static configuration information configures time slot 3 corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval, that is, time slot 5 and time slot 6 corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval.
  • the access network device 11 sends the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 12.
  • the first user-level dynamic configuration information configures timeslots 2 and 3 corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval, that is, timeslots 3, 4, 4, and 5 corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval.
  • Time slot 6 the reference subcarrier interval
  • the access network device 11 sends the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 13.
  • the first user-level dynamic configuration information configures timeslots 2 and 3 corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval, that is, timeslots 3, 4, 4, and 5 corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval.
  • Time slot 6 the reference subcarrier interval
  • first cell-level semi-static configuration information For the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information in S601-S605, reference may be made to related content in FIGS. 3 to 5E, and details are not described herein again.
  • S601-S605 illustrate the configuration of the access network device 11 through cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the network access device 11 can be directly configured by user-level dynamic configuration information, or the access network device 11 can be configured only by cell-level semi-static configuration information and user-level semi-static configuration information, or the access network device 11 can be configured by only the user Level semi-static configuration information for configuration, etc., the principles and solutions of the embodiments of the present application are also applicable, and there is no limitation on this.
  • the time domain resources corresponding to the uplink BWP and downlink BWP of unpaired spectrum can be configured by using cell-level semi-static configuration information first, and then using one of user-level semi-static configuration information and user-level dynamic configuration information or Two types of configuration are performed; the time domain resources corresponding to the uplink BWP and downlink BWP of the paired spectrum can be directly configured through user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • S606 The access network device 11 broadcasts SA slot resource pool indication information.
  • the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 may receive SA slot resource pool indication information.
  • the SA slot resource pool indication information may indicate one or more SA reserved slots, and the one or more SA reserved slots include an SA target slot.
  • the reserved time slot of the SA can be understood as a time slot reserved for transmitting the SA.
  • the transmission can be understood as sending or receiving.
  • the terminal 12 is a D2D transmitting end.
  • the reserved time slot of the SA can be understood as The time slot reserved for transmitting the SA;
  • the terminal 13 is a D2D receiving end.
  • the time slot reserved for the SA can be understood as a time slot reserved for receiving the SA.
  • at least one symbol in a time slot is reserved for transmitting SA, it can be understood that the time slot is reserved for transmitting SA, and the time slot is reserved for SA.
  • the following describes how to determine the SA reserved time slot and how to determine the SA time slot resource pool instruction information of the access network device 11.
  • the system 10 may configure a type of time domain resource for transmitting the SA.
  • the type of time domain resource for transmitting the SA may include the following: Several:
  • the first SA time domain resource type uplink symbols can be used for SA communication.
  • the time slot can be used for SA communication; or, if the time slots are not all uplink symbols, the uplink symbols in the time slot can be used for SA communication; or,
  • the second type of SA time domain resources flexible symbols can be used for SA communication.
  • the time slot can be used for SA communication; or, if the time slots are not all flexible symbols, the flexible symbols in the time slot can be used for SA communication; or,
  • the third type of SA time domain resources uplink symbols and flexible symbols can be used for SA communication.
  • the timeslot can be used for SA communication, or the timeslot includes uplink symbols and / or flexible symbols and downlink symbols, and the uplink symbols and / or in the timeslot Flexible symbols can be used for SA communication.
  • the uplink symbol and / or flexible symbol can be understood to include the following three cases: (1) uplink symbol; (2) flexible symbol; (3) uplink symbol and flexible symbol.
  • the embodiments of the present application are described by using the three types of SA time domain resources.
  • the type of SA time domain resources may be other types.
  • the type of SA time domain resources is uplink. Time slot, that is, only when all symbols in the time slot are uplink symbols, the time slot is used for SA communication; or, the type of the SA time domain resource is a flexible time slot, that is, only when all symbols in the time slot are When both are flexible symbols, this time slot is used for SA transmission.
  • the content in the embodiments of the present application is also applicable to other types of time domain resources for transmitting SA, which is not limited.
  • the access network device 11 determines the SA reserved time slot
  • the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may determine the SA reserved time slot.
  • the access network device 11 may determine the SA reserved time slot by using the information of the first cell-level semi-static configuration. After receiving the SA time slot resource pool information, the terminal may further The SA reserved time slot is determined according to the user-level semi-static configuration and / or user-level dynamic configuration information of the terminal 12 or the terminal 13.
  • the user-level semi-static configuration and dynamic configuration are for the terminal, and the cell-level semi-static configuration is for the cell, the user-level semi-static and dynamic configuration for different terminals may be different.
  • the cell-level semi-static configuration of the terminals in a cell can be It is the same.
  • the access network device 11 can be prevented from determining the SA based on the user-level semi-static configuration and user-level dynamic configuration of a certain terminal. The problem that the gap resource pool is not applicable to other terminals.
  • the access network device 11 may determine the SA reserved time slot and broadcast the SA time slot resource pool information by combining user-level semi-static configuration and dynamic configuration, for example, combining the user-level semi-static configuration and dynamic of the sending end.
  • the configuration determines the SA reserved time slot and broadcasts the SA time slot resource pool information, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the access network device 11 may use the time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval as a unit, and the reference subcarrier interval may be the same as the cell-level semi-static configuration information and the user-level half
  • the reference subcarrier interval of the static configuration information or the user-level dynamic configuration information is the same or different.
  • the following example is used to determine that the reference subcarrier interval of the SA reserved slot is the same as the reference subcarrier interval of the cell-level semi-static configuration. .
  • the access network device 11 may use a time slot corresponding to a different reference subcarrier interval configured semi-statically or dynamically, for example, a subcarrier interval corresponding to 30 kHz.
  • the time slot is not limited in this application.
  • the access network device 11 may carry the reference subcarrier interval corresponding to the SA slot resource pool in a broadcast message; or send it to the terminal through other RRC signaling; or the access network device 11 may determine the SA reservation in advance with the terminal
  • the reference subcarrier interval of the time slot is the same as the reference subcarrier interval of the cell-level semi-static configuration, or the access network device 11 may determine the reference subcarrier interval of the SA reserved time slot to a specific value by default configuration with the terminal, for example, 15 kHz Or in other ways, this embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the access network device 11 determines the SA reserved time slot by using the time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval, and then broadcasts the SA slot resource pool indication information.
  • the received terminal can use the reference subcarrier interval and the BWP subcarrier interval of the terminal.
  • the relationship between the BWP subcarrier interval and the SA reserved time slot is determined, thereby preventing the access network device from issuing the SA reserved time slot corresponding to each BWP subcarrier interval, saving air interface resources and reducing the access network.
  • the uplink symbol can be used for D2D communication.
  • the access network device 11 After the uplink and downlink time domain resources are configured semi-statically at the cell level, the access network device 11 first determines which slot corresponds to the reference subcarrier interval, and at least one of the time slots satisfies the uplink symbol, and then determines whether the uplink symbol It is reserved for transmitting SA.
  • the uplink symbol is reserved for transmitting SA, the time slot to which the uplink symbol belongs is the reserved time slot of the SA.
  • the scheduling situation here may include scheduling of time domain resources of the cellular service and D2D service or real-time load conditions.
  • the access network device 11 can determine the uplink symbol reservation. Whether it is cellular communication or SA transmission or data (DATA) transmission.
  • the access network device 11 determines that the reference subcarrier interval corresponds to the time slot 4 and the time slot 5 satisfy at least one symbol as an uplink symbol.
  • the access network device 11 determines the uplink of the time slot 4 according to the scheduling situation. Symbols (that is, the last 4 symbols of time slot 4) are reserved for SA transmission, and uplink symbols of time slot 5 (that is, all symbols of time slot 5) are reserved for transmitting DATA, then time slot 4 is a reserved time slot for SA .
  • the access network device 11 can determine which time slots in the time domain resources configured by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information correspond to the intervals of the reference subcarriers and that meet at least one symbol. It is a flexible symbol, and then decides whether the flexible symbol is reserved for transmitting SA according to the scheduling situation. When the flexible symbol is reserved for transmitting SA, the time slot to which the flexible symbol belongs is the reserved time slot of the SA.
  • the access network device 11 determines that the corresponding subcarrier interval corresponds to that at least one of timeslot 2, slot 3, and slot 4 is a flexible symbol.
  • the flexible symbols of slot 2 (that is, the last 11 symbols of slot 2), the flexible symbols of slot 3 (that is, all symbols of slot 3), and the flexible symbols of slot 4 (that is, the first 11 symbols of slot 4) are reserved for
  • the flexible symbols of time slot 2 (that is, the last 11 symbols of time slot 2)
  • the flexible symbols of time slot 3 that is, all symbols of time slot 3) are reserved for transmitting DATA
  • the flexible symbols of time slot 4 (immediate The first 11 symbols of slot 4) are reserved for transmission of SA, then time slot 4 is a reserved time slot for SA.
  • the flexible symbols and uplink symbols of the time slot can be used for SA transmission. Similar to the first SA time domain resource type and the second SA time domain resource type above, the access network device 11 can determine the interval corresponding to the reference subcarrier among the time domain resources configured by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information. , Which time slots satisfy at least one symbol as an uplink symbol or a flexible symbol, and then determine whether the uplink symbol or flexible symbol is reserved for transmitting SA according to the scheduling situation. When the uplink symbol or flexible symbol is reserved for transmitting SA, the The time slot to which the uplink symbol or flexible symbol belongs is a reserved time slot of the SA.
  • the access network is that the device 11 determines that the corresponding subcarrier interval corresponds to the reference subcarrier interval. Slot 2, Slot 3, Slot 4, and Slot 5 satisfy at least one symbol as an uplink symbol or a flexible symbol.
  • the access network determines that uplink symbols and / or flexible symbols (that is, all symbols of time slot 4) of time slot 4 are reserved for SA transmission according to the scheduling situation, and then time slot 4 is a reserved time slot of SA.
  • the access network device 11 determines the uplink symbol and / or flexible symbol of slot 2 (that is, the last 11 symbols of slot 2) and the uplink symbol and / or flexible symbol of slot 3 (that is, slot 3 according to the scheduling situation). All symbols) and uplink symbols and / or flexible symbols of slot 5 (ie all symbols of slot 5) are reserved for DATA transmission.
  • Access network device 11 determines SA slot resource pool indication information
  • the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may determine the SA reserved slot pool indication information.
  • the indication information of the SA slot resource pool may indicate the SA reserved time slot.
  • the indication of the SA reserved time slot indicates the SA reserved time slot.
  • the indication information of the SA time slot resource pool may be a bitmap or a bit. Graph instructions.
  • a bitmap may indicate whether a time slot corresponding to a reference subcarrier interval in a time domain resource configured by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is a reserved time slot for the SA, for example, a bitmap in the bitmap.
  • the bits indicate whether a time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval is a reserved time slot of the SA.
  • the time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval is time slot 1, time slot 2, time slot 3, time slot 4, and Time slot 5, this bitmap can be 00010.
  • the bits of this bitmap indicate whether time slot 1, time slot 2, time slot 3, time slot 4 and time slot 5 are reserved time slots for SA, in which the fourth bit When it is 1, it indicates that time slot 4 is a reserved time slot for SA; when the first bit is 0, it indicates that time slot 1 is not a reserved time slot for SA; when the second bit is 0, it indicates that time slot 2 is not a reserved time slot for SA ; The third bit is 0, which indicates that time slot 3 is not a reserved time slot for the SA; the fifth bit is 0, which indicates that time slot 5 is not a reserved time slot for the SA.
  • a bitmap may indicate whether a time slot corresponding to the SA time domain resource type corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval in the time domain resource configured by the cell-level semi-static configuration information is a reserved time slot for the SA.
  • a bit in the figure indicates whether a time slot corresponding to the SA time domain resource type corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval is a reserved time slot of the SA.
  • the third SA time domain resource type is adopted, and the time slots conforming to the SA time domain resource type are time slot 2, time slot 3, time slot 4, and time slot 5.
  • the bitmap can be 0010.
  • the bits of this bitmap indicate whether time slot 2, time slot 3, time slot 4, and time slot 5 are reserved time slots for SA.
  • the third bit is 1, which indicates that time slot 4 is SA reserved time slot; the first bit is 0, indicating that time slot 2 is not a reserved time slot of the SA; the second bit is 0, indicating that time slot 3 is not a reserved time slot of the SA; the fourth bit is 0, indicating that Time slot 5 is not a reserved time slot for the SA.
  • S608 The terminal 12 sends a scheduling request (SR) to the access network device 11.
  • SR scheduling request
  • S609 The access network device 11 sends DCI 0 to the terminal 12.
  • the access network device 11 assigns authorization to the terminal 12 through DCI0.
  • the terminal 12 sends a ProSe buffer status report (Buffer Status Report, BSR) to the access network device 11.
  • BSR Buffer Status Report
  • ProSe BSR can be used to indicate the group ID of the group to which the terminal 12 belongs, and the mapping relationship between the group ID and the group index.
  • the access network device 11 sends DCI5 to the terminal 12.
  • the DCI5 includes scheduling instruction (Scheduling Assignment, SA) target time slot indication information and data (DATA) target time slot indication information.
  • SA scheduling instruction
  • DATA data
  • the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may send DCI5 to the terminal 12 through the antenna 1115, and the DCI5 includes SA target time slot indication information and DATA target time slot indication information.
  • the terminal 12 receives the DCI 5 sent by the access network device 11 and includes SA target slot indication information and DATA target slot indication information.
  • the terminal 12 may determine the SA target time slot according to the SA target time slot indication information, and the terminal 12 determines the DATA target time slot according to the DATA target time slot indication information.
  • the SA target time slot indication information indicates the target time slot of one or more SAs.
  • the target time slot of the SA can be understood as determining a time slot for transmitting an SA.
  • the time slot is a target time slot.
  • the DATA target time slot indication information indicates one or more target time slots of DATA.
  • the target time slot of DATA can be understood as a time slot for transmitting DATA.
  • the time slot is a target time slot.
  • the following describes how the access network device 11 determines the SA target time slot, the DATA target time slot, the SA target time slot indication information, and the DATA target time slot indication information.
  • the access network device 11 may determine the combination of the cell-level semi-static configuration information, the user-level semi-static configuration information, and the user-level dynamic configuration information sent to the terminal 12.
  • SA target time slot and DATA target time slot may be determined the combination of the cell-level semi-static configuration information, the user-level semi-static configuration information, and the user-level dynamic configuration information sent to the terminal 12.
  • the access network device 11 may use the time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval as a unit.
  • the reference subcarrier interval may be the same as the cell-level semi-static configuration
  • the user-level semi-static or dynamically configured reference subcarrier intervals are the same or different. It is determined below that the reference subcarrier interval of the SA target time slot and the DATA target slot is the same as the reference subcarrier interval of the cell-level semi-static configuration. ,Be explained.
  • the access network device 11 may use time slots corresponding to other reference subcarrier intervals as a unit, for example, a time slot corresponding to a subcarrier interval of 30kHz. This application No restrictions.
  • the access network device 11 may carry the reference subcarrier interval for determining the SA target time slot and the DATA target time slot in a broadcast message; or, send it to the terminal through other RRC signaling; or, the access network device 11 may communicate with the terminal in advance It is determined that the reference subcarrier interval of the SA target time slot and the DATA target time slot is the same as the reference subcarrier interval of the cell-level semi-static configuration, or the access network device 11 may determine the SA target time slot and the DATA target time slot by default configuration with the terminal.
  • the reference subcarrier interval is a specific value, such as 15 kHz, or in other manners, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the access network device can be prevented from delivering the SA target time slot and the DATA target time slot corresponding to each BWP subcarrier interval, which saves air interface resources, and reduces the load on the access network device and the design of the system 10 is complicated degree.
  • the terminal 12 may be configured with multiple BWPs, and the access network device 11 may use the BWP subcarrier interval as a unit to determine the SA target time slot and the DATA target time slot corresponding to each BWP subcarrier interval respectively, and then determine them separately. And sending SA target slot indication information and DATA target slot indication information corresponding to each BWP subcarrier interval.
  • time domain resources can be configured for different BWPs according to scheduling conditions of different BWPs, and time domain resources can be more flexibly used.
  • Access network device 11 determines the SA target time slot
  • the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may determine the SA target time slot.
  • the access network device 11 may select an SA target time slot from the reserved time slots of the SA.
  • For the reserved time slots of the SA reference may be made to related content of S606, and details are not described herein again.
  • the access network device 11 in S606 since the access network device 11 in S606 combines the cell-level semi-static configuration information to determine the reserved time slot of the SA, the SA reserved time slot is subsequently accessed through user-level semi-static configuration or through dynamic configuration.
  • the network device 11 may select the SA target time slot in combination with user-level semi-static configuration or dynamic configuration information.
  • the access network device 11 may select the SA target time slot according to the scheduling situation.
  • the scheduling situation may include a scheduling situation of a time domain resource of a cellular service and a D2D service, a real-time load situation, and the like.
  • time slot 4 is a reserved time slot of the SA.
  • Time slot 4 has not been configured by user-level semi-static configuration information or user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the access network device 11 can determine that time slot 4 is the target time slot of the SA according to the scheduling situation, assuming time slot 4 is semi-static by the user level.
  • the configuration information or user-level dynamic configuration information has been configured.
  • the access network device 11 may determine whether time slot 4 meets the third type of SA time domain resource, such as whether time slot 4 is in combination with user-level semi-static configuration information or user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the access network device 11 determines the SA target slot indication information
  • the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may determine the SA target slot indication information.
  • the SA target slot indication information may indicate the SA target slot, for example, the SA target slot is indicated by indicating an index of the SA target slot.
  • the SA target slot indication information may be a bitmap or bitmap indication information, and the bitmap may indicate whether the reserved time slot of the SA corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval indicated by the SA slot resource pool indication information in S606 is SA.
  • Target time slot for example, a bit in the bitmap indicates whether an SA reserved time slot is an SA target time slot.
  • the third D2D time domain resource type is used, and the access network device 11 in S606 is used to determine the SA.
  • the time slot 4 is a reserved time slot for the SA.
  • the access network device 11 determines that the time slot 4 is used to transmit the SA.
  • the bitmap may be 1.
  • the first bit is 1, which means that slot 4 is the SA target slot. It is assumed that the SA slot resource pool indication information indicates the reserved time slot of the SA corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval of 2 or more.
  • the bitmap of the SA target slot indication information may include 2 or more bits. , Respectively, indicate whether 2 or more SA reserved time slots are SA target time slots.
  • the access network device 11 determines the DATA target time slot
  • the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may determine a DATA target time slot.
  • the access network device 11 may combine the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information sent to the terminal 12. One or more to determine the DATA target slot.
  • the system 10 may configure a type of time domain resource for transmitting DATA.
  • the type of time domain resource for transmitting DATA may include the following: Several:
  • the first DATA time domain resource type uplink symbols can be used for DATA communication.
  • the time slot can be used for DATA communication; or, if the time slot is not all uplink symbols, then the uplink symbols in the time slot can be used for DATA communication; or,
  • the second DATA time domain resource type flexible symbols can be used for DATA communication. When all symbols of the time slot are flexible symbols, then the time slot can be used for DATA communication; or, if the time slot is not all flexible symbols, then the flexible symbols in the time slot can be used for DATA communication; or,
  • the third DATA time domain resource type uplink symbols and flexible symbols can be used for DATA communication.
  • the timeslot can be used for DATA communication, or the timeslot includes uplink symbols and / or flexible symbols and downlink symbols, and the uplink symbols and / or in the timeslot Flexible symbols can be used for DATA communication.
  • the uplink symbol and / or flexible symbol can be understood to include the following three cases: (1) uplink symbol; (2) flexible symbol; (3) uplink symbol and flexible symbol.
  • the embodiments of the present application are described by using the three types of DATA time domain resources.
  • the type of DATA time domain resources may be other types.
  • the type of DATA time domain resources is uplink. Time slot, that is, only when all symbols in the time slot are uplink symbols, the time slot is used for DATA communication; or, the type of DATA time domain resource is flexible time slot, that is, only when all symbols in the time slot are When both are flexible symbols, this time slot is used for DATA transmission.
  • the content of the embodiments of the present application is also applicable to other types of time domain resources for transmitting DATA, which is not limited.
  • uplink data can be used for DATA transmission.
  • the access network device 11 may determine that one or more configurations of the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information correspond to the reference sub-domains.
  • Carrier interval which time slots meet at least one symbol as an uplink symbol, and then determine whether the uplink symbol is determined to be used for transmitting SA according to the scheduling situation.
  • the time slot to which the uplink symbol belongs is the DATA target. Time slot.
  • the access network device 11 determines that the reference subcarrier interval corresponds to that at least one symbol of time slot 4 and time slot 5 is an uplink symbol, and time slot 4 is an SA target time slot.
  • the network device 11 may determine the uplink symbol of time slot 5 for transmission of DATA according to the scheduling situation, and then time slot 5 is the DATA target time slot.
  • the access network device 11 may determine that one or more configurations of the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information correspond to the reference sub-domains.
  • Carrier interval, which time slots meet at least one symbol are flexible symbols, and then determine whether the flexible symbol is determined to be used for transmitting SA according to the scheduling situation.
  • the time slot to which the flexible symbol belongs is the DATA target. Time slot.
  • the access network device 11 may determine the flexible symbol of time slot 2 and the flexible symbol of time slot 3 for transmission of DATA according to the scheduling situation, then time slot 2 and time slot 3 are DATA target time slots.
  • the access network device 11 may determine that one or more configurations of the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information correspond to the reference sub-domains.
  • Carrier interval, which slots satisfy at least one symbol as a flexible symbol or an uplink symbol and then determine whether the flexible symbol or uplink symbol is determined to be used for transmitting DATA according to the scheduling situation.
  • the flexible symbol or uplink symbol is determined to be used for transmitting DATA
  • the The time slot to which the flexible symbol or uplink symbol belongs is the DATA target time slot.
  • time slot 2, time slot 3, time slot 4, and time slot 5 satisfy at least one symbol as a flexible symbol or an uplink symbol
  • time slot 4 is an SA target time slot
  • access network device 11 The flexible symbols or uplink symbols of timeslot 2, timeslot 3, and timeslot 5 can be determined according to the scheduling situation for transmission of DATA. Then timeslot 2, timeslot 3, and timeslot 5 are DATA target timeslots.
  • the access network device 11 may first determine the DATA reserved time slot, and the access network device 11 may determine the DATA reserved time slot by referring to the relevant content of the access network device 11 determining the SA reserved time slot. The access network device 11 may then select a DATA target time slot from the DATA reserved time slots according to the scheduling situation.
  • the access network device 11 can determine time slot 2, time slot 3 and time slot 5 reserve time slots for DATA, and the access network device 11 can determine time slot 2 according to the scheduling situation.
  • Time slot 3 and time slot 5 are DATA target time slots.
  • the access network device 11 determines the DATA target time slot indication information
  • the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may determine DATA target slot indication information.
  • the DATA target slot indication information may indicate a DATA target slot, for example, the DATA target slot is indicated by indicating an index of the DATA target slot.
  • the DATA target slot indication information may be bitmap or bitmap indication information.
  • the bitmap may indicate time domain resources of one or more configurations of the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • a bit in the bitmap indicates whether the time slot corresponding to the DATA time domain resource type corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval is the target time slot of DATA
  • the third type of DATA time domain resource is used.
  • Time slot 2, time slot 3, time slot 4, and time slot 5 are time slots that conform to the type of DATA time domain resource.
  • the access network device 11 determines time slot 2 and time. Slot 3 and time slot 5 are the target time slots of DATA.
  • the bitmap can be 1101.
  • the first bit is 1 to represent time slot 2 as the DATA target time slot.
  • the second bit is 1 to represent time slot 3 as the DATA target time slot. ;
  • the third bit is 0, which indicates that slot 4 is not a DATA target slot;
  • the fourth bit is 1, which indicates that slot 5 is a DATA target slot.
  • the access network device 11 may broadcast the DATA time slot resource pool indication information, and the DATA time slot resource pool indication information indicates that the DATA reserved time slot can be accessed by referring to S401.
  • the network device 11 broadcasts the related content of the SA slot resource pool indication information.
  • the bitmap can indicate whether the DATA reserved time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval is a DATA target time slot. For example, using a third DATA time domain resource type, the access network device 11 can broadcast time slots 2, time slots 3, and Time slot 5 is a reserved time slot for DATA.
  • the bitmap can be 111, and the first bit is 1, which indicates that time slot 2 is the target time slot for DATA.
  • the second bit is 1, which indicates that time slot 3 is the target time slot for DATA. ;
  • the third bit is 1, which means that time slot 5 is the target time slot of DATA.
  • the above describes the determination of the SA target time slot, the DATA target time slot, the SA target time slot indication information, and the DATA target time slot indication information corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval, and the SA target time slot indication information and the DATA target time slot indication information are determined.
  • the terminal 12 is configured with multiple BWPs
  • the SA target time slot indication information and DATA target time slot indication information of each BWP can be determined through the correspondence between each BWP subcarrier interval and the reference subcarrier interval.
  • the network device 11 is configured in units of BWP, which can save system complexity and save wireless communication resources between the access network device 11 and the terminal 12.
  • S612 The terminal 12 determines available symbols of the SA target slot.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols for the SA target slot.
  • the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to one or more of the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information. An embodiment is illustrated below.
  • the terminal 12 may obtain one or more SA target time slots corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval according to the relationship between the received SA target slot indication information and the subcarrier interval of the BWP1 and the reference subcarrier interval.
  • the SA target slot indication information indicates that the SA target slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval is slot 4, the reference subcarrier interval is 15kHz, and the BWP1 subcarrier interval is 30kHz, then BWP1 The SA target time slots corresponding to the subcarrier interval are time slot 7 and time slot 8.
  • the terminal 12 may combine one of the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information, or A variety of available symbols that determine the SA target slot corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval.
  • the available symbols of the SA target time slot include the uplink symbols in the SA target time slot.
  • the available symbols of the SA target time slot include flexible symbols in the SA target time slot.
  • the available symbols of the SA target slot include the uplink symbol and the flexible symbol in the SA target slot.
  • the following uses an SA target time slot as an example to determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot.
  • FIG. 7A is a schematic diagram of a method for determining available symbols of an SA target time slot.
  • the terminal 12 may first determine whether the SA target time slot is configured by the first user-level dynamic configuration information. However, if configured through the first user-level dynamic configuration information, the terminal 12 determines the available symbols of the SA target time slot in combination with the first user-level dynamic configuration information; if it has not been configured through the first user-level dynamic configuration information, the terminal 12 determines Whether the SA target time slot is configured through the first user-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the terminal 12 determines the availability of the SA target time slot by combining the first user-level semi-static configuration information. Symbol; if it has not been configured through the first user-level semi-static configuration, the terminal 12 determines the available symbol of the SA target time slot by combining the information on the first cell-level semi-static configuration.
  • the SA target time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval is time slot 4
  • the SA target time slot corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval is time slot 7 and time slot 8.
  • slot 7 is configured by using the first dynamic configuration information. Since slot 7 is not configured by using the first dynamic configuration information, terminal 12 determines whether slot 7 is configured by using the first user-level semi-static configuration information. It is configured through the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the terminal 12 determines the available symbols of time slot 7 in combination with the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • time slot 8 has not been configured by the first dynamic configuration information and has not been configured by the first user-level semi-static configuration information
  • the terminal 12 determines the available symbols of time slot 8 in combination with the first cell-level semi-static configuration information. For example, according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, all symbols of slot 7 are flexible symbols, the first 6 symbols of slot 8 are flexible symbols, and the last 8 symbols of slot 8 are uplink symbols. If a third D2D time domain resource type is used, the available symbols of time slot 7 include all symbols of time slot 7 and the available symbols of time slot 8 include all symbols of time slot 8.
  • FIG. 7B is a schematic diagram of another method for determining available symbols of an SA target slot.
  • the terminal 12 may determine the time domain resource configuration information of the latest SA target time slot configuration, and combine the latest time domain resource configuration information to determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot.
  • the available symbols of the SA target slot are determined by combining the first cell-level semi-static configuration information; if the SA target is last configured The time domain resource configuration information of the time slot is the first user-level semi-static configuration, and the available symbols of the SA target time slot are determined in combination with the first user-level semi-static configuration information; if the time domain resource configuration information of the SA target time slot is last configured For the first user-level dynamic configuration information, the available symbols of the SA target time slot are determined in combination with the first user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the SA target time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval is time slot 4
  • the SA target time slot corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval is time slot 7 and time slot 8.
  • the time domain resource configuration information of slots 7 and 8 is the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the terminal 12 determines the available symbols of time slot 7 and the available symbols of time slot 8 in combination with the first cell-level semi-static configuration information. For example, according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, all symbols of slot 7 are flexible symbols, the first 6 symbols of slot 8 are flexible symbols, and the last 8 symbols of slot 8 are uplink symbols. If a third D2D time domain resource type is used, the available symbols of time slot 7 include all symbols of time slot 7 and the available symbols of time slot 8 include all symbols of time slot 8.
  • FIG. 7C is a schematic diagram of another method for determining available symbols of an SA target time slot.
  • the SA target time slot configured by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is Flexible symbols exist. If there is no flexible symbol, determine the uplink symbol and downlink symbol of the SA target slot according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information. If there is a flexible symbol, for each flexible symbol, determine the first user-level semi-static configuration. Information or the first user-level dynamic configuration information whether the flexible symbol is configured.
  • first user-level semi-static configuration information or the first user-level dynamic configuration information configures the flexible symbol, combined with the first user-level semi-static configuration
  • the configuration information or the first user-level dynamic configuration information determines that the flexible symbol is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol; if the first user-level semi-static configuration information or the first user-level dynamic configuration information does not configure the flexible symbol, the flexible symbol is determined.
  • the symbol is a flexible symbol; eventually the terminal 12 determines the available symbols for the SA target slot.
  • the target SA slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval is slot 4
  • the target SA slot corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval is slot 7 and slot 8.
  • time slot 7 there are flexible symbols in time slot 7 configured by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the first user-level semi-static configuration information or the first user-level dynamic configuration information are both The flexible symbol is not configured, so it is determined that the flexible symbol in slot 7 is a flexible symbol.
  • the first cell-level semi-static configuration information In combination with the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, it is determined that there is no uplink symbol or downlink symbol in slot 7, so all the symbols in slot 7 are Flexible symbols; for slot 8, there are flexible symbols in slot 8 configured by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, and for each flexible symbol in slot 8, the first user-level semi-static configuration information or the first user-level dynamic None of the configuration information configures this flexible symbol, so the flexible symbol in slot 8 is determined to be a flexible symbol, and the first 8 cell-level semi-static configuration information is used to determine that the last 8 symbols of slot 8 are uplink symbols, so slot 8 The first 6 symbols are flexible symbols, and the last 8 symbols are uplink symbols. If a third D2D time domain resource type is used, the available symbols of time slot 7 include all symbols of time slot 7 and the available symbols of time slot 8 include all symbols of time slot 8.
  • FIG. 7D is a schematic diagram of another method for determining available symbols of an SA target time slot. As shown in FIG. 7D, first, it is determined whether the SA target time slot configured by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is Flexible time domain resources exist.
  • the available symbols of the SA target time slot are determined in combination with the first cell semi-static configuration result; if the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is configured with flexibility Time domain resources, to determine at least one flexible symbol of the flexible time domain resource configured for the first cell-level semi-static configuration, whether the user-level semi-static configuration is a flexible symbol, and if not (indicating that the user-level semi-static configuration will be a cell-level semi-static configuration).
  • the resulting flexible time domain resource configuration is uplink time domain resources, or downlink time domain resources, or part of the uplink time domain resources, and part of the downlink time domain resources), combined with the first cell-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level semi-static
  • the static configuration information determines the available symbols of the SA target slot.
  • the first dynamic configuration information is configured as an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol If not (explain that the flexible time domain resources configured by the first dynamic configuration information to the first user-level configuration information are still configured as flexible time domain resources), and if so (explain that the first dynamic configuration information configures the first user-level configuration information (At least one flexible symbol in the flexible time domain resource is configured as an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol), and when the SA target is determined by combining the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information Available symbols.
  • S613 The terminal 12 determines available symbols of the DATA target slot.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols for the DATA target slot.
  • the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target time slot according to one or more of the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information. An embodiment is illustrated below.
  • the terminal 12 acquires one or more DATA target time slots corresponding to the BWP subcarrier interval according to the relationship between the received DATA target slot indication information and the subcarrier interval and reference subcarrier interval of BWP1.
  • the DATA target slot indication information indicates that the DATA target slots corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval are timeslot 2, slot 3, and slot 5, and the reference subcarrier interval is 15kHz.
  • BWP1 The subcarrier interval is 30kHz, then the DATA target time slots corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval are time slot 3, time slot 4, time slot 5, time slot 6, time slot 9, and time slot 10.
  • the terminal 12 may combine one of the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information or A variety of available symbols that determine the DATA target slot corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval.
  • the available symbols of the DATA target time slot include the uplink symbol in each DATA target time slot.
  • the available symbols of the DATA target time slot include flexible symbols in each DATA target time slot.
  • the available symbols of the DATA target time slot include the uplink symbol and the flexible symbol in each DATA target time slot.
  • the following uses a DATA target time slot as an example to determine the available symbols of the DATA target time slot.
  • the terminal 12 determines the data combination with the first user-level dynamic configuration information. Available symbols for the DATA target time slot; if not configured with the first user-level dynamic configuration information, the terminal 12 determines whether the DATA target time slot is configured with the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and if it is configured with the first user-level semi-static configuration After the information is configured, the terminal 12 determines the available symbols of the DATA target time slot by combining the information of the first user-level semi-static configuration; if it has not passed the first user-level semi-static configuration, the terminal 12 combines the information of the first cell-level semi-static configuration For determining the available symbols of the DATA target time slot, refer to related content in FIG. 7A. The difference is that the available symbols of the DATA target time slot are determined here, and FIG. 7A determines the available symbols of the SA target time
  • the DATA target time slots corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval are time slot 3, time slot 4, time slot 5, time slot 6, time slot 9, and time slot 10.
  • Time slot 3, time slot 4, time slot 5 and time slot 6 are configured using the first user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the first 6 symbols of time slot 3 are downlink symbols, and the last 8 symbols of time slot 3 are flexible symbols.
  • the first 10 symbols of time slot 4 are flexible symbols, the last 4 symbols of time slot 4 are uplink symbols, the first 12 symbols of time slot 5 are downlink symbols, and the last 2 symbols of time slot 5 are flexible symbols; time slots
  • the first 2 symbols of 6 are flexible symbols, and the last 12 symbols are uplink symbols.
  • Slots 9 and 10 have not been configured with the first user-level dynamic configuration information and the first user-level semi-static information. According to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, all symbols of slot 9 are uplink symbols, and slot 10 All the symbols are ascending symbols.
  • the third type of D2D time domain resource is used.
  • the available symbols of slot 3 include the last 8 symbols of slot 3.
  • the available symbols of slot 4 include all the symbols of slot 4.
  • the available symbols of slot 5 include slot 5.
  • the last 2 symbols, available symbols of time slot 6 include all symbols of time slot 6
  • available symbols of time slot 9 include all symbols of time slot 9
  • available symbols of time slot 10 include all symbols of time slot 10.
  • the time domain resource configuration information of the DATA target time slot can be determined most recently.
  • the relevant content in FIG. 7B can be referred to, the difference is that the available symbols of the DATA target slot are determined here, and FIG. 7B is the available symbols of the SA target slot.
  • the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is configured with flexible time domain resources, and then combined with the first user-level semi-static configuration information or the first user-level dynamic configuration information to determine the flexible time domain resources.
  • the symbol is an upward symbol, a flexible symbol, or a downward symbol. Reference may be made to related content in FIG. 7C, the difference being that here is the available symbol for determining the DATA target slot, and FIG. 7C is the available symbol for determining the SA target slot.
  • S614 The terminal 13 determines an available symbol of the SA target slot.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may determine the available symbols of the SA target slot.
  • S614 can occur after S606, and the order of each step in S607-S613 is not limited. For example, S614 can precede S608.
  • the terminal 13 receives the SA slot resource pool indication information in S606.
  • the SA slot resource pool indication information may indicate one or more SA reserved time slots. When the reserved time slots of the one or more SAs include the SA target, Gap.
  • the terminal 13 does not know which time slots among the one or more SA reserved time slots are SA target time slots.
  • the terminal 13 may confirm each SA reserved time slot as an SA target time slot, and separately determine available symbols of each SA target time slot.
  • the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to one or more of the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information. For related content, refer to the available symbols that the terminal 12 determines for the SA target slot in S612.
  • S615 The terminal 12 sends an SA to the terminal 13 on the available symbols of the SA target slot.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may send the SA to the terminal 13 through the antenna 1216 on the available symbol of the SA target slot.
  • the SA includes indication information of a DATA target slot.
  • the terminal 12 may encapsulate the indication information of the DATA target time slot received from the access network device 11 in S611 in the SA.
  • the SA target time slots corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval are time slots 7 and 8.
  • the available symbols of time slot 7 include all symbols of time slot 7.
  • the available symbols include all symbols of time slot 8, and terminal 12 sends SA on all symbols of time slot 7 and all symbols of time slot 8.
  • the SA may further include available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot, and the available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot may be used to indicate available symbols of the DATA target slot.
  • the DATA target slot indication information indicates that the DATA target slots corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval are slot 2, slot 3, and slot 5.
  • the available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot indicates that the available symbols of the DATA target slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval are the last 11 symbols of slot 2, the last 8 symbols of slot 3, and all symbols of slot 5.
  • the terminal 13 receives the SA from the terminal 12 on the available symbols of the SA target slot, and the terminal 13 can obtain the DATA target slot indication information in the SA.
  • the terminal 13 may detect the SA on the available symbols of the SA target slot after synchronizing with the terminal 12 through S607.
  • the terminal 13 may determine one or more reserved time slots indicated by the indication information of the SA time slot resource pool as the SA target time slot, determine the available symbols of the target time slot, and then place the available symbols on the SA target time slot. Detection of SA.
  • the terminal 13 After the terminal 12 sends an SA on the available symbol of the SA target slot, the terminal 13 receives the SA correspondingly on the available symbol of the SA target slot, and the terminal 13 can obtain the indication information of the DATA target slot.
  • the terminal 13 may also obtain the available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot.
  • the terminal 13 can obtain the SA reserved slot according to the slot resource pool instruction information, and detect the SA on all symbols of the SA reserved slot. For example, the terminal 13 may determine the SA reserved slot corresponding to the BWP subcarrier interval according to the relationship between the reference subcarrier interval and the BWP subcarrier interval, and the SA reserved slot corresponding to the BWP subcarrier interval may be one or more. , And then detect SA on all symbols of the SA reserved slot corresponding to the BWP subcarrier interval.
  • the terminal 13 knows that the SA reserved time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval is time slot 4, and can know that the SA reserved time slot corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval is time slot 7 and At time slot 8, terminals 12 and 13 detect SA on all symbols of time slot 7 and all symbols of time slot 8.
  • the terminal 13 can directly detect SA on all symbols of the SA reserved time slot, without the need to distinguish which symbols of the SA reserved time slot to detect the SA, reducing the design complexity of the terminal 13. And burden.
  • S616 The terminal 13 determines the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
  • the terminal 13 After receiving the DATA target time slot indication information through S615, the terminal 13 can determine the DATA target time slot according to the DATA target time slot indication information.
  • the terminal 13 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target time slot according to one or more of the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information. For related content, reference may be made to related content in which the terminal 12 determines the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
  • the terminal 13 may also obtain the available symbol indication information of the DATA target time slot, and the terminal 13 may directly obtain Know the available symbols for the DATA target slot.
  • the DATA target slot indication information indicates that the DATA target slots corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval are slot 2, slot 3, and slot 5.
  • the available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot indicates that the available symbols of the DATA target slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval are the last 11 symbols of slot 2, the last 8 symbols of slot 3, and all symbols of slot 5.
  • the terminal 13 can determine the last 8 symbols of time slot 3, all the symbols of time slot 4, the last 2 symbols of time slot 5, and the time slot according to the relationship between the reference subcarrier interval and the BWP subcarrier interval. All symbols of 6, all symbols of slot 9, and all symbols of slot 10,
  • This embodiment can prevent the terminal 13 from determining the available symbols of the DATA target time slot according to the time domain resource configuration information of the terminal 13, simplifying the operation of the terminal 13, and the terminal 12 can decide which ones according to its real-time uplink and downlink scheduling situation.
  • the symbol is an available symbol of the DATA target slot, and directly indicates the terminal 13 to improve flexibility.
  • S617 The terminal 12 sends DATA to the terminal 13 on the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may send DATA to the terminal 13 through the antenna 1216 on the available symbols of the DATA target time slot.
  • the available symbols of the DATA target slot include the last 8 symbols of slot 3, all the symbols of slot 4, the last 2 symbols of slot 5, and the symbols of slot 6. All symbols, all symbols of time slot 9 and all symbols of time slot 10, terminal 12 in the last 8 symbols of time slot 3, all symbols of time slot 4, all 2 symbols of time slot 5, all of time slot 6 DATA is transmitted on all symbols, all symbols in slot 9 and all symbols in slot 10.
  • the terminal 13 receives DATA from the terminal 12 on the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
  • terminal 13 in the BWP1 subcarrier interval corresponds to the last 8 symbols of slot 3, all symbols of slot 4, the last 2 symbols of slot 5, all symbols of slot 6, all symbols of slot 9, All symbols in slot 10 receive DATA.
  • the terminal 13 acquires the DATA target time slot according to the DATA target time slot indication information, and detects DATA on the DATA target time slot. For example, the terminal 13 determines the DATA target slot corresponding to the BWP subcarrier interval according to the relationship between the reference subcarrier interval and the BWP subcarrier interval.
  • the DATA target slot corresponding to the BWP subcarrier interval may be one or more, and then DATA is detected on the DATA target slot corresponding to the BWP subcarrier interval.
  • the DATA target timeslot indication information indicates that the DATA target timeslots corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval are timeslot 2, timeslot 3, and timeslot 5, the reference subcarrier interval is 15kHz, and the BWP1 subcarrier interval is 30kHz, then the BWP1 subcarrier
  • the target data slot corresponding to the interval is slot 3, slot 4, slot 5, slot 6, slot 9, and slot 10.
  • Terminal 13 is in slot 3, slot 4, slot 5, and slot 6.
  • DATA is detected on time slots 9 and 10.
  • Mode 2 The following describes several implementation modes of Mode 2.
  • Mode 2 may specifically include an out-of-coverage (OOC) mode and an edge-of-coverage (EOC) mode.
  • OOC out-of-coverage
  • EOC edge-of-coverage
  • the terminal 12 can use the OOC mode for D2D communication.
  • the terminal 12 is located in the coverage area of the access network device 11 or at the edge of the coverage area of the access network device 11, the terminal 12 can use the EOC mode.
  • the terminal 12 and the access network device 11 are in an RRC idle state, and the terminal 12 can use The EOC mode is used for D2D communication; or, the terminal 12 and the access network device 11 are in an RRC connection state, and the access network device 11 may decide that the terminal 12 uses the EOC mode for D2D communication.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another method for performing D2D communication using time domain resources in an NR system, and an EOC mode of mode 2 may be adopted. As shown in Figure 8:
  • the access network device 11 broadcasts the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the access network device 11 sends the first user-level semi-static configuration information to the terminal 12.
  • the access network device 11 sends the first user-level semi-static configuration information to the terminal 13.
  • the access network device 11 sends the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 12.
  • the access network device 11 sends the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 13.
  • the contents in S801-S805 can refer to the contents in S601-S605, and will not be repeated here.
  • S806 The access network device 11 broadcasts SA slot resource pool indication information.
  • the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may broadcast the SA slot resource pool indication information through the antenna 1115.
  • the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 are located at the edge or within the coverage area of the access network device 11, and the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 can still receive the broadcast message.
  • the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 receive SA slot resource pool indication information.
  • S806 may refer to the content in S606, which is not repeated here.
  • S807 The access network device 11 broadcasts DATA time slot resource pool indication information.
  • the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may broadcast the DATA time slot resource pool indication information through the antenna 1115.
  • the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 may receive the DATA slot resource pool indication information.
  • the DATA time slot resource pool indication information indicates one or more DATA reserved time slots, and the one or more DATA reserved time slots may include a DATA target time slot.
  • the reserved time slot of DATA can be understood as a time slot reserved for transmitting DATA, and the transmission can be understood as sending or receiving.
  • terminal 12 is a D2D transmitting end.
  • the reserved time slot of DATA can be understood as The time slot reserved for transmitting the SA;
  • the terminal 13 is a D2D receiving end.
  • the time slot reserved for DATA can be understood as the time slot reserved for receiving DATA.
  • at least one symbol in a time slot is reserved for transmitting DATA, it can be understood that the time slot is reserved for transmitting DATA, and the time slot is reserved for DATA.
  • the principle and method of how the access network device 11 determines the DATA reserved time slot and how to determine the DATA time slot resource pool instruction information are similar to how to determine the SA reserved time slot and how to determine the SA time slot resource pool instruction information.
  • the access network is the device 11 to determine that it corresponds to the reference subcarrier interval, and time slot 2, time slot 3, time slot 4, and time slot 5 satisfy at least one symbol as an uplink symbol or Flexible symbols.
  • the access network device 11 determines the uplink symbols and / or flexible symbols of slot 2 (that is, the last 11 symbols of slot 2) and the uplink symbols and / or flexible symbols of slot 3 (that is, all of slot 3 according to the scheduling situation). Symbols) and uplink symbols and / or flexible symbols (that is, all symbols of time slot 5) of time slot 5 are reserved for DATA transmission, then time slots 2, time slot 3, and time slot 5 are reserved for data transmission. Gap.
  • the DATA time slot resource pool indication information may be a bitmap or a bitmap indication information.
  • the bitmap may indicate whether the time slot corresponding to the DATA communication resource type corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval is a reserved time slot for DATA. For example, if The third type of D2D time domain resource is used.
  • the time slots that conform to the D2D communication resource type are time slot 2, time slot 3, time slot 4, and time slot 5.
  • the bitmap can be 1101, and the first bit is 1, which indicates the time.
  • Slot 2 is a reserved time slot for DATA; the second bit is 1, which indicates that time slot 3 is a reserved time slot for DATA; the fourth bit is 1, which indicates that time slot 5 is a reserved time slot for DATA; the third bit is 0, indicating that time slot 4 is not a DATA reserved time slot.
  • S809 The terminal 12 selects an SA target slot from the SA slot resource pool.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may select an SA target time slot from the SA time slot resource pool.
  • the access network device 11 sends the SA target time slot and the DATA target time slot to the terminal 12 through DCI5.
  • the terminal 12 autonomously selects the SA target time slot from the SA time slot resource pool, and the terminal 12 autonomously Select the DATA target slot from the DATA slot resource pool.
  • Terminal 12 selects the SA target time slot from the SA time slot resource pool. For details, refer to the content of selecting the SA target time slot from the SA time slot resource pool by the access network device 11 in S611. The difference is that the former is selected by terminal 12 and the latter. Selection by access network device 11; the former can use the time slot corresponding to the BWP subcarrier interval as the unit when selecting the SA target slot, and the latter can use the reference subcarrier interval when selecting the SA target slot The time slot is a unit.
  • the slot 4 corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval is a reserved time slot for the SA.
  • the time slot corresponding to the BWP subcarrier interval we can know the time slot corresponding to the BWP subcarrier interval.
  • Time slots 7 and 8 are reserved for SA.
  • Terminal 12 can determine time slots 7 and 8 as the target time slots for SA based on the time domain resource configuration information of time slots 7 and 8 and the scheduling situation of terminal 12.
  • S810 The terminal 12 selects a DATA target slot from a DATA slot resource pool.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may select a DATA target slot from a DATA slot resource pool.
  • the terminal 12 selects the DATA target time slot from the DATA time slot resource pool, which is similar to the principle and method of selecting the SA target time slot from the SA time slot resource pool by the access network device 11 in S611.
  • the difference is that the former is selected by the terminal 12 and the latter
  • the former is selected by the access network device 11; the former selects the DATA target time slot and the latter selects the SA target time slot; when the former selects the SA target time slot, the time slot corresponding to the BWP subcarrier interval can be used as a unit
  • the time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval can be used as a unit, and the relevant content in S406 can be referred to.
  • the time slots 2, 3, and 5 corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval are reserved for the DATA.
  • the terminal 13 may refer to the reference subcarrier interval and the reference subcarrier interval according to the BWP.
  • the time slot 3, time slot 4, time slot 5, time slot 6, time slot 9, and time slot 10 corresponding to the BWP subcarrier interval are determined as reserved time slots.
  • the terminal 13 determines the time slot 3, the time slot 4, the time slot 4 according to the time domain resource configuration information of the time slot 3, the time slot 4, the time slot 5, the time slot 6, the time slot 9, and the time slot 10 and the scheduling situation of the terminal 12.
  • Slot 5, slot 6, slot 9 and slot 10 are SA target slots.
  • S811 The terminal 12 determines available symbols of the SA target slot.
  • S812 The terminal 12 determines available symbols of the DATA target slot.
  • S813 The terminal 13 determines an available symbol of the SA target slot.
  • S814 The terminal 12 sends an SA on the available symbols of the SA target slot.
  • S815 The terminal 13 determines available symbols of the DATA target slot.
  • S816 The terminal 12 sends DATA on the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
  • S811-S816 can refer to the contents of S612-S617 in FIG. 6, which will not be repeated here. .
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another method for performing D2D communication using time domain resources in an NR system, which can adopt an OOC mode of mode 2.
  • the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 can use the OOC mode for D2D communication. As shown in Figure 9:
  • the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 may be located outside the coverage area of the access network device 11, for example, the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 may be moved from the coverage area of the access network device 11 to the coverage area of the access network device 11.
  • 12 and terminal 13 may receive the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information, and then terminals 12 and 13 may receive the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
  • the first user-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level dynamic configuration information are stored. For details, reference may be made to the contents in S601-S605, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 may be located outside the coverage of the access network device 11 but may be located within the coverage of other access network devices. At this time, the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 may accept cell-level semi-static transmission from other access network devices.
  • configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information reference may be made to the content in the embodiments of the present application, and details are not described herein again.
  • Terminal 12 and terminal 13 pre-configure SA slot resource pool indication information.
  • the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 are located outside the coverage of the access network device 11, and the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 cannot receive broadcast messages of the access network device 11.
  • the terminal 12 and terminal 13 pre-configure the SA slot resource pool indication information, which may include the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 receiving the SA slot resources broadcast by the access network device 11 when they were in the coverage area of the access network device 11 recently.
  • the pool instruction information, the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 save the SA slot resource pool instruction information.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may receive the SA slot resource pool indication information from the access network device 11 through the antenna 1216, and the memory 1213 of the terminal 12 stores the SA slot resource pool indication information; the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may The SA slot resource pool indication information is received from the access network device 11 through the antenna 1216, and the memory 1213 of the terminal 13 stores the SA slot resource pool indication information.
  • the terminal 12 and terminal 13 pre-configured the SA slot resource pool indication information may include statically writing the SA slot resource pool indication information into the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 in advance, for example, statically writing the SA slot
  • the resource pool instruction information is written into the processor 1211 or the memory 1213 of the terminal 12, and the SA slot resource pool instruction information is written into the processor 1211 or the memory 1213 of the terminal 13 in a static manner.
  • S906 The terminal 12 and the terminal 13 pre-configure the DATA slot resource pool indication information.
  • the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 are located outside the coverage of the access network device 11, and the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 cannot receive broadcast messages of the access network device 11.
  • the terminal 12 and terminal 13 pre-configure the DATA time slot resource pool indication information, which may include the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 receiving the DATA time slot resources broadcast by the access network device 11 when they were in the coverage area of the access network device 11 recently.
  • the pool instruction information is stored in the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 in the DATA slot resource pool.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may receive the DATA time slot resource pool indication information from the access network device 11 through the antenna 1216, and the memory 1213 of the terminal 12 stores the DATA time slot resource pool indication information; the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may The DATA time slot resource pool indication information is received from the access network device 11 through the antenna 1216, and the memory 1213 of the terminal 13 stores the DATA time slot resource pool indication information.
  • the terminal 12 and terminal 13 pre-configure the DATA time slot resource pool indication information, which may include statically writing the DATA time slot resource pool indication information to the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 in advance, for example, statically writing the DATA time slot
  • the resource pool instruction information is written into the processor 1211 or the memory 1213 of the terminal 12, and the DATA time slot resource pool instruction information is written into the processor 1211 or the memory 1213 of the terminal 13 in a static manner.
  • S904 The terminal 12 selects an SA target slot from the SA slot resource pool.
  • S905 The terminal 12 selects a DATA target slot from a DATA slot resource pool.
  • S906 Determine the available symbols of the SA target slot.
  • S908 The terminal 13 determines an available symbol of the SA target slot.
  • S909 The terminal 12 sends an SA on the available symbols of the SA target slot.
  • S910 The terminal 13 determines an available symbol of a DATA target slot.
  • S911 The terminal 12 sends DATA on the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
  • the access network device 11 may be executed by the structure shown in FIG. 2A, and the actions sent or received by the access network device 11 may be performed by the access network device.
  • the processor 1111 of 11 is completed by the antenna 1115, and the actions of determining or processing by the access network device 11 may be performed by the processor 1111 of the access network device 11.
  • the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may send the time domain resource configuration information to the terminal 12 or the terminal 13 through the antenna 1115, such as the cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the time domain resource configuration information such as the cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may determine the SA slot resource pool instruction information and the DATA slot resource pool instruction information, and the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may broadcast the SA slot resource pool instruction information through the antenna 1115. And DATA slot resource pool indication information.
  • the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may determine the SA target slot indication information and the DATA target slot indication information, and the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may send the SA target slot indication information to the terminal 12 through the antenna 1115. And DATA target slot indication information.
  • the method executed by the terminal 12 may be executed by the structure shown in FIG. 2B.
  • the sending or receiving action of the terminal 12 may be performed by the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 through the antenna 1216.
  • the terminal 12 Actions such as determination or processing may be performed by the processor 1211 of the terminal 12.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may receive time domain resource configuration information from the access network device 11 through the antenna 1216, such as one of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information, or Multiple.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may receive SA slot resource pool indication information and DATA slot resource pool indication information from the access network device 11 through the antenna 1216.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may receive the SA target slot indication information and the DATA target slot indication information from the access network device 11 through the antenna 1216.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the SA target slot, for example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 combines one of the cell-level semi-static configuration information, the user-level semi-static configuration information, and the user-level dynamic configuration information, or Various available symbols for determining the SA target slot.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target slot, for example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 combines one of the cell-level semi-static configuration information, the user-level semi-static configuration information, and the user-level dynamic configuration information, or Various symbols available to determine the DATA target slot.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may send the SA to the terminal 13 through the available symbols of the antenna 1216 in the SA target time slot, and the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may send the DATA to the terminal 13 through the available symbols of the antenna 1216 in the DATA target time slot.
  • the method executed by the terminal 13 may be executed by the structure shown in FIG. 2B.
  • the sending or receiving action of the terminal 13 may be performed by the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 through the antenna 1216.
  • the terminal 13 Actions such as determination or processing may be performed by the processor 1211 of the terminal 13.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may receive time domain resource configuration information from the access network device 11 through the antenna 1216, such as one of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information, or Multiple.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may receive SA slot resource pool indication information and DATA slot resource pool indication information from the access network device 11 through the antenna 1216.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 combines one of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information, or Various available symbols for determining the SA target slot. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target time slot.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 combines one of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information, or Various available symbols for determining the DATA target time slot, or the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 determines the available symbols of the DATA target time slot in combination with the available symbol indication information of the DATA target time slot carried in the SA.
  • the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may receive the SA from the terminal 12 through the available symbols of the antenna 1216 in the SA target time slot, and the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may receive the DATA from the terminal 12 through the available symbols of the antenna 1216 in the DATA target time slot.
  • each step in the method performed by the access network device 11 includes a unit or module in the access network device 11 that performs each step in the method; each of the methods performed by the terminal 12 For each step, there is a unit or module in the terminal 12 that executes each step in the method; for each step in the method performed by the terminal 13, there is a unit or module in the terminal 13 that executes each step in the method.
  • the communication device 1000 includes a processing unit 1001 and a communication unit 1002.
  • the communication device 1000 further includes a storage unit 1002.
  • the processing unit 1001, the communication unit 1002, and the storage unit 1002 are connected through a communication bus.
  • the communication unit 1002 may be a device with a transmitting and receiving function, and is configured to communicate with other network devices or a communication network.
  • the storage unit 1002 may include one or more memories, and the memory may be one or more devices or devices in a circuit for storing programs or data.
  • the storage unit 1002 may exist independently, and is connected to the processing unit 1001 through a communication bus.
  • the storage unit may also be integrated with the processing unit 1001.
  • the communication device 1000 may be used in a communication device, a circuit, a hardware component, or a chip.
  • the communication device 1000 may be a terminal in the embodiment of the present application, such as the terminal 12 or the terminal 13.
  • the schematic diagram of the terminal may be as shown in FIG. 2B.
  • the communication unit 1003 of the device 1000 may include an antenna and a transceiver of the terminal, such as the antenna 1216 and the transceiver 1212 in FIG. 2B.
  • the communication unit 1003 may further include an output device and an input device, such as the output device 1214 and the input device 1215 in FIG. 2B.
  • the communication device 1000 may be a chip in a terminal in the embodiments of the present application, such as a chip in the terminal 12 or a chip in the terminal 13.
  • the communication unit 1003 may be an input or output interface, a pin, or a circuit.
  • the storage unit may store a computer-executable instruction of the method on the terminal side, so that the processing unit 1001 executes the method of the terminal 12 or the terminal 13 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the storage unit 1002 may be a register, a cache, or a RAM.
  • the storage unit 1002 may be integrated with the processing unit 1001.
  • the storage unit 1002 may be a ROM or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions.
  • the storage unit 1002 may be connected with The processing units 1001 are independent.
  • the transceiver may be integrated on the communication device 1000, for example, the communication unit 1003 integrates the transceiver 1212.
  • the communication device 1000 may implement the method executed by the terminal 12 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication unit 1003 may receive the time domain resource configuration information from the access network device 11, such as one or more of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information. For details, refer to S301. -S302 related content.
  • the communication unit 1003 may receive the indication information of the SA slot resource pool and the indication of the DATA slot resource pool from the access network device 11, and may refer to the related content of S305-S306.
  • the communication unit 1003 may receive the SA target slot indication information and the DATA target slot indication information from the access network device 11, and may refer to the related content of S307.
  • the processing unit 1001 may determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot.
  • the processing unit 1001 may determine the SA target by combining one or more of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the available symbols of the time slot can refer to the related content of S309, S4A02, S4B03, S4C03 and S4D02.
  • the processing unit 1001 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target time slot.
  • the processing unit 1001 may determine one or more of the cell-level semi-static configuration information, the user-level semi-static configuration information, and the user-level dynamic configuration information to determine the DATA target.
  • the available symbols of the time slot can refer to the relevant content of S310.
  • the communication unit 1003 may send SA to the terminal 13 in the available symbols of the SA target slot, and may refer to the relevant content of S312, and the communication unit 1003 may send the DATA to the terminal 13 in the available symbols of the DATA target slot, and may refer to the relevant of S314. content.
  • content For other contents, please refer to the related contents in FIG. 3 to FIG. 9.
  • the communication device 1000 may implement the method performed by the terminal 13 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication unit 1003 may receive time domain resource configuration information from the access network device 11, such as one or more of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the communication unit 1003 may receive the indication information of the SA slot resource pool and the indication of the DATA slot resource pool from the access network device 11, and may refer to the related content of S305-S306.
  • the processing unit 1001 may determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot.
  • the processing unit 1001 may determine the SA target by combining one or more of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information.
  • the available symbols of the time slot can refer to the related content of S311.
  • the processing unit 1001 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target time slot.
  • the processing unit 1001 may determine one or more of the cell-level semi-static configuration information, the user-level semi-static configuration information, and the user-level dynamic configuration information to determine the DATA target.
  • the available symbols of the time slot can refer to the related content of S313.
  • the communication unit 1003 may receive SA from the terminal 12 at the available symbols of the SA target slot, and may refer to the relevant content of S312, and the communication unit 1003 may receive the DATA from the terminal 12 at the available symbols of the DATA target slot, and may refer to the relevant of S314. content.
  • content For other contents, please refer to the related contents in FIG. 3 to FIG. 9.
  • the communication device 1000 may be an access network device in the embodiment of the present application, such as the access network device 111 or the access network device 112.
  • a schematic diagram of an access network device can be shown in FIG. 2A.
  • the communication unit 1003 of the apparatus 1000 may include an antenna and a transceiver of an access network device, such as the antenna 1115 and the transceiver 1113 in FIG. 2A.
  • the communication unit 1003 may further include a network interface of an access network device, such as the network interface 1114 in FIG. 2A.
  • the communication device 1000 may be a chip in an access network device in the embodiments of the present application, such as a chip in the access network device 12 or the access network device 13.
  • the communication unit 1003 may be an input or output interface, a pin, or a circuit.
  • the storage unit may store a computer execution instruction of the method on the access network device side, so that the processing unit 1001 executes the method on the access network device side in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the storage unit 1002 may be a register, a cache, or a RAM.
  • the storage unit 1002 may be integrated with the processing unit 1001.
  • the storage unit 1002 may be a ROM or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions.
  • the storage unit 1002 may be connected with The processing units 1001 are independent.
  • the transceiver may be integrated on the communication device 1000.
  • the communication unit 1003 integrates the transceiver 1113 and the network interface 1114.
  • the communication unit 1003 may send the time domain resource configuration information to the terminal 12 or the terminal 13, such as one or more of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information. For details, refer to S301-S304. Related content in.
  • the processing unit 1001 may determine the SA slot resource pool indication information and the DATA slot resource pool indication information, and the communication unit 1003 may broadcast the SA slot resource pool indication information and the DATA slot resource pool indication information.
  • the processing unit 1001 may determine the SA target slot indication information and the DATA target slot indication information, and the communication unit 1003 may send the SA target slot indication information and the DATA target slot indication information to the terminal 12.
  • the communication device 1100 may include a communication unit 1101 and a determination unit 1102.
  • the communication device 1100 may be the terminal 12 in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1100 may include the following functions:
  • the communication unit 1101 may receive time domain resource information from the access network device 11, such as one or more of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information. You can refer to related content in S301-S302.
  • the communication unit 1101 may receive SA slot resource pool indication information from the access network device 11. You can refer to related content in S305.
  • the communication unit 1101 may receive the DATA slot resource pool indication information from the access network device 11. You can refer to related content in S306.
  • the determining unit 1102 may determine an SA target slot and a DATA target slot. You can refer to related content in S308.
  • the determination unit 1102 may also determine the available symbols of the SA target slot and the available symbols of the DATA target slot. You can refer to related content in S309.
  • the determining unit 1102 may combine one or more of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information to determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot and the availability of the DATA target time slot. symbol.
  • the communication unit 1101 may also send an SA to the terminal 13 on the available symbols of the SA target slot. You can refer to related content in S312.
  • the communication unit 1101 may also send DATA to the terminal 13 on the available symbols of the DATA target slot. You can refer to related content in S314.
  • the communication device 1100 may also implement other functions implemented by the terminal 12, and reference may be made to the functions implemented by the terminal 12 in FIGS. 3 to 9.
  • the communication device 1100 may be the terminal 13 in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1100 may include the following functions:
  • the communication unit 1101 may receive time domain resource information from the access network device 11, such as one or more of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information. You can refer to the related content in S303-S304.
  • the communication unit 1101 may receive SA slot resource pool indication information from the access network device 11. You can refer to related content in S305.
  • the communication unit 1101 may receive the DATA slot resource pool indication information from the access network device 11. You can refer to related content in S306.
  • the determining unit 1102 may determine the available symbols of the SA target slot and the available symbols of the DATA target slot. You can refer to related content in S311 and S313.
  • the determining unit 1102 may combine one or more of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information to determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot and the availability of the DATA target time slot. symbol.
  • the communication unit 1101 may also receive SA from the terminal 12 on the available symbols of the SA target slot. You can refer to related content in S312.
  • the communication unit 1101 may also receive DATA from the terminal 12 on the available symbols of the DATA target slot. You can refer to related content in S314.
  • the communication device 1100 may also implement other functions implemented by the terminal 13, and reference may be made to the functions implemented by the terminal 13 in FIGS. 3 to 9.
  • the communication device 1100 may be the access network device 11 in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1100 may include the following functions:
  • the communication unit 1101 may send time domain resource information to the terminal 12 or the terminal 13, such as one or more of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information. You can refer to the related content in S303-S304.
  • the determining unit 1102 may be configured to determine SA reserved time slot and SA time slot resource pool indication information.
  • the determining unit 1102 may be configured to determine DATA reserved time slots and DATA time slot resource pool indication information.
  • the communication unit 1101 may broadcast SA slot resource pool indication information. You can refer to related content in S305.
  • the communication unit 1101 may broadcast DATA time slot resource pool indication information. You can refer to related content in S306.
  • the determining unit 1102 may be configured to determine an SA target time slot and a DATA target time slot, and the communication unit 1101 may further send the SA target time slot indication information or the DATA target time slot indication information to the terminal 12.
  • the communication device 1100 may also implement other functions implemented by the access network device 11, and reference may be made to the functions implemented by the access network device 11 in FIGS. 3 to 9.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not deal with the embodiments of the present invention
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the methods described in the above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. If implemented in software, the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium.
  • Computer-readable media can include computer storage media and communication media, and can also include any medium that can transfer computer programs from one place to another.
  • a storage medium may be any target medium that can be accessed by a computer.
  • the computer-readable medium may include RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, or any other medium or instruction or data structure targeted for carrying
  • the required program code is stored in a form and can be accessed by a computer.
  • any connection is properly termed a computer-readable medium.
  • coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technology such as infrared, radio, and microwave
  • coaxial cable, fiber optic cable , Twisted pair, DSL or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio and microwave are included in the definition of the medium.
  • Magnetic disks and optical discs as used herein include compact discs (CDs), laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs (DVDs), floppy discs and Blu-ray discs, where magnetic discs typically reproduce data magnetically, and optical discs reproduce data optically using lasers. Combinations of the above should also be included within the scope of computer-readable media.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product.
  • the methods described in the above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. If implemented in software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • a computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the procedures or functions described in the foregoing method embodiments are generated.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, a network device, a user equipment, or another programmable device.

Abstract

Embodiments of the present application provide a D2D communication method, a communication apparatus, and a communication system. In the D2D communication method, a terminal can receive time-domain resource configuration information, and the time-domain resource configuration information can indicate that symbols comprised in an SA target time-slot and a DATA target time-slot are an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, and a flexible symbol; after the SA target time-slot and the DATA target time-slot are determined, the terminal can determine an available symbol of the SA target time-slot and an available symbol of the DATA target time-slot according to the time-domain resource configuration information; and then SA is sent on the available symbol of the SA target time-slot, and DATA is sent on the available symbol of the DATA target time-slot, thereby achieving D2D communication by using a time domain resource of NR.

Description

一种D2D通信的方法、通信装置和通信系统D2D communication method, communication device and communication system
本申请要求于2018年8月10日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为201810913356.2、申请名称为“一种D2D通信的方法、通信装置和通信系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed on August 10, 2018 with the State Intellectual Property Office of China, application number 201810913356.2, and application name "A Method, Communication Device, and Communication System for D2D Communication". Incorporated by reference in this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及无线通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种D2D通信的方法、通信装置和通信系统。The present application relates to the field of wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a D2D communication method, a communication device, and a communication system.
背景技术Background technique
在NR中引入车与外界的信息交换(vehicle to everything,V2X),是未来智能交通运输系统的关键技术。V2X的应用可以包括车与车(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)、车与路侧基础设施(vehicle to infrastructure,V2I)、车与行人(vehicle to pedestrian,V2P)以及车与应用服务器(vehicle to network,V2N)。V2X的应用能够改善驾驶安全性、减少拥堵和车辆能耗、提高交通效率和车载娱乐信息等。V2X技术可以理解为设备到设备(device to device,D2D)技术的一种。The introduction of vehicle to outside information exchange (V2X) in NR is a key technology for future intelligent transportation systems. V2X applications can include vehicles and vehicles (V2V), vehicles and roadside infrastructure (V2I), vehicles and pedestrians (V2P), and vehicles and application servers (vehicles totonetwork, V2N). The application of V2X can improve driving safety, reduce congestion and vehicle energy consumption, improve traffic efficiency and on-board entertainment information. V2X technology can be understood as a type of device-to-device (D2D) technology.
在D2D的应用中,终端与终端之间进行通信时,发送终端在物理侧行链路控制信道(Physical Sidelink Control Channel,PSCCH)上发送调度指示(scheduling assignment,SA)对用于数据DATA传输的时域资源进行指示,接收终端在SA所指示的时域资源上获取传输的DATA。In D2D applications, when the terminal communicates with the terminal, the sending terminal sends a scheduling instruction (SA) on the physical side link control channel (PSCCH) to the data transmission The time domain resource instructs the receiving terminal to obtain the transmitted DATA on the time domain resource indicated by the SA.
在NR系统中,如何利用时域资源进行D2D通信是一个亟待解决的问题。In the NR system, how to use time domain resources for D2D communication is an urgent problem.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供了一种D2D通信的方法、通信装置和通信系统,可以在NR系统中,利用利用时域资源进行D2D通信。The embodiments of the present application provide a D2D communication method, a communication device, and a communication system. In the NR system, D2D communication can be performed by using time domain resources.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种D2D通信方法。该D2D通信方法可以应用于D2D终端或者D2D终端中的芯片。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a D2D communication method. The D2D communication method can be applied to a D2D terminal or a chip in a D2D terminal.
该方法包括:从接入网设备接收第一时域资源配置信息,该第一时域资源配置信息用于指示第一时域资源包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,该第一时域资源包括至少一个灵活符号,该第一时域资源包括调度指示SA目标时隙;从该接入网设备接收第二时域资源配置信息,该第二时域资源配置信息用于指示第二时域资源包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,该第二时域资源包括至少一个灵活符号,该第二时域资源包括数据DATA目标时隙;确定该SA目标时隙和该DATA目标时隙;确定该SA目标时隙的可用符号;确定该DATA目标时隙的可用符号;在该SA目标时隙的该可用符号上向第二终端发送SA,该SA携带DATA目标时隙指示信息,该DATA目标时隙指 示信息用于指示该DATA目标时隙;在该DATA目标时隙的该可用符号上向第二终端发送DATA。The method includes: receiving first time domain resource configuration information from an access network device, where the first time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate that a symbol included in the first time domain resource is an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol, and the first The time domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol. The first time domain resource includes a scheduling indication SA target slot. The second time domain resource configuration information is received from the access network device, and the second time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate The symbols included in the second time domain resource are an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol. The second time domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol. The second time domain resource includes a data DATA target time slot. The SA target time slot and the DATA target time slot; determining available symbols of the SA target time slot; determining available symbols of the DATA target time slot; sending an SA to the second terminal on the available symbols of the SA target time slot, the SA carrying the DATA target time slot Indication information, the DATA target time slot indication information is used to indicate the DATA target time slot; and DATA is sent to the second terminal on the available symbol of the DATA target time slot.
该方法通过确定SA目标时隙的可用符号和DATA目标时隙的可用符号,在SA目标时隙的可用符号上发送SA,DATA目标时隙的可用符号上发送DATA,从而实现NR系统中,利用时域资源进行D2D通信。This method determines the available symbols of the SA target time slot and the available symbols of the DATA target time slot, sends SA on the available symbols of the SA target time slot, and sends DATA on the available symbols of the DATA target time slot. The time domain resource performs D2D communication.
可选的,在该方法中,该第一时域资源配置信息为第一小区级半静态配置信息;该第一小区级半静态配置信息是通过系统消息接收的。Optionally, in the method, the first time domain resource configuration information is first cell-level semi-static configuration information; the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is received through a system message.
可选的,在该方法中,该确定该SA目标时隙的该可用符号包括:根据该第一小区级半静态配置信息,确定该SA目标时隙的该可用符号。Optionally, in the method, determining the available symbol of the SA target slot includes determining the available symbol of the SA target slot according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
可选的,该方法还包括:接收第一用户级配置信息;该第一小区级半静态配置信息还用于指示该SA目标时隙的至少一个符号为灵活符号;该第一用户级配置信息用于指示该第一小区级半静态配置信息指示的该SA目标时隙的该至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号。Optionally, the method further includes: receiving first user-level configuration information; the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is further used to indicate that at least one symbol of the SA target slot is a flexible symbol; the first user-level configuration information The at least one flexible symbol used to indicate the SA target slot indicated by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol.
可选的,在该方法中,该确定该SA目标时隙的该可用符号包括:根据该第一用户级配置信息,确定该SA目标时隙的该可用符号。Optionally, in the method, determining the available symbol of the SA target slot includes determining the available symbol of the SA target slot according to the first user-level configuration information.
可选的,在该方法中,该确定该SA目标时隙的可用符号包括:根据该第一小区级半静态配置信息和该第一用户级配置信息,确定该SA目标时隙的可用符号。Optionally, in the method, determining the available symbols of the SA target slot includes determining the available symbols of the SA target slot according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level configuration information.
可选的,在该方法中,该第一用户级配置信息包括第一用户级半静态配置信息;该第一用户级半静态配置信息用于指示该第一小区级半静态配置信息指示的该SA目标时隙的该至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号;该第一用户级半静态配置信息携带在RRC消息中。Optionally, in the method, the first user-level configuration information includes first user-level semi-static configuration information; the first user-level semi-static configuration information is used to indicate the first cell-level semi-static configuration information indicating the The at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol; the first user-level semi-static configuration information is carried in an RRC message.
可选的,在该方法中,该第一用户级配置信息还包括第一用户级动态配置信息;该第一用户级半静态配置信息还用于指示该第一小区级半静态配置信息指示的该SA目标时隙的至少一个灵活符号为灵活符号;该第一用户级动态配置信息用于指示该第一用户级半静态配置信息指示的该SA目标时隙的该至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号;该第一用户级动态配置信息是在组公共物理下行控制信道GC PDCCH上接收的。Optionally, in the method, the first user-level configuration information further includes first user-level dynamic configuration information; the first user-level semi-static configuration information is also used to indicate the information indicated by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information. At least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot is a flexible symbol; the first user-level dynamic configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the first user-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol Or a downlink symbol; the first user-level dynamic configuration information is received on a group common physical downlink control channel GC PDCCH.
可选的,在该方法中,该第一用户级配置信息包括第一用户级动态配置信息;该第一用户级动态配置信息用于指示该第一小区级半静态配置信息指示的该SA目标时隙的该至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号;该第一用户级动态配置信息是在GC PDCCH上接收的。Optionally, in the method, the first user-level configuration information includes first user-level dynamic configuration information; the first user-level dynamic configuration information is used to indicate the SA target indicated by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information The at least one flexible symbol of the time slot is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol; the first user-level dynamic configuration information is received on the GC PDCCH.
可选的,在该方法中,该第一时域资源配置信息为第一用户级动态配置信息;该第一用户级动态配置信息在GC PDCCH上从该接入网设备接收的。Optionally, in the method, the first time-domain resource configuration information is first user-level dynamic configuration information; the first user-level dynamic configuration information is received from the access network device on a GC PDCCH.
可选的,在该方法中,该确定该SA目标时隙的该可用符号包括:根据该第一用户级动态配置信息,确定该SA目标时隙的该可用符号。Optionally, in the method, determining the available symbol of the SA target slot includes determining the available symbol of the SA target slot according to the first user-level dynamic configuration information.
可选的,在该方法中,该第二时域资源配置信息为第二小区级半静态配置信息;Optionally, in the method, the second time domain resource configuration information is second cell-level semi-static configuration information;
该第二小区级半静态配置信息是通过系统消息接收的。The second cell-level semi-static configuration information is received through a system message.
可选的,在该方法中,该确定该DATA目标时隙的该可用符号包括:Optionally, in the method, the available symbols for determining the DATA target slot include:
根据该第二小区级半静态配置信息,确定该DATA目标时隙的该可用符号。The available symbols of the DATA target time slot are determined according to the second cell-level semi-static configuration information.
可选的,该方法还包括:接收第二用户级配置信息;该第二小区级半静态配置信息还用于指示该DATA目标时隙的至少一个符号为灵活符号;该第二用户级配置信息用于指示该第二小区级半静态配置信息指示的该DATA目标时隙的该至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号。Optionally, the method further includes: receiving second user-level configuration information; the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is further used to indicate that at least one symbol of the DATA target slot is a flexible symbol; the second user-level configuration information The at least one flexible symbol used to indicate the DATA target slot indicated by the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol.
可选的,在该方法中,该确定该DATA目标时隙的该可用符号包括:根据该第二用户级配置信息,确定该DATA目标时隙的该可用符号。Optionally, in the method, determining the available symbol of the DATA target slot includes determining the available symbol of the DATA target slot according to the second user-level configuration information.
可选的,在该方法中,该确定该DATA目标时隙的可用符号包括:根据该第二小区级半静态配置信息和该第二用户级配置信息,确定该DATA目标时隙的可用符号。Optionally, in the method, determining the available symbols of the DATA target slot includes determining the available symbols of the DATA target slot according to the second cell-level semi-static configuration information and the second user-level configuration information.
可选的,在该方法中,该第二用户级配置信息包括第二用户级半静态配置信息;该第二用户级半静态配置信息用于指示该第二小区级半静态配置信息指示的该SA目标时隙的该至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号;该第二用户级半静态配置信息携带在RRC消息中。Optionally, in the method, the second user-level configuration information includes second user-level semi-static configuration information; the second user-level semi-static configuration information is used to indicate the second cell-level semi-static configuration information indicating the The at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol; the second user-level semi-static configuration information is carried in an RRC message.
可选的,在该方法中,该第二用户级配置信息还包括第二用户级动态配置信息;该第二用户级半静态配置信息还用于指示该第二小区级半静态配置信息指示的该DATA目标时隙的至少一个灵活符号为灵活符号;该第二用户级动态配置信息用于指示该第二用户级半静态配置信息指示的该SA目标时隙的该至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号;该第二用户级动态配置信息是在组公共物理下行控制信道GC PDCCH上接收的。Optionally, in the method, the second user-level configuration information further includes second user-level dynamic configuration information; the second user-level semi-static configuration information is also used to indicate the information indicated by the second cell-level semi-static configuration information. At least one flexible symbol of the DATA target slot is a flexible symbol; the second user-level dynamic configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the second user-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol Or downlink symbols; the second user-level dynamic configuration information is received on the group common physical downlink control channel GC PDCCH.
可选的,在该方法中,该第二用户级配置信息包括第二用户级动态配置信息;该第二用户级动态配置信息用于指示该第二小区级半静态配置信息指示的该SA目标时隙的该至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号;该第二用户级动态配置信息是在GC PDCCH上接收的。Optionally, in the method, the second user-level configuration information includes second user-level dynamic configuration information; the second user-level dynamic configuration information is used to indicate the SA target indicated by the second cell-level semi-static configuration information The at least one flexible symbol of the time slot is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol; the second user-level dynamic configuration information is received on the GC PDCCH.
可选的,在该方法中,该第二时域资源配置信息为第二用户级动态配置信息;该第二用户级动态配置信息在GC PDCCH上从该接入网设备接收的。Optionally, in the method, the second time-domain resource configuration information is second user-level dynamic configuration information; the second user-level dynamic configuration information is received from the access network device on the GC PDCCH.
可选的,在该方法中,该确定该DATA目标时隙的该可用符号包括:根据该第二用户级动态配置信息,确定该DATA目标时隙的该可用符号。Optionally, in the method, determining the available symbol of the DATA target time slot includes: determining the available symbol of the DATA target time slot according to the second user-level dynamic configuration information.
可选的,该方法还包括:从接入网设备接收SA目标时隙指示信息和该DATA目标时隙指示信息,该SA目标时隙指示信息用于指示该SA目标时隙,该DATA目标时隙指示信息用于指示该DATA目标时隙;Optionally, the method further includes: receiving SA target slot indication information and the DATA target slot indication information from an access network device, the SA target slot indication information is used to indicate the SA target slot, and when the DATA target The slot indication information is used to indicate the DATA target time slot;
该确定SA目标时隙和DATA目标时隙,包括:根据该SA目标时隙指示信息确定该SA目标时隙;根据该DATA目标时隙指示信息确定该DATA目标时隙。The determining the SA target time slot and the DATA target time slot includes: determining the SA target time slot according to the SA target time slot indication information; and determining the DATA target time slot according to the DATA target time slot indication information.
可选的,该方法还包括:从接入网设备接收SA时隙资源池指示信息和DATA时隙资源池指示信息,该SA时隙资源池指示信息用于指示一个或者多个SA预 留时隙,该一个或者多个SA预留时隙包括该SA目标时隙,该DATA时隙资源池指示信息用于指示一个或者多个DATA预留时隙,该一个或者多个DATA预留时隙包括该DATA目标时隙;Optionally, the method further includes: receiving SA slot resource pool indication information and DATA slot resource pool indication information from the access network device, where the SA slot resource pool indication information is used to indicate when one or more SAs are reserved Slot, the one or more SA reserved time slots include the SA target time slot, the DATA time slot resource pool indication information is used to indicate one or more DATA reserved time slots, and the one or more DATA reserved time slots Including the DATA target slot;
确定SA目标时隙和DATA目标时隙,包括:根据该SA时隙资源池指示信息确定该SA目标时隙;根据该DATA时隙资源池指示信息确定该DATA目标时隙;Determining the SA target time slot and the DATA target time slot include: determining the SA target time slot according to the SA time slot resource pool instruction information; and determining the DATA target time slot according to the DATA time slot resource pool instruction information;
该方法还包括:确定该DATA目标时隙指示信息。The method further includes: determining the DATA target slot indication information.
可选的,在该方法中,该SA还携带该DATA目标时隙的可用符号指示信息,该DATA目标时隙的该可用符号指示信息用于指示该DATA目标时隙的该可用符号。Optionally, in the method, the SA also carries available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot, and the available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot is used to indicate the available symbol of the DATA target slot.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种D2D通信方法,该D2D通信方法可以应用于D2D终端或者D2D终端中的芯片。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a D2D communication method. The D2D communication method may be applied to a D2D terminal or a chip in a D2D terminal.
该方法包括:从接入网设备接收第三时域资源配置信息,该第三时域资源配置信息用于指示第三时域资源包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,该第三时域资源包括至少一个灵活符号,该第三时域资源包括SA目标时隙;从该接入网设备接收第四时域资源配置信息,该第四时域资源配置信息用于指示第四时域资源包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,该第四时域资源包括至少一个灵活符号,该第四时域资源包括DATA目标时隙;接收SA时隙资源池指示信息,该SA时隙资源池指示信息用于指示一个或者多个SA预留时隙,该一个或者多个SA预留时隙包括该SA目标时隙;确定该SA目标时隙的可用符号;在该SA目标时隙的该可用符号上从该第一终端接收SA,该SA包括DATA目标时隙指示信息,该DATA目标时隙指示信息用于指示该DATA目标时隙;确定该DATA目标时隙的可用符号;在该DATA目标时隙的该可用符号上从该第一终端接收DATA。The method includes receiving third time domain resource configuration information from an access network device, where the third time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate that a symbol included in the third time domain resource is an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol. The time domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol. The third time domain resource includes an SA target slot. The fourth time domain resource configuration information is received from the access network device, and the fourth time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate a fourth time. The symbols included in the domain resource are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols. The fourth time domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol. The fourth time domain resource includes a DATA target slot. When receiving SA slot resource pool indication information, the SA The time slot resource pool indication information is used to indicate one or more SA reserved time slots, the one or more SA reserved time slots include the SA target time slot; determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot; Receive an SA from the first terminal on the available symbol of the time slot, the SA includes DATA target time slot indication information, and the DATA target time slot indication information is used to indicate the DATA target time slot; determining the DATA Available symbols for the target time slot; DATA is received from the first terminal on the available symbols for the DATA target time slot.
该方法通过确定SA目标时隙的可用符号和DATA目标时隙的可用符号,在SA目标时隙的可用符号上接收SA,DATA目标时隙的可用符号上接收DATA,从而实现NR系统中,利用时域资源进行D2D通信。The method determines the available symbols of the SA target slot and the available symbols of the DATA target slot, receives SA on the available symbols of the SA target slot, and receives DATA on the available symbols of the DATA target slot. The time domain resource performs D2D communication.
可选的,第三时域资源配置信息可以是第三小区级半静态配置信息或者第三用户级动态配置信息,如何确定SA目标时隙的可用符号,可以参考第一方面的方法,例如,可以将第一方面方法中的第一替换成第三。第四时域资源配置信息可以是第四小区级半静态配置信息或者第四用户级动态配置信息,如何确定SA目标时隙的可用符号,可以参考第一方面的方法,例如,可以将第一方面方法中的第二替换成第四。Optionally, the third time domain resource configuration information may be third cell-level semi-static configuration information or third user-level dynamic configuration information. For how to determine the available symbols of the SA target slot, refer to the method of the first aspect, for example, The first in the method of the first aspect may be replaced with the third. The fourth time domain resource configuration information may be fourth cell-level semi-static configuration information or fourth user-level dynamic configuration information. For how to determine the available symbols of the SA target slot, refer to the method of the first aspect. For example, the first The second in the aspect method is replaced with the fourth.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种D2D通信方法,该D2D通信方法可以应用于D2D终端或者D2D终端中的芯片。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a D2D communication method. The D2D communication method may be applied to a D2D terminal or a chip in a D2D terminal.
该方法包括:从接入网设备接收第三时域资源配置信息,该第三时域资源配置信息用于指示第三时域资源包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,该第三时域资源包括至少一个灵活符号,该第三时域资源包括SA目标时隙; 接收SA时隙资源池指示信息,该SA时隙资源池指示信息用于指示一个或者多个SA预留时隙,该一个或者多个SA预留时隙包括SA目标时隙;确定该SA目标时隙中的可用符号;在该SA目标时隙中的该可用符号上从该第一终端接收SA,该SA包括DATA目标时隙指示信息和DATA目标时隙的可用符号指示信息,该DATA目标时隙指示信息用于指示DATA目标时隙,该DATA目标时隙的可用符号指示信息用于指示该DATA目标时隙中的可用符号;根据该DATA目标时隙指示信息和该DATA目标时隙的可用符号指示信息,确定该DATA目标时隙的该可用符号;在该DATA目标时隙的该可用符号上接收DATA。The method includes receiving third time domain resource configuration information from an access network device, where the third time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate that a symbol included in the third time domain resource is an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol. The time domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol, and the third time domain resource includes an SA target slot. Receives SA slot resource pool indication information, which is used to indicate one or more SA reserved time slots. The one or more SA reserved time slots include an SA target time slot; determining available symbols in the SA target time slot; receiving an SA from the first terminal on the available symbols in the SA target time slot, the SA Including DATA target time slot indication information and DATA target time slot available symbol indication information, the DATA target time slot indication information is used to indicate the DATA target time slot, and the available symbol indication information of the DATA target time slot is used to indicate the DATA target time Available symbols in the slot; determining the available symbols of the DATA target slot according to the DATA target slot indication information and the DATA target slot available symbol indication information; in the DATA target slot DATA is received on this available symbol.
该方法通过确定SA目标时隙的可用符号和DATA目标时隙的可用符号,在SA目标时隙的可用符号上接收SA,DATA目标时隙的可用符号上接收DATA,从而实现NR系统中,利用时域资源进行D2D通信。The method determines the available symbols of the SA target slot and the available symbols of the DATA target slot, receives SA on the available symbols of the SA target slot, and receives DATA on the available symbols of the DATA target slot. The time domain resource performs D2D communication.
可选的,第三时域资源配置信息可以是第三小区级半静态配置信息或者第三用户级动态配置信息,如何确定SA目标时隙的可用符号,可以参考第一方面的方法,例如,可以将第一方面方法中的第一替换成第三。Optionally, the third time domain resource configuration information may be third cell-level semi-static configuration information or third user-level dynamic configuration information. For how to determine the available symbols of the SA target slot, refer to the method of the first aspect, for example, The first in the method of the first aspect may be replaced with the third.
在本申请实施例的第一方面的方法至第三方面的方法中,该SA目标时隙的该可用符号包括该SA目标时隙的上行符号、下行符号和灵活符号中的一种或者多种。In the method of the first aspect to the method of the third aspect of the embodiments of the present application, the available symbols of the SA target slot include one or more of an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, and a flexible symbol of the SA target slot. .
在本申请实施例的第一方面的方法至第三方面的方法中,该DATA目标时隙的该可用符号包括该DATA目标时隙的上行符号、下行符号和灵活符号中的一种或者多种。In the method of the first aspect to the method of the third aspect of the embodiments of the present application, the available symbols of the DATA target slot include one or more of an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, and a flexible symbol of the DATA target slot. .
第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种D2D时域资源分配方法,可以用于接入网设备或者接入网设备中的芯片。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a D2D time domain resource allocation method, which can be used for an access network device or a chip in an access network device.
该方法包括:向第一终端发送第一时域资源配置信息,该第一时域资源配置信息用于指示第一时域资源包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,该第一时域资源包括至少一个灵活符号,该第一时域资源包括调度指示SA目标时隙;向第一终端发送第二时域资源配置信息,该第二时域资源配置信息用于指示第二时域资源包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,该第二时域资源包括至少一个灵活符号,该第二时域资源包括数据DATA目标时隙;向第二终端发送第三时域资源配置信息,该第三时域资源配置信息用于指示第三时域资源包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,该第三时域资源包括至少一个灵活符号,该第三时域资源包括数据DATA目标时隙;向第二终端发送第四时域资源配置信息,该第四时域资源配置信息用于指示第四时域资源包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,该第四时域资源包括至少一个灵活符号,该第四时域资源包括数据DATA目标时隙;广播SA时隙资源池指示信息,该SA时隙资源池指示信息指示一个或者多个SA预留时隙,该一个或者多个SA预留时隙包括SA目标时隙。The method includes: sending first time domain resource configuration information to a first terminal, where the first time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate that a symbol included in the first time domain resource is an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol. The domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol. The first time domain resource includes a scheduling indication SA target slot. The second time domain resource configuration information is sent to the first terminal. The second time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate the second time domain. The symbols included in the resource are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols. The second time domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol. The second time domain resource includes a data DATA target time slot. The third time domain resource configuration is sent to the second terminal. Information, the third time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate that the symbols included in the third time domain resource are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols, the third time domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol, and the third time domain resource includes Data DATA target time slot; sending fourth time domain resource configuration information to the second terminal, the fourth time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate the fourth time domain The symbols included in the resource are an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol. The fourth time domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol. The fourth time domain resource includes a data DATA target slot. The broadcast SA slot resource pool indication information, the SA The time slot resource pool indication information indicates one or more SA reserved time slots, and the one or more SA reserved time slots include an SA target time slot.
可选的,第一时域资源指示信息可以是第一小区级半静态配置信息,该方法还包括向第一终端发送第一用户级配置信息,该第一小区级半静态配置信息 还用于指示该SA目标时隙的至少一个符号为灵活符号,该第一用户级配置信息用于指示该第一小区级半静态配置信息指示的该SA目标时隙的该至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号。Optionally, the first time domain resource indication information may be first cell-level semi-static configuration information, and the method further includes sending first user-level configuration information to the first terminal, where the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is further used for Indicates that at least one symbol of the SA target slot is a flexible symbol, and the first user-level configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or Downward symbol.
可选的,第一用户级配置信息包括第一用户级半静态配置信息和第一用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种,第一用户级半静态配置信息是通过RRC消息发送的,第一用户级动态配置信息是在GC PDCCH上发送的。Optionally, the first user-level configuration information includes one or more of the first user-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level dynamic configuration information. The first user-level semi-static configuration information is sent through an RRC message. The first user-level dynamic configuration information is sent on the GC PDCCH.
可选的,第一时域资源指示信息可以是第一用户级半静态配置信息或者第一用户级动态配置信息,第一用户级半静态配置信息是通过RRC消息发送的,第一用户级动态配置信息是在GC PDCCH上发送的。Optionally, the first time-domain resource indication information may be first user-level semi-static configuration information or first user-level dynamic configuration information. The first user-level semi-static configuration information is sent through an RRC message, and the first user-level dynamic information. The configuration information is sent on the GC PDCCH.
可选的,第二时域资源指示信息可以是第二小区级半静态配置信息,该方法还包括向第一终端发送第二用户级配置信息,该第二小区级半静态配置信息还用于指示该SA目标时隙的至少一个符号为灵活符号,该第二用户级配置信息用于指示该第二小区级半静态配置信息指示的该SA目标时隙的该至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号。Optionally, the second time domain resource indication information may be second cell-level semi-static configuration information, and the method further includes sending second user-level configuration information to the first terminal, where the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is further used for Indicates that at least one symbol of the SA target slot is a flexible symbol, and the second user-level configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or Downward symbol.
可选的,第二用户级配置信息包括第二用户级半静态配置信息和第二用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种,第二用户级半静态配置信息是通过RRC消息发送的,第二用户级动态配置信息是在GC PDCCH上发送的。Optionally, the second user-level configuration information includes one or more of the second user-level semi-static configuration information and the second user-level dynamic configuration information. The second user-level semi-static configuration information is sent through an RRC message. The second user-level dynamic configuration information is sent on the GC PDCCH.
可选的,第二时域资源指示信息可以是第二用户级半静态配置信息或者第二用户级动态配置信息,第二用户级半静态配置信息是通过RRC消息发送的,第二用户级动态配置信息是在GC PDCCH上发送的。Optionally, the second time domain resource indication information may be second user-level semi-static configuration information or second user-level dynamic configuration information. The second user-level semi-static configuration information is sent through an RRC message, and the second user-level dynamic information. The configuration information is sent on the GC PDCCH.
可选的,第三时域资源指示信息可以是第三小区级半静态配置信息,该方法还包括向第一终端发送第三用户级配置信息,该第三小区级半静态配置信息还用于指示该SA目标时隙的至少一个符号为灵活符号,该第三用户级配置信息用于指示该第三小区级半静态配置信息指示的该SA目标时隙的该至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号。Optionally, the third time domain resource indication information may be third cell-level semi-static configuration information, and the method further includes sending third user-level configuration information to the first terminal, where the third cell-level semi-static configuration information is further used for Indicates that at least one symbol of the SA target slot is a flexible symbol, and the third user-level configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the third cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or Downward symbol.
可选的,第三用户级配置信息包括第三用户级半静态配置信息和第三用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种,第三用户级半静态配置信息是通过RRC消息发送的,第三用户级动态配置信息是在GC PDCCH上发送的。Optionally, the third user-level configuration information includes one or more of the third user-level semi-static configuration information and the third user-level dynamic configuration information. The third user-level semi-static configuration information is sent through an RRC message. The third user-level dynamic configuration information is sent on the GC PDCCH.
可选的,第三时域资源指示信息可以是第三用户级半静态配置信息或者第三用户级动态配置信息,第三用户级半静态配置信息是通过RRC消息发送的,第三用户级动态配置信息是在GC PDCCH上发送的。Optionally, the third time domain resource indication information may be third user-level semi-static configuration information or third user-level dynamic configuration information. The third user-level semi-static configuration information is sent through an RRC message, and the third user-level dynamic information. The configuration information is sent on the GC PDCCH.
可选的,第四时域资源指示信息可以是第四小区级半静态配置信息,该方法还包括向第一终端发送第四用户级配置信息,该第四小区级半静态配置信息还用于指示该SA目标时隙的至少一个符号为灵活符号,该第四用户级配置信息用于指示该第四小区级半静态配置信息指示的该SA目标时隙的该至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号。Optionally, the fourth time domain resource indication information may be fourth cell-level semi-static configuration information, and the method further includes sending fourth user-level configuration information to the first terminal, where the fourth cell-level semi-static configuration information is further used for Indicates that at least one symbol of the SA target slot is a flexible symbol, and the fourth user-level configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the fourth cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or Downward symbol.
可选的,第四用户级配置信息包括第四用户级半静态配置信息和第四用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种,第四用户级半静态配置信息是通过RRC消 息发送的,第四用户级动态配置信息是在GC PDCCH上发送的。Optionally, the fourth user-level configuration information includes one or more of the fourth user-level semi-static configuration information and the fourth user-level dynamic configuration information. The fourth user-level semi-static configuration information is sent through an RRC message. The fourth user-level dynamic configuration information is sent on the GC PDCCH.
可选的,第四时域资源指示信息可以是第四用户级半静态配置信息或者第四用户级动态配置信息,第四用户级半静态配置信息是通过RRC消息发送的,第四用户级动态配置信息是在GC PDCCH上发送的。Optionally, the fourth time domain resource indication information may be fourth user-level semi-static configuration information or fourth user-level dynamic configuration information. The fourth user-level semi-static configuration information is sent through an RRC message, and the fourth user-level dynamic information. The configuration information is sent on the GC PDCCH.
可选的,该方法还包括:广播DATA时隙资源池指示信息,该DATA时隙资源池指示信息可以指示一个或者多个DATA预留时隙,该一个或者多个DATA预留时隙包括DATA目标时隙。Optionally, the method further includes: broadcasting DATA time slot resource pool indication information, where the DATA time slot resource pool indication information may indicate one or more DATA reserved time slots, and the one or more DATA reserved time slots include DATA Target time slot.
可选的,该方法还包括:向第一终端发送SA目标时隙指示信息和DATA目标时隙指示信息,该SA目标时隙指示信息指示SA目标时隙,该DATA目标时隙指示信息指示DATA目标时隙。Optionally, the method further includes: sending SA target slot indication information and DATA target slot indication information to the first terminal, the SA target slot indication information indicating the SA target slot, and the DATA target slot indication information indicating the DATA Target time slot.
接入网设备通过以时隙为单位向第一终端和第二终端指示SA目标时隙或者DATA目标时隙,简化流程,可以避免向第一终端和第二终端以符号为单位指示的复杂度,便于第一终端和第二终端根据接收到的时域资源配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号和DATA目标时隙的可用符号,在SA目标时隙的可用符号上传输SA,在DATA目标时隙的可用符号上传输DATA。The access network device indicates the SA target time slot or the DATA target time slot to the first terminal and the second terminal in units of time slots, which simplifies the process and can avoid the complexity of indicating to the first terminal and the second terminal in units of symbols. It is convenient for the first terminal and the second terminal to determine the available symbols of the SA target slot and the available symbols of the DATA target slot according to the received time domain resource configuration information, transmit the SA on the available symbols of the SA target slot, and transmit the SA target on the DATA target. DATA is transmitted on the available symbols of the time slot.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是终端或者终端中的芯片,该通信装置包括处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,该存储器用于存储计算机程序或指令,该处理器用于执行该存储器中的计算机程序或指令,使得该通信装置执行权利要求第一方面的方法,可选的,该通信装置还包括该存储器。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device. The communication device may be a terminal or a chip in the terminal. The communication device includes a processor. The processor is coupled to a memory. The memory is used to store a computer program or Instructions, the processor is configured to execute a computer program or instructions in the memory, so that the communication device executes the method of the first aspect of the claim, and optionally, the communication device further includes the memory.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是终端或者终端中的芯片,该通信装置包括处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,该存储器用于存储计算机程序或指令,该处理器用于执行该存储器中的该计算机程序或指令,使得该通信装置执行权利要求第二方面或者第三方面的方法,可选的,该通信装置还包括该存储器。According to a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device. The communication device may be a terminal or a chip in the terminal. The communication device includes a processor. The processor is coupled to a memory. The memory is used to store a computer program or Instructions, the processor is configured to execute the computer program or instructions in the memory, so that the communication device executes the method of the second aspect or the third aspect of the claim, and optionally, the communication device further includes the memory.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是接入网设备或者接入网设备中的芯片,该通信装置包括处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,该存储器用于存储计算机程序或指令,该处理器用于执行该存储器中的该计算机程序或者指令,使得该通信装置执行权利要求第四方面的方法,该通信装置还包括该存储器。According to a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device. The communication device may be an access network device or a chip in an access network device. The communication device includes a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, and the memory The processor is configured to store a computer program or an instruction, and the processor is configured to execute the computer program or the instruction in the memory, so that the communication device executes the method of the fourth aspect of the claim, and the communication device further includes the memory.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质,所述存储介质用于存储计算机程序或者指令,当该程序在计算机中运行时,使得该计算机执行上述第一方面、第二方面、第三方面或者第四方面的方法。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium, where the storage medium is used to store a computer program or instructions, and when the program is run in a computer, the computer is caused to execute the first aspect, the second aspect, The third or fourth method.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置包括一个或者多个模块,用于实现上述第一方面、第二方面、第三方面或者第四方面的方法,该一个或者多个模块可以与上述第一方面、第二方面、第三方面或者第四方面的方法的步骤相对应。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device includes one or more modules, and is configured to implement the method of the first aspect, the second aspect, the third aspect, or the fourth aspect, the one or Multiple modules may correspond to the steps of the method of the first aspect, the second aspect, the third aspect, or the fourth aspect described above.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品,该程序产品包括程 序,当该程序被运行时,使得上述第一方面、第二方面、第三方面或者第四方面的方法被执行。According to a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product. The program product includes a program, and when the program is executed, the method of the first aspect, the second aspect, the third aspect, or the fourth aspect is executed. .
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括上述第五方面的通信装置、上述第六方面和上述第七方面的通信装置中的两个或者三个,例如该通信系统包括第五方面的通信装置和第六方面的通信装置,或者,该通信系统包括第五方面的通信装置和第七方面的通信装置,或者,该通信系统包括第六方面的通信装置和第七方面的通信装置,或者,该通信装置包括第五方面的通信装置、第六方面的通信装置和第七方面的通信装置。According to an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system. The communication system includes two or three of the communication device of the fifth aspect, the communication device of the sixth aspect, and the communication device of the seventh aspect. The communication system includes the communication device of the fifth aspect and the communication device of the sixth aspect, or the communication system includes the communication device of the fifth aspect and the communication device of the seventh aspect, or the communication system includes the communication device of the sixth aspect and The communication device of the seventh aspect, or the communication device includes the communication device of the fifth aspect, the communication device of the sixth aspect, and the communication device of the seventh aspect.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本申请,下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动性的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其它的附图。In order to explain the present application more clearly, the accompanying drawings used in the description of the embodiments are briefly introduced below. Obviously, the accompanying drawings in the following description are only some embodiments of the present invention. In other words, other drawings can be obtained based on these drawings without paying creative labor.
图1是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图2A是本申请实施例提供的一种接入网设备的结构示意图;2A is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2B是本申请实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图;2B is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种NR系统中利用时域资源进行D2D通信的方法的示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a method for performing D2D communication using time domain resources in an NR system according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图4A是本申请实施例提供的一种终端12确定SA目标时隙的可用符号的方法的示意图;FIG. 4A is a schematic diagram of a method for determining an available symbol of an SA target slot by the terminal 12 according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图4B是本申请实施例提供的另一种终端12确定SA目标时隙的可用符号的方法的示意图;4B is a schematic diagram of another method for determining an available symbol of an SA target slot by the terminal 12 according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4C是本申请实施例提供的另一种终端12确定SA目标时隙的可用符号的方法的示意图;FIG. 4C is a schematic diagram of another method for the terminal 12 to determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图4D是本申请实施例提供的另一种终端12确定SA目标时隙的可用符号的方法的示意图;4D is a schematic diagram of another method for determining an available symbol of an SA target slot by the terminal 12 according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5A是本申请实施例提供的一种小区级半静态配置信息指示的时域资源的示意图;5A is a schematic diagram of a time domain resource indicated by cell-level semi-static configuration information according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5B是本申请实施例提供的一种第一小区级半静态配置信息指示的时域资源的一种示意图;5B is a schematic diagram of a time domain resource indicated by first cell-level semi-static configuration information according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5C是本申请实施例提供的一种用户级半静态配置信息指示的时域资源的一种示意图;5C is a schematic diagram of a time domain resource indicated by user-level semi-static configuration information according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5D是本申请实施例提供的第一用户级半静态配置信息指示的时域资源的一种示意图。FIG. 5D is a schematic diagram of time domain resources indicated by the first user-level semi-static configuration information according to an embodiment of the present application.
图5E是本申请实施例提供的第一用户级动态配置信息指示的时域资源的一种示意图;FIG. 5E is a schematic diagram of a time domain resource indicated by the first user-level dynamic configuration information according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图6是本申请实施例提供的另一种NR系统中利用时域资源进行D2D通信 的方法的示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another method for performing D2D communication by using time domain resources in an NR system according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图7A是本申请实施例提供的一种确定SA目标时隙的可用符号的方法的示意图;FIG. 7A is a schematic diagram of a method for determining an available symbol of an SA target slot according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图7B是本申请实施例提供的另一种确定SA目标时隙的可用符号的方法的示意图;FIG. 7B is a schematic diagram of another method for determining an available symbol of an SA target slot according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图7C是本申请实施例提供的另一种确定SA目标时隙的可用符号的方法的示意图;FIG. 7C is a schematic diagram of another method for determining an available symbol of an SA target slot according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图7D是本申请实施例提供的另一种确定SA目标时隙的可用符号的方法的示意图;FIG. 7D is a schematic diagram of another method for determining an available symbol of an SA target slot according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图8是本申请实施例提供的另一种NR系统中利用时域资源进行D2D通信的方法的示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another method for D2D communication using time domain resources in an NR system provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图9是本申请实施例提供的另一种NR系统中利用时域资源进行D2D通信的方法的示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another method for performing D2D communication by using time domain resources in an NR system according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置1000的示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 1000 according to an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置1100的示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 1100 according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合本申请中的附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行说明。The technical solutions in the present application will be described below with reference to the drawings in the present application.
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意图。在通信系统10中,包括接入网设备11,终端12和终端13。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication system 10 includes an access network device 11, a terminal 12, and a terminal 13.
终端12和终端13可以直接进行通信,例如终端12和终端13可以进行设备到设备(device to device,D2D)通信。The terminal 12 and the terminal 13 can directly communicate, for example, the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 can perform device-to-device (D2D) communication.
D2D通信可以理解为终端之间可以直接进行通信,终端之间的直接通信不需要经过接入网设备。D2D可以称为邻近服务(Proximity Service,ProSe),或者称为基于邻近的服务(Proximity-Based Service,ProSe)。D2D还包括车与外界的信息交换(vehicle to everything,V2X)。D2D技术除了可以使用基于蜂窝通信的技术外还可以使用(wireless fidelity,WiFi)直连(direct)、FlashLinQ、蓝牙(bluetooth)以及紫蜂(zigbee)等技术。D2D communication can be understood as direct communication between terminals, and direct communication between terminals does not need to pass through access network equipment. D2D can be called Proximity Service (ProSe), or Proximity-Based Service (ProSe). D2D also includes vehicle (V2X) information exchange with the outside world. In addition to the technology based on cellular communications, the D2D technology can also use technologies such as wireless (fidelity, WiFi) direct, FlashLinQ, bluetooth, and zigbee.
终端12和终端13直接通信的链路可以称为D2D链路,侧行链路(sidelink)或者其他术语。当终端12和终端13进行D2D通信时,终端12和终端13可以称为D2D终端,其中,发送数据的终端称为D2D发送端,接收数据的终端称为D2D接收端,例如,终端12向终端13发送数据,终端12为D2D发送端,终端13为D2D接收端;或者,终端13向终端12发送数据,终端13为D2D发送端,终端12为D2D接收端。本申请实施例中,为描述方便,以终端12为D2D发送端,终端13为D2D接收端为例进行说明。The link that the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 directly communicate with may be referred to as a D2D link, a sidelink, or other terms. When the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 perform D2D communication, the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 may be referred to as D2D terminals, where a terminal that sends data is referred to as a D2D sender and a terminal that receives data is referred to as a D2D receiver. For example, the terminal 12 sends a message to the terminal. 13 sends data, terminal 12 is a D2D sending end, terminal 13 is a D2D receiving end; or, terminal 13 sends data to terminal 12, terminal 13 is a D2D sending end, and terminal 12 is a D2D receiving end. In the embodiment of the present application, for convenience of description, the terminal 12 is a D2D sending end and the terminal 13 is a D2D receiving end as an example for description.
终端12或者终端13可以与接入网设备11进行蜂窝通信或者不与接入网设备11进行蜂窝通信。当终端12(或者终端13)与接入网设备11进行蜂窝通信的同时,终端12(或者终端13)可以与终端13(或者终端12)进行D2D通信, 例如可以通过载波聚合(carrier aggregation,CA)或者双连接(dual connectivity,DC)等技术。The terminal 12 or the terminal 13 may perform cellular communication with the access network device 11 or may not perform cellular communication with the access network device 11. When the terminal 12 (or the terminal 13) performs cellular communication with the access network device 11, the terminal 12 (or the terminal 13) can perform D2D communication with the terminal 13 (or the terminal 12), for example, through carrier aggregation (CA) ) Or dual connectivity (DC) and other technologies.
D2D通信模式可以有多种,在不同类型的无线通信接入系统中,D2D通信模式可以有不同的叫法,本申请实施例中D2D通信模式可以包括各种无线通信接入系统中的D2D通信模式,以及未来可能出现的D2D通信模式,例如V2X可能出现的D2D通信模式。例如,D2D通信模式可以包括模式1、模式2、模式3和模式4,其中模式1和模式2可以是传统D2D中的通信模式,模式3和模式4可以是(vehicle to everything,V2X)领域中的通信模式,模式3与模式1相似,模式4与模式2相似,模式1和模式3中,接入网设备11可以给D2D终端分配D2D时频资源;模式2和模式4中,D2D终端可以自主选择D2D时频资源,模式2和模式4可以包括覆盖范围外(out of coverage,OOC)模式和覆盖范围边缘(edge of coverage,EOC)模式。There can be multiple D2D communication modes. In different types of wireless communication access systems, the D2D communication mode can be called differently. In the embodiments of the present application, the D2D communication mode can include D2D communication in various wireless communication access systems. Mode, and D2D communication modes that may appear in the future, such as D2D communication modes that may appear in V2X. For example, D2D communication modes may include Mode 1, Mode 2, Mode 3, and Mode 4, where Mode 1 and Mode 2 may be communication modes in traditional D2D, and Mode 3 and Mode 4 may be in the field of (vehicle) to everything (V2X). Mode 3 is similar to Mode 1 and Mode 4 is similar to Mode 2. In Mode 1 and Mode 3, the access network device 11 can allocate D2D time-frequency resources to D2D terminals; in Mode 2 and Mode 4, D2D terminals can The D2D time-frequency resource is selected independently. Mode 2 and mode 4 may include an out-of-coverage (OOC) mode and an edge-of-coverage (EOC) mode.
当D2D终端(例如终端12和终端13)有D2D通信的需求,根据D2D终端(例如终端12和终端13)位于接入网设备11覆盖范围内、接入网设备11覆盖边缘或者接入网设备11覆盖范围外,D2D终端(例如终端12和终端13)可以使用不同D2D通信模式进行D2D通信,下面以终端12为例进行说明:When D2D terminals (such as terminal 12 and terminal 13) have D2D communication requirements, according to the D2D terminals (such as terminal 12 and terminal 13) located within the coverage area of the access network device 11, the access network device 11 covers the edge or the access network device Outside the coverage area of 11, the D2D terminal (such as terminal 12 and terminal 13) can use different D2D communication modes for D2D communication. The following uses terminal 12 as an example for illustration:
示例一:终端12可以位于接入网设备11覆盖范围内或者接入网设备11覆盖范围边缘,终端12可以与接入网设备11处于RRC连接态(RRC CONNECTED),接入网设备11可以决定终端12采用模式1进行D2D通信,或者,接入网设备11可以决定终端13采用模式2进行D2D通信,例如接入网设备11可以决定终端13采用EOC模式进行D2D通信。Example 1: The terminal 12 may be located in the coverage area of the access network device 11 or the edge of the coverage area of the access network device 11. The terminal 12 may be in an RRC connected state with the access network device 11 (RRC connected), and the access network device 11 may decide The terminal 12 adopts the mode 1 for D2D communication, or the access network device 11 can decide that the terminal 13 adopts the mode 2 for D2D communication. For example, the access network device 11 can decide that the terminal 13 adopts the EOC mode for D2D communication.
示例二:终端12可以位于接入网设备11覆盖范围内或者接入网设备11覆盖范围边缘,终端12可以与接入网设备11处于RRC空闲态(RRC IDLE),终端12可以采用模式2进行D2D通信,例如终端12可以采用EOC模式进行D2D通信;或者,终端12可以进入RRC连接态,可以参考示例一的相关内容。Example 2: The terminal 12 may be located within the coverage area of the access network device 11 or the edge of the coverage area of the access network device 11, the terminal 12 may be in an RRC IDLE state with the access network device 11, and the terminal 12 may be implemented in mode 2 For D2D communication, for example, the terminal 12 may adopt the EOC mode for D2D communication; or, the terminal 12 may enter the RRC connection state. For details, refer to the related content in Example 1.
示例三:终端12可以位于接入网设备11覆盖范围外,例如终端12从位于接入网设备11覆盖范围内移动到接入网设备11覆盖边缘或者接入网设备11覆盖范围外,终端12可以采用模式2进行D2D通信,例如终端12可以采用OOC模式进行D2D通信。Example 3: The terminal 12 can be located outside the coverage area of the access network device 11, for example, the terminal 12 moves from being located within the coverage area of the access network device 11 to the edge of the coverage of the access network device 11 or outside the coverage area of the access network device 11, the terminal 12 D2D communication may be performed in mode 2. For example, terminal 12 may perform D2D communication in OOC mode.
图1中的接入网设备11可以是接入网侧用于支持终端接入通信系统的设备,例如,可以是2G接入技术通信系统中的基站收发信台(base transceiver station,BTS)和基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、3G接入技术通信系统中的节点B(node B)和无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、4G接入技术通信系统中的演进型基站(evolved nodeB,eNB)、5G接入技术通信系统中的下一代基站(next generation nodeB,gNB)、发送接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、中继节点(relay node)、接入点(access point,AP)等等。The access network device 11 in FIG. 1 may be an access network side device for supporting a terminal to access a communication system, for example, it may be a base transceiver station (BTS) in a 2G access technology communication system and Base station controller (BSC), Node B and radio network controller (RNC) in 3G access technology communication system, evolved base station in 4G access technology communication system ( evolved nodeB (eNB), next-generation base station (gNB), transmission and reception point (TRP), relay node (relay node), and access point (access point) in a 5G access technology communication system , AP) and so on.
图1中的终端12和终端13可以是一种向用户提供语音或者数据连通性的 设备,例如也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE),移动台(mobile station),用户单元(subscriber unit),站台(station),终端设备(terminal equipment,TE)等。终端可以为蜂窝电话(cellular phone),个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA),无线调制解调器(modem),手持设备(handheld),膝上型电脑(laptop computer),无绳电话(cordless phone),无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)台,平板电脑(pad)等。随着无线通信技术的发展,可以接入通信系统、可以与通信系统的网络侧进行通信,或者通过通信系统与其它物体进行通信的设备都可以是本申请实施例中的终端,譬如,智能交通中的终端和汽车、智能家居中的家用设备、智能电网中的电力抄表仪器、电压监测仪器、环境监测仪器、智能安全网络中的视频监控仪器、收款机等等。在本申请实施例中,终端可以与接入网设备,例如接入网设备11进行通信。The terminal 12 and the terminal 13 in FIG. 1 may be a device that provides voice or data connectivity to a user. For example, the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 may also be referred to as a user equipment (UE), a mobile station (mobile station), and a subscriber unit (subscriber unit). ), Station, terminal equipment (TE), etc. The terminal can be a cellular phone, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wireless modem (modem), a handheld device (laptop computer), a cordless phone (cordless phone), wireless Local loop (wireless local loop (WLL) stations, pads, etc.). With the development of wireless communication technology, devices that can access the communication system, can communicate with the network side of the communication system, or communicate with other objects through the communication system can be terminals in the embodiments of this application, such as intelligent transportation Terminals and automobiles, household equipment in smart homes, power meter reading instruments in smart grids, voltage monitoring instruments, environmental monitoring instruments, video monitoring instruments in smart security networks, cash registers, and more. In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal may communicate with an access network device, for example, the access network device 11.
图2A是一种接入网设备的结构示意图。接入网设备11的结构可以参考图2A所示的结构。FIG. 2A is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device. For the structure of the access network device 11, reference may be made to the structure shown in FIG. 2A.
接入网设备包括至少一个处理器1111、至少一个存储器1112、至少一个收发器1113、至少一个网络接口1114和一个或多个天线1115。处理器1111、存储器1112、收发器1113和网络接口1114相连,例如通过总线相连。天线1115与收发器1113相连。网络接口1114用于使得接入网设备通过通信链路,与其它通信设备相连,例如接入网设备通过S1接口,与核心网网元相连。在本申请实施例中,所述连接可包括各类接口、传输线或总线等,本实施例对此不做限定。The access network device includes at least one processor 1111, at least one memory 1112, at least one transceiver 1113, at least one network interface 1114, and one or more antennas 1115. The processor 1111, the memory 1112, and the transceiver 1113 are connected to the network interface 1114, for example, through a bus. The antenna 1115 is connected to the transceiver 1113. The network interface 1114 is used to enable the access network device to connect with other communication devices through a communication link, for example, the access network device is connected to a core network element through an S1 interface. In the embodiment of the present application, the connection may include various interfaces, transmission lines, or buses, which is not limited in this embodiment.
本申请实施例中的处理器,例如处理器1111,可以包括如下至少一种类型:通用中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU)、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、微处理器、特定应用集成电路专用集成电路(Application-Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、微控制器(Microcontroller Unit,MCU)、现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)、或者用于实现逻辑运算的集成电路。例如,处理器1111可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器或多核(multi-CPU)处理器。至少一个处理器1111可以是集成在一个芯片中或位于多个不同的芯片上。The processor in the embodiment of the present application, such as the processor 1111, may include at least one of the following types: a general-purpose central processing unit (Central Processing Unit), a digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), a microprocessor, Application-Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), Microcontroller Unit (MCU), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA), or integrated circuit for implementing logic operations . For example, the processor 1111 may be a single-core processor or a multi-core processor. The at least one processor 1111 may be integrated in one chip or located on multiple different chips.
本申请实施例中的存储器,例如存储器1112,可以包括如下至少一种类型:只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(Electrically erasable programmabler-only memory,EEPROM)。在某些场景下,存储器还可以是只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。The memory in the embodiment of the present application, such as the memory 1112, may include at least one of the following types: read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, and random access memory (random access memory, RAM) or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (Electrically Programmabler-only memory, EEPROM). In some scenarios, the memory can also be a compact disc (read-only memory, CD-ROM) or other disc storage, disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.) , Magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited to this.
存储器1112可以是独立存在,与处理器1111相连。可选的,存储器1112也可以和处理器1111集成在一起,例如集成在一个芯片之内。其中,存储器1112能够存储执行本申请实施例的技术方案的程序代码,并由处理器1111来控制执行,被执行的各类计算机程序代码也可被视为是处理器1111的驱动程序。例如,处理器1111用于执行存储器1112中存储的计算机程序代码,从而实现本申请实施例中的技术方案。The memory 1112 may exist independently and is connected to the processor 1111. Optionally, the memory 1112 may also be integrated with the processor 1111, for example, integrated into a chip. The memory 1112 can store program code that executes the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and is controlled and executed by the processor 1111. The executed computer program codes can also be regarded as the driver of the processor 1111. For example, the processor 1111 is configured to execute computer program code stored in the memory 1112, so as to implement the technical solution in the embodiment of the present application.
收发器1113可以用于支持接入网设备与终端之间射频信号的接收或者发送,收发器1113可以与天线1115相连。收发器1113包括发射机Tx和接收机Rx。具体地,一个或多个天线1115可以接收射频信号,该收发器1113的接收机Rx用于从天线接收所述射频信号,并将射频信号转换为数字基带信号或数字中频信号,并将该数字基带信号或数字中频信号提供给所述处理器1111,以便处理器1111对该数字基带信号或数字中频信号做进一步的处理,例如解调处理和译码处理。此外,收发器1113中的发射机Tx还用于从处理器1111接收经过调制的数字基带信号或数字中频信号,并将该经过调制的数字基带信号或数字中频信号转换为射频信号,并通过一个或多个天线1115发送所述射频信号。具体地,接收机Rx可以选择性地对射频信号进行一级或多级下混频处理和模数转换处理以得到数字基带信号或数字中频信号,所述下混频处理和模数转换处理的先后顺序是可调整的。发射机Tx可以选择性地对经过调制的数字基带信号或数字中频信号时进行一级或多级上混频处理和数模转换处理以得到射频信号,所述上混频处理和数模转换处理的先后顺序是可调整的。数字基带信号和数字中频信号可以统称为数字信号。The transceiver 1113 may be used to support reception or transmission of radio frequency signals between the access network device and the terminal, and the transceiver 1113 may be connected to the antenna 1115. The transceiver 1113 includes a transmitter Tx and a receiver Rx. Specifically, one or more antennas 1115 may receive a radio frequency signal, and a receiver Rx of the transceiver 1113 is configured to receive the radio frequency signal from the antenna, convert the radio frequency signal into a digital baseband signal or a digital intermediate frequency signal, and convert the digital The baseband signal or the digital intermediate frequency signal is provided to the processor 1111, so that the processor 1111 performs further processing on the digital baseband signal or the digital intermediate frequency signal, such as demodulation processing and decoding processing. In addition, the transmitter Tx in the transceiver 1113 is also used to receive the modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal from the processor 1111, and convert the modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal into a radio frequency signal, and pass a Or multiple antennas 1115 send the radio frequency signal. Specifically, the receiver Rx may selectively perform one or more levels of downmix processing and analog-to-digital conversion processing on the radio frequency signal to obtain a digital baseband signal or a digital intermediate frequency signal. The sequence is adjustable. The transmitter Tx can selectively perform one or more levels of upmixing processing and digital-to-analog conversion processing on the modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal to obtain a radio frequency signal. The upmixing processing and digital-to-analog conversion processing The sequence is adjustable. Digital baseband signals and digital intermediate frequency signals can be collectively referred to as digital signals.
如图2B所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图。终端12或者终端13的结构可以参考图2B所示的结构。As shown in FIG. 2B, it is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application. For the structure of the terminal 12 or the terminal 13, reference may be made to the structure shown in FIG. 2B.
终端包括至少一个处理器1211、至少一个收发器1212和至少一个存储器1213。处理器1211、存储器1213和收发器1212相连。可选的,终端121还可以包括输出设备1214、输入设备1215和一个或多个天线1216。天线1216与收发器1212相连,输出设备1214、输入设备1215与处理器1211相连。The terminal includes at least one processor 1211, at least one transceiver 1212, and at least one memory 1213. The processor 1211, the memory 1213, and the transceiver 1212 are connected. Optionally, the terminal 121 may further include an output device 1214, an input device 1215, and one or more antennas 1216. The antenna 1216 is connected to the transceiver 1212, and the output device 1214 and the input device 1215 are connected to the processor 1211.
收发器1212、存储器1213以及天线1216可以参考图2A中的相关描述,实现类似功能。For the transceiver 1212, the memory 1213, and the antenna 1216, reference may be made to the related description in FIG. 2A to implement similar functions.
处理器1211可以是基带处理器,也可以是CPU,基带处理器和CPU可以集成在一起,或者分开。The processor 1211 may be a baseband processor or a CPU. The baseband processor and the CPU may be integrated or separated.
处理器1211可以用于为终端实现各种功能,例如用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,或者用于对整个终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据;或者用于协助完成计算处理任务,例如对图形图像处理或者音频处理等等;或者处理器1211用于实现上述功能中的一种或者多种The processor 1211 may be used to implement various functions for the terminal, for example, to process a communication protocol and communication data, or to control the entire terminal device, execute a software program, and process data of the software program; or to assist completion Calculation processing tasks, such as graphics and image processing or audio processing; or the processor 1211 is used to implement one or more of the above functions
输出设备1214和处理器1211通信,可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如,输出设备1214可以是液晶显示器(Liquid Crystal Display,LCD)、发光二级管(Light Emitting Diode,LED)显示设备、阴极射线管(Cathode Ray Tube,CRT) 显示设备、或投影仪(projector)等。输入设备1215和处理器1211通信,可以以多种方式接受用户的输入。例如,输入设备1215可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。The output device 1214 communicates with the processor 1211 and can display information in a variety of ways. For example, the output device 1214 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector. Wait. The input device 1215 is in communication with the processor 1211 and can accept user input in a variety of ways. For example, the input device 1215 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensing device.
当上述通信系统采用长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)无线接入技术时,可以利用蜂窝资源进行D2D通信,蜂窝资源可以包括TDD资源和/或FDD资源,采用子帧为单位分配用于D2D通信的时域资源,TDD和/或FDD的上行子帧可以用于D2D通信。TDD下,一个无线帧10ms中,TDD有7种上下行子帧配比,每一种上下行子帧配比拥有预设的上行子帧、下行子帧和特殊子帧。也就是说,接入网设备11给终端12配置了上下行子帧配比后,上行子帧的位置是固定的,可以利用上行子帧进行D2D通信,此时该上行子帧内的所有符号均用于D2D通信。FDD下,上行传输和下行传输通过频域区分,一个子帧可以同时用于上行传输和下行传输,可以利用该子帧进行D2D通信,此时该子帧内的所有符号均用于D2D通信。When the above-mentioned communication system adopts long term evolution (LTE) wireless access technology, D2D communication can be performed using cellular resources. The cellular resources can include TDD resources and / or FDD resources, which are allocated for D2D communication in units of subframes. Time domain resources, TDD and / or FDD uplink subframes can be used for D2D communication. Under TDD, in a radio frame of 10ms, TDD has 7 types of uplink and downlink subframes, and each type of uplink and downlink subframes has preset uplink subframes, downlink subframes, and special subframes. In other words, after the access network device 11 configures the uplink and downlink subframes for the terminal 12, the position of the uplink subframe is fixed, and the uplink subframe can be used for D2D communication. At this time, all symbols in the uplink subframe Both are used for D2D communication. Under FDD, uplink transmission and downlink transmission are distinguished by the frequency domain. One subframe can be used for both uplink transmission and downlink transmission. This subframe can be used for D2D communication. At this time, all symbols in the subframe are used for D2D communication.
在新空口(new radio,NR)系统中,可以利用蜂窝资源进行D2D通信,蜂窝资源可以包括TDD资源和/或FDD资源,采用时隙或者符号而非子帧为单位分配时域资源。根据不同的子载波间隔,1ms中可以包括不同数量的时隙(slot),例如,当子载波间隔为15kHz时,1ms包括1个时隙,该时隙占用1ms;当子载波间隔为30kHz时,1ms包括2个时隙,每个时隙占用0.5ms。一个时隙可以包括若干个符号,例如12个或者14个,该若干个符号可以全部用于上行传输;或者,该若干个符号可以全部用于下行传输;或者,一部分符号用于上行传输,一部分符号用于下行传输;或者,进一步地,一部分符号为未知(unknown)符号,未知符号也可以称为灵活符号,接入网设备可以向终端指示灵活符号用于上传传输或者下行传输。In a new radio (NR) system, D2D communication may be performed using cellular resources. The cellular resources may include TDD resources and / or FDD resources. Time domain resources are allocated using time slots or symbols instead of subframes. According to different subcarrier intervals, 1ms can include different numbers of slots. For example, when the subcarrier interval is 15kHz, 1ms includes 1 slot, which occupies 1ms; when the subcarrier interval is 30kHz , 1ms includes 2 time slots, each time slot occupies 0.5ms. A time slot may include several symbols, for example, 12 or 14, and the several symbols may be all used for uplink transmission; or, the several symbols may be all used for downlink transmission; or some symbols are used for uplink transmission and part The symbol is used for downlink transmission; or, further, a part of the symbol is an unknown symbol. The unknown symbol may also be called a flexible symbol, and the access network device may indicate to the terminal the flexible symbol for upload transmission or downlink transmission.
在NR系统中,TDD下,不局限于TDD 7种上下行子帧配比,系统可以根据调度情况决定用于上行传输的时隙和下行传输的时隙;进一步地,可以根据调度情况决定灵活时隙用于上行传输,还是下行传输;或者,可以根据调度情况决定灵活符号用于上行传输还是下行传输。In the NR system, under TDD, it is not limited to TDD. There are 7 types of uplink and downlink subframes. The system can determine the time slot for uplink transmission and the time slot for downlink transmission according to the scheduling situation. Further, it can be flexible based on the scheduling situation. The time slot is used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission; or, the flexible symbol can be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission according to scheduling conditions.
LTE中利用时域资源进行D2D通信分配的方法不再适用于NR系统,因此在NR系统中,如何利用时域资源进行D2D通信是一个亟待解决的问题。The method for allocating D2D communication using time domain resources in LTE is no longer applicable to NR systems. Therefore, in the NR system, how to use time domain resources for D2D communication is an urgent problem to be solved.
本申请实施例提出了一种在NR系统中,利用时域资源进行D2D通信的方案。在该方案中,接入网设备11以时隙为单位指示终端12(或者终端13)用于D2D通信的时域资源,终端12(或者终端13)结合终端12(或者终端13)时域资源配置信息确定符合D2D时域资源类型的符号,然后在符合D2D时域资源类型的符号上传输SA和DATA。An embodiment of the present application proposes a solution for performing D2D communication by using time domain resources in an NR system. In this solution, the access network device 11 instructs the time domain resources of the terminal 12 (or the terminal 13) for D2D communication in time slot units, and the terminal 12 (or the terminal 13) combines the time domain resources of the terminal 12 (or the terminal 13). The configuration information determines the symbols conforming to the D2D time domain resource type, and then transmits SA and DATA on the symbols conforming to the D2D time domain resource type.
下面对本申请实施例中可能出现的一些词汇作出解释。Some terms that may appear in the embodiments of the present application are explained below.
时域资源可以是连续或者非连续的时域上的资源,该时域资源可以包括连续或者非连续的1个或者多个符号,该1个或者多个符号中的部分符号或者全部符号可以属于1个或者多个时隙。The time domain resource may be a continuous or non-continuous time domain resource. The time domain resource may include one or more consecutive or non-consecutive symbols, and some or all of the one or more symbols may belong to 1 or more time slots.
小区级半静态配置信息用于指示一个时域资源包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,小区级可以理解为该配置信息对小区中的终端有效或者该配置信息可以发送给该小区的终端,半静态可以理解为该配置信息可以通过高层信令下发,该高层信令可以理解为无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)层的信令,例如,该高层信令可以是系统消息,接入网设备可以广播系统消息,该系统消息中可以携带小区级半静态配置信息。The cell-level semi-static configuration information is used to indicate that the symbols included in a time domain resource are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols. The cell level can be understood as the configuration information is valid for the terminals in the cell or the configuration information can be sent to the Terminal, semi-static can be understood as the configuration information can be issued through high-level signaling, this high-level signaling can be understood as radio resource control (radio resource control (RRC) layer signaling, for example, the high-level signaling can be a system message The access network device can broadcast a system message, and the system message can carry cell-level semi-static configuration information.
用户级半静态配置信息用于指示一个时域资源包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,用户级可以理解为该配置信息对特定的终端有效或者该配置信息可以发送给特定终端,半静态可以理解为该配置信息可以通过高层信令下发,高层信令可以理解为无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)层的信令,例如该高层信令可以是RRC消息,接入网设备可以向终端发送RRC消息,该RRC消息可以包括终端级半静态配置信息。The user-level semi-static configuration information is used to indicate that the symbols included in a time domain resource are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols. The user level can be understood as the configuration information is valid for a specific terminal or the configuration information can be sent to a specific terminal. Static can be understood as the configuration information can be delivered through high-level signaling. High-level signaling can be understood as radio resource control (RRC) layer signaling. For example, the high-level signaling can be an RRC message and access network equipment. An RRC message may be sent to the terminal, and the RRC message may include terminal-level semi-static configuration information.
用户级动态配置信息用于指示一个时域资源包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,用户级可以理解为该配置信息对特定的终端有效或者该配置信息可以发送给特定终端,动态可以理解为该配置信息可以通过物理层信息下发,例如该物理层信令可以是下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI),接入网设备可以通过物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)发送该DCI,该DCI可以包括终端级动态配置信息,这里PDCCH可以是组公共(group common,GC)PDCCH。User-level dynamic configuration information is used to indicate that the symbols included in a time-domain resource are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols. User-level configuration information can be understood to be valid for specific terminals or the configuration information can be sent to specific terminals. It is understood that the configuration information can be delivered through physical layer information. For example, the physical layer signaling can be downlink control information (DCI), and the access network device can use the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). Send the DCI. The DCI may include terminal-level dynamic configuration information. Here, the PDCCH may be a group common (GC) PDCCH.
上述小区级半静态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息和用户级动态配置信息可以统称为时域资源配置信息。The foregoing cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information may be collectively referred to as time domain resource configuration information.
为了便于描述,本申请实施例中,当一个时隙用于上行传输时,可以将该时隙称为上行时隙,此时该时隙内的所有符号为上行符号;当一个时隙用于下行传输时,可以将该时隙称为下行时隙,此时该时隙内的所有符号为下行符号;当一个符号用于上行传输时,可以将该符号称为上行符号;当一个符号用于下行传输时,可以将该符号称为下行符号。For ease of description, in the embodiment of the present application, when a time slot is used for uplink transmission, the time slot may be referred to as an uplink time slot. At this time, all symbols in the time slot are uplink symbols. During downlink transmission, this time slot can be called a downlink time slot. At this time, all symbols in the time slot are downlink symbols. When a symbol is used for uplink transmission, the symbol can be called an uplink symbol. When a symbol is used During downlink transmission, this symbol can be called a downlink symbol.
图3为一种NR系统中利用时域资源进行D2D通信的方法的示意图,如图3所示。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a method for performing D2D communication using time domain resources in an NR system, as shown in FIG. 3.
S301:接入网设备11向终端12发送第一时域资源配置信息。S301: The access network device 11 sends the first time domain resource configuration information to the terminal 12.
例如,接入网设备11的处理器1111可以通过天线1115向终端12发送第一时域资源配置信息。For example, the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may send the first time domain resource configuration information to the terminal 12 through the antenna 1115.
相应地,终端12接收第一时域资源配置信息。例如,终端12的处理器1211可以利用天线1216从接入网设备11接收第一时域资源配置信息。Accordingly, the terminal 12 receives the first time domain resource configuration information. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may receive the first time domain resource configuration information from the access network device 11 by using the antenna 1216.
所述第一时域资源配置信息用于指示第一时域资源包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号。The first time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate that the symbols included in the first time domain resource are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols.
作为第一种示例,对于第一时域资源中的每个符号,所述第一时域资源配置信息可以指示该符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号。As a first example, for each symbol in the first time domain resource, the first time domain resource configuration information may indicate that the symbol is an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol.
作为第二种示例,可以通过终端12和接入网设备11协商,第一时域资源 配置信息可以指示第一时域资源中的上行符号、下行符号和灵活符号中的两种,第一时域资源配置信息没有指示的符号为另一种符号。例如,终端12和接入网设备11可以协商,第一时域资源配置信息可以指示第一时域资源中的上行符号和下行符号,对于第一时域资源配置信息没有指示为上行符号或者下行符号的符号为灵活符号。As a second example, the terminal 12 and the access network device 11 may be negotiated. The first time domain resource configuration information may indicate two types of an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, and a flexible symbol in the first time domain resource. The symbol not indicated by the domain resource configuration information is another symbol. For example, the terminal 12 and the access network device 11 may negotiate, and the first time domain resource configuration information may indicate an uplink symbol and a downlink symbol in the first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource configuration information is not indicated as an uplink symbol or a downlink The symbol is a flexible symbol.
在上述两种示例中,第一时域资源配置信息可以通过指示上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号的位置和个数等方式来指示第一时域资源包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号。In the above two examples, the first time domain resource configuration information may indicate, by indicating the position and number of uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols, to indicate whether the symbols included in the first time domain resource are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible. symbol.
所述第一时域资源包括调度指示SA目标时隙,可以理解为第一时域资源包括SA目标时隙中的符号。The first time domain resource includes a scheduling instruction SA target time slot, and it can be understood that the first time domain resource includes symbols in the SA target time slot.
第一时域资源配置信息可以指示SA目标时隙包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号。The first time domain resource configuration information may indicate that a symbol included in the SA target slot is an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol.
可选的,所述第一时域资源包括至少一个灵活符号。可选的,SA目标时隙可以包括至少一个灵活符号,或者SA目标时隙以外的第一时域资源包括至少一个灵活符号。可选的,该至少一个灵活符号可以用于传输数据。Optionally, the first time domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol. Optionally, the SA target time slot may include at least one flexible symbol, or the first time domain resource other than the SA target time slot includes at least one flexible symbol. Optionally, the at least one flexible symbol may be used for transmitting data.
可选的,第一时域资源配置信息可以是第一小区级半静态配置信息、第一用户级半静态配置信息或者第一用户级动态配置信息。Optionally, the first time domain resource configuration information may be first cell-level semi-static configuration information, first user-level semi-static configuration information, or first user-level dynamic configuration information.
当第一时域资源配置信息为第一小区级半静态配置信息时,接入网设备11可以广播系统消息,该系统消息包括第一小区半静态配置信息。When the first time domain resource configuration information is the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the access network device 11 may broadcast a system message, where the system message includes the first cell semi-static configuration information.
当第一时域资源配置信息为第一用户级半静态配置信息时,接入网设备11可以向终端12发送RRC消息,该RRC消息中包括第一用户级半静态配置信息。When the first time domain resource configuration information is the first user-level semi-static configuration information, the access network device 11 may send an RRC message to the terminal 12, and the RRC message includes the first user-level semi-static configuration information.
当第一时域资源配置信息为第一用户级动态配置信息时,接入网设备11可以向终端12通过PDCCH发送DCI,该DCI包括第一用户级动态配置信息,该PDCCH可以是GC PDCCH。When the first time domain resource configuration information is first user-level dynamic configuration information, the access network device 11 may send DCI to the terminal 12 through the PDCCH, where the DCI includes the first user-level dynamic configuration information, and the PDCCH may be a GC PDCCH.
S302:接入网设备11向终端12发送第二时域资源配置信息。S302: The access network device 11 sends the second time domain resource configuration information to the terminal 12.
例如,接入网设备11的处理器1111可以通过天线1115向终端12发送第二时域资源配置信息。For example, the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may send the second time domain resource configuration information to the terminal 12 through the antenna 1115.
相应地,终端12接收第二时域资源配置信息。例如,终端12的处理器1211可以利用天线1216从接入网设备11接收第二时域资源配置信息。Accordingly, the terminal 12 receives the second time domain resource configuration information. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may receive the second time domain resource configuration information from the access network device 11 by using the antenna 1216.
所述第二时域资源配置信息用于指示第二时域资源包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,本申请实施例对第二时域资源配置信息的指示方式不做限定,可以参考S301中第一时域资源配置信息的指示方式。The second time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate that a symbol included in the second time domain resource is an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the indication manner of the second time domain resource configuration information, and may Refer to the indication method of the first time domain resource configuration information in S301.
所述第二时域资源包括数据DATA目标时隙,可以理解为第二时域资源包括DATA目标时隙中的符号。The second time domain resource includes a data DATA target time slot, and it can be understood that the second time domain resource includes symbols in the DATA target time slot.
可选的,所述第二时域资源包括至少一个灵活符号。可选的,DATA目标时隙可以包括至少一个灵活符号,或者DATA目标时隙以外的第一时域资源包括至少一个灵活符号。可选的,该至少一个灵活符号可以用于传输数据。Optionally, the second time domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol. Optionally, the DATA target time slot may include at least one flexible symbol, or the first time domain resource outside the DATA target time slot includes at least one flexible symbol. Optionally, the at least one flexible symbol may be used for transmitting data.
第二时域资源配置信息可以是第二小区级半静态配置信息、第二用户级半 静态配置信息或者第二用户级动态配置信息。可以参考S301中第一小区级半静态配置信息、第一用户级半静态配置信息和第一用户级动态配置信息的相关内容,在此不再赘述。The second time domain resource configuration information may be second cell-level semi-static configuration information, second user-level semi-static configuration information, or second user-level dynamic configuration information. Reference may be made to related content of the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information in S301, and details are not described herein again.
S302是可选的。S302 is optional.
可选的,第一时域资源配置信息和第二时域资源配置信息可以相同,此时可以不存在S302,接入网设备可以只发送第一时域资源配置信息,第一时域资源配置信息指示的第一时域资源包括SA目标时隙和DATA目标时隙。例如,第一时域资源配置信息为第一小区级半静态配置信息,第二时域资源配置信息为第二小区级半静态配置信息,第一小区级半静态配置信息和第二小区级半静态配置信息相同,接入网设备11可以广播系统消息,该系统消息包括第一小区级半静态配置信息,第一小区级半静态配置信息指示的第一时域资源包括SA目标时隙和DATA目标时隙。又例如,第一时域资源配置信息为第一用户级半静态配置信息,第二时域资源配置信息为第二用户级半静态配置信息,第一用户级半静态配置信息和第二用户级半静态配置信息相同,接入网设备11可以向终端12发送RRC消息,该RRC消息包括第一用户级半静态配置信息,第一用户级半静态配置信息指示的第一时域资源包括SA目标时隙和DATA目标时隙。又例如,第一时域资源配置信息为第一用户级动态配置信息,第二时域资源配置信息为第二用户级动态配置信息,第一用户级动态配置信息和第二用户级动态配置信息相同,接入网设备11可以通过PDCCH信道向终端12发送DCI,该DCI包括第一用户级动态配置信息,第一用户级动态配置信息指示的第一时域资源包括SA目标时隙和DATA目标时隙。Optionally, the first time domain resource configuration information and the second time domain resource configuration information may be the same. At this time, S302 may not exist, and the access network device may only send the first time domain resource configuration information and the first time domain resource configuration. The first time domain resource indicated by the information includes an SA target slot and a DATA target slot. For example, the first time domain resource configuration information is first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the second time domain resource configuration information is second cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, and the second cell-level semi-static configuration information. The static configuration information is the same, and the access network device 11 may broadcast a system message including the first cell-level semi-static configuration information. The first time-domain resource indicated by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information includes the SA target time slot and DATA. Target time slot. As another example, the first time domain resource configuration information is first user-level semi-static configuration information, the second time domain resource configuration information is second user-level semi-static configuration information, first user-level semi-static configuration information, and second user-level The semi-static configuration information is the same. The access network device 11 may send an RRC message to the terminal 12. The RRC message includes the first user-level semi-static configuration information. The first time-domain resource indicated by the first user-level semi-static configuration information includes the SA target. Time slot and DATA target time slot. As another example, the first time domain resource configuration information is first user-level dynamic configuration information, the second time domain resource configuration information is second user-level dynamic configuration information, first user-level dynamic configuration information, and second user-level dynamic configuration information. Similarly, the access network device 11 may send a DCI to the terminal 12 through a PDCCH channel. The DCI includes first user-level dynamic configuration information, and the first time domain resource indicated by the first user-level dynamic configuration information includes an SA target time slot and a DATA target. Time slot.
可选的,第一时域资源配置信息和第二时域资源配置信息可以不同,此时可以存在S302,第一时域资源和第二时域资源可以为不同的时域资源,第一时域资源包括SA目标时隙,第二时域资源包括DATA目标时隙。例如,第一时域资源配置信息为第一小区级半静态配置信息,第二时域资源配置信息为第二小区级半静态配置信息,第一小区级半静态配置信息和第二小区级半静态配置信息不同,接入网设备11广播了两次系统消息,第一次系统消息包括第一小区级半静态配置信息,第二次系统消息包括第二小区级半静态配置信息。又例如,第一时域资源配置信息为第一用户级半静态配置信息,第二时域资源配置信息为第二用户级半静态配置信息,第一用户级半静态配置信息和第二用户级半静态配置信息不同,接入网设备11向终端12发送了两个RRC消息,一个RRC消息包括第一用户级半静态配置信息,另一个RRC消息包括第二用户级半静态配置信息。又例如,第一时域资源配置信息为第一用户级动态配置信息,第二时域资源配置信息为第二用户级动态配置信息,第一用户级动态配置信息和第二用户级动态配置信息不同,接入网设备11通过PDCCH发送两个DCI,一个DCI包括第一用户级动态配置信息,另一个DCI包括第二用户级动态配置信息。又例如,第一时域资源配置信息为第一小区级半静态配置信息,第二时域资源配置信息为第二用户级半静态配置信息或者第二用户级动态配置信息;或者, 第一时域资源配置信息为第一用户级半静态配置信息,第二时域资源配置信息为第二小区级半静态配置信息或者第二用户级动态配置信息;或者,第一时域资源配置信息为第一用户级动态配置信息,第二时域资源配置信息为第二小区级半静态配置信息或者第二用户级半静态配置信息,其中,接入网设备11如何下发第一时域资源配置信息和第二时域资源配置信息可以参考S301和S302中的相关内容,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the first time domain resource configuration information and the second time domain resource configuration information may be different. At this time, S302 may exist. The first time domain resource and the second time domain resource may be different time domain resources. The domain resources include SA target time slots, and the second time domain resources include DATA target time slots. For example, the first time domain resource configuration information is first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the second time domain resource configuration information is second cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, and the second cell-level semi-static configuration information. The static configuration information is different. The access network device 11 broadcasts two system messages. The first system message includes the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, and the second system message includes the second cell-level semi-static configuration information. As another example, the first time domain resource configuration information is first user-level semi-static configuration information, the second time domain resource configuration information is second user-level semi-static configuration information, first user-level semi-static configuration information, and second user-level The semi-static configuration information is different. The access network device 11 sends two RRC messages to the terminal 12, one RRC message includes the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the other RRC message includes the second user-level semi-static configuration information. As another example, the first time domain resource configuration information is first user-level dynamic configuration information, the second time domain resource configuration information is second user-level dynamic configuration information, first user-level dynamic configuration information, and second user-level dynamic configuration information. Differently, the access network device 11 sends two DCIs through the PDCCH. One DCI includes first user-level dynamic configuration information, and the other DCI includes second user-level dynamic configuration information. For another example, the first time domain resource configuration information is first cell-level semi-static configuration information, and the second time domain resource configuration information is second user-level semi-static configuration information or second user-level dynamic configuration information; or, the first time The domain resource configuration information is the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the second time domain resource configuration information is the second cell-level semi-static configuration information or the second user-level dynamic configuration information; or, the first time-domain resource configuration information is the first A user-level dynamic configuration information, and the second time-domain resource configuration information is the second cell-level semi-static configuration information or the second user-level semi-static configuration information, where the access network device 11 delivers the first time-domain resource configuration information For the configuration information of the second time domain resource, refer to related content in S301 and S302, and details are not described herein again.
S303:接入网设备11向终端13发送第三时域资源配置信息。S303: The access network device 11 sends the third time domain resource configuration information to the terminal 13.
例如,接入网设备11的处理器1111可以通过天线1115向终端13发送第三时域资源配置信息。For example, the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may send the third time domain resource configuration information to the terminal 13 through the antenna 1115.
相应地,终端13接收第三时域资源配置信息。例如,终端13的处理器1211可以利用天线1216从接入网设备11接收第三时域资源配置信息。Accordingly, the terminal 13 receives the third time domain resource configuration information. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may receive the third time domain resource configuration information from the access network device 11 by using the antenna 1216.
所述第三时域资源配置信息用于指示第三时域资源包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号。本申请实施例对第三时域资源配置信息的指示方式不做限定,可以参考S301中第一时域资源配置信息的指示方式。The third time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate that the symbols included in the third time domain resource are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the indication manner of the third time domain resource configuration information, and may refer to the indication manner of the first time domain resource configuration information in S301.
所述第三时域资源包括调度指示SA目标时隙,可以理解为第三时域资源包括SA目标时隙中的符号。The third time domain resource includes a scheduling instruction SA target time slot, and it can be understood that the third time domain resource includes symbols in the SA target time slot.
可选的,第三时域资源包括的SA目标时隙可以与S301中第一时域资源包括的SA目标时隙相同。Optionally, the SA target time slot included in the third time domain resource may be the same as the SA target time slot included in the first time domain resource in S301.
可选的,所述第三时域资源包括至少一个灵活符号。可选的,SA目标时隙可以包括至少一个灵活符号,或者SA目标时隙以外的第三时域资源包括至少一个灵活符号。可选的,该至少一个灵活符号可以用于传输数据。Optionally, the third time domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol. Optionally, the SA target time slot may include at least one flexible symbol, or the third time domain resource other than the SA target time slot includes at least one flexible symbol. Optionally, the at least one flexible symbol may be used for transmitting data.
第三时域资源配置信息可以是第三小区级半静态配置信息、第三用户级半静态配置信息或者第三用户级动态配置信息。可以参考S301中第一小区级半静态配置信息、第一用户级半静态配置信息和第一用户级动态配置信息的相关内容,在此不再赘述。The third time domain resource configuration information may be third cell-level semi-static configuration information, third user-level semi-static configuration information, or third user-level dynamic configuration information. Reference may be made to related content of the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information in S301, and details are not described herein again.
S304:接入网设备11向终端13发送第四时域资源配置信息。S304: The access network device 11 sends the fourth time domain resource configuration information to the terminal 13.
例如,接入网设备11的处理器1111可以通过天线1115向终端13发送第四时域资源配置信息。For example, the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may send the fourth time domain resource configuration information to the terminal 13 through the antenna 1115.
相应地,终端13接收第四时域资源配置信息。例如,终端13的处理器1211可以利用天线1216从接入网设备11接收第四时域资源配置信息。Accordingly, the terminal 13 receives the fourth time domain resource configuration information. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may receive the fourth time domain resource configuration information from the access network device 11 by using the antenna 1216.
所述第四时域资源配置信息用于指示第四时域资源包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号。本申请实施例对第四时域资源配置信息的指示方式不做限定,可以参考S301中第一时域资源配置信息的指示方式。The fourth time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate that the symbols included in the fourth time domain resource are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the indication manner of the fourth time domain resource configuration information, and may refer to the indication manner of the first time domain resource configuration information in S301.
所述第四时域资源包括数据DATA目标时隙,可以理解为第四时域资源包括SA目标时隙中的符号。The fourth time domain resource includes a data DATA target time slot, and it can be understood that the fourth time domain resource includes symbols in an SA target time slot.
可选的,第四时域资源包括的DATA目标时隙可以与S302中第二时域资源包括的DATA目标时隙相同。Optionally, the DATA target time slot included in the fourth time domain resource may be the same as the DATA target time slot included in the second time domain resource in S302.
可选的,所述第四时域资源包括至少一个灵活符号。可选的,DATA目标 时隙可以包括至少一个灵活符号,或者DATA目标时隙以外的第四时域资源包括至少一个灵活符号。可选的,该至少一个灵活符号可以用于传输数据。Optionally, the fourth time domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol. Optionally, the DATA target time slot may include at least one flexible symbol, or a fourth time domain resource other than the DATA target time slot includes at least one flexible symbol. Optionally, the at least one flexible symbol may be used for transmitting data.
第四时域资源配置信息可以是第四小区级半静态配置信息、第四用户级半静态配置信息或者第四用户级动态配置信息。可以参考S301中第一小区级半静态配置信息、第一用户级半静态配置信息和第一用户级动态配置信息的相关内容,在此不再赘述。The fourth time domain resource configuration information may be fourth cell-level semi-static configuration information, fourth user-level semi-static configuration information, or fourth user-level dynamic configuration information. Reference may be made to related content of the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information in S301, and details are not described herein.
S304是可选的。S304 is optional.
可选的,第三时域资源配置信息和第四时域资源配置信息可以相同或者不同,具体可以参考第一时域资源配置信息和第二时域资源配置信息可以相同或者不同的相关内容,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the third time domain resource configuration information and the fourth time domain resource configuration information may be the same or different. For details, refer to related content in which the first time domain resource configuration information and the second time domain resource configuration information may be the same or different. I will not repeat them here.
可选的,第一时域资源配置信息和第三时域资源配置信息可以相同,例如,第一时域资源配置信息为第一小区级半静态配置信息,第三时域资源配置信息为第三小区级半静态配置信息,第一小区级半静态配置信息和第三小区级半静态配置信息相同,S301和S303可以理解为一个步骤,即接入网设备11可以广播系统消息,该系统消息包括第一小区级半静态配置信息,终端12和终端13均可以接收到该系统消息。又例如,第一时域资源配置信息为第一用户级半静态配置信息,第三时域资源配置信息为第三用户级半静态配置信息,第一用户级半静态配置信息和第三用户级半静态配置信息相同,接入网设备11可以向终端12发送的RRC消息包括第一用户级半静态配置信息,接入网设备11可以向终端13发送的RRC消息包括第三用户级半静态配置信息。又例如,第一时域资源配置信息为第一用户级动态配置信息,第三时域资源配置信息为第三用户级动态配置信息,第一用户级动态配置信息和第三用户级动态配置信息相同,接入网设备11可以通过PDCCH信道向终端12发送的DCI包括第一用户级动态配置信息,接入网设备11可以通过PDCCH信道向终端13发送的DCI包括第三用户级动态配置信息。Optionally, the first time domain resource configuration information and the third time domain resource configuration information may be the same. For example, the first time domain resource configuration information is the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, and the third time domain resource configuration information is the first Three cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is the same as the third cell-level semi-static configuration information, S301 and S303 can be understood as a step, that is, the access network device 11 can broadcast a system message, and the system message Including the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, both the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 can receive the system message. For another example, the first time domain resource configuration information is first user-level semi-static configuration information, the third time domain resource configuration information is third user-level semi-static configuration information, first user-level semi-static configuration information, and third user-level The semi-static configuration information is the same. The RRC message that the access network device 11 can send to the terminal 12 includes the first user-level semi-static configuration information. The RRC message that the access network device 11 can send to the terminal 13 includes the third user-level semi-static configuration. information. For another example, the first time domain resource configuration information is first user level dynamic configuration information, the third time domain resource configuration information is third user level dynamic configuration information, first user level dynamic configuration information and third user level dynamic configuration information Similarly, the DCI that the access network device 11 can send to the terminal 12 through the PDCCH channel includes the first user-level dynamic configuration information, and the DCI that the access network device 11 can send to the terminal 13 through the PDCCH channel includes the third user-level dynamic configuration information.
可选的,第一时域资源配置信息和第三时域资源配置信息可以不同,例如,第一时域资源配置信息为第一小区级半静态配置信息,第三时域资源配置信息为第三小区级半静态配置信息,第一小区级半静态配置信息和第三小区级半静态配置信息不同,接入网设备11广播了两次系统消息,第一次系统消息包括第一小区级半静态配置信息,终端12接收到了第一次系统消息,第二次系统消息包括第三小区级半静态配置信息,终端13接收到了第二次系统消息。又例如,第一时域资源配置信息为第一用户级半静态配置信息,第三时域资源配置信息为第三用户级半静态配置信息,第一用户级半静态配置信息和第三用户级半静态配置信息不同,接入网设备11向终端12发送的RRC消息包括第一用户级半静态配置信息,接入网设备11向终端13发送的RRC消息包括第三用户级半静态配置信息。又例如,第一时域资源配置信息为第一用户级动态配置信息,第三时域资源配置信息为第三用户级动态配置信息,第一用户级动态配置信息和第三用户级动态配置信息不同,接入网设备11通过PDCCH向终端12发送的 DCI包括第一用户级动态配置信息,接入网设备11通过PDCCH向终端13发送的DCI包括第三用户级动态配置信息。又例如,第一时域资源配置信息为第一小区级半静态配置信息,第三时域资源配置信息为第三用户级半静态配置信息或者第三用户级动态配置信息;或者,第一时域资源配置信息为第一用户级半静态配置信息,第三时域资源配置信息为第三小区级半静态配置信息或者第三用户级动态配置信息;或者,第一时域资源配置信息为第一用户级动态配置信息,第三时域资源配置信息为第三小区级半静态配置信息或者第三用户级半静态配置信息,其中,接入网设备11如何下发第一时域资源配置信息和第三时域资源配置信息可以参考S301和S303中的相关内容,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the first time domain resource configuration information and the third time domain resource configuration information may be different. For example, the first time domain resource configuration information is first cell-level semi-static configuration information, and the third time domain resource configuration information is first. Three cell-level semi-static configuration information. The first cell-level semi-static configuration information is different from the third cell-level semi-static configuration information. The access network device 11 broadcasts two system messages. The first system message includes the first cell-level semi-static configuration information. For the static configuration information, the terminal 12 receives the first system message, the second system message includes the third cell-level semi-static configuration information, and the terminal 13 receives the second system message. For another example, the first time domain resource configuration information is first user-level semi-static configuration information, the third time domain resource configuration information is third user-level semi-static configuration information, first user-level semi-static configuration information, and third user-level The semi-static configuration information is different. The RRC message sent by the access network device 11 to the terminal 12 includes the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the RRC message sent by the access network device 11 to the terminal 13 includes the third user-level semi-static configuration information. For another example, the first time domain resource configuration information is first user level dynamic configuration information, the third time domain resource configuration information is third user level dynamic configuration information, first user level dynamic configuration information and third user level dynamic configuration information Differently, the DCI sent by the access network device 11 to the terminal 12 through the PDCCH includes the first user-level dynamic configuration information, and the DCI sent by the access network device 11 to the terminal 13 through the PDCCH includes the third user-level dynamic configuration information. For another example, the first time domain resource configuration information is first cell-level semi-static configuration information, and the third time domain resource configuration information is third user-level semi-static configuration information or third user-level dynamic configuration information; or, the first time The domain resource configuration information is the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the third time domain resource configuration information is the third cell-level semi-static configuration information or the third user-level dynamic configuration information; or, the first time-domain resource configuration information is the first A user-level dynamic configuration information, and the third time-domain resource configuration information is the third cell-level semi-static configuration information or the third user-level semi-static configuration information, where the access network device 11 delivers the first time-domain resource configuration information For the configuration information of the third time domain resource, refer to related content in S301 and S303, and details are not described herein again.
可选的,第二时域资源配置信息和第四时域资源配置信息可以相同或者不同,可以参考第一时域资源配置信息和第三时域资源配置信息相同或者不同的相关内容。Optionally, the second time domain resource configuration information and the fourth time domain resource configuration information may be the same or different, and reference may be made to related content in which the first time domain resource configuration information and the third time domain resource configuration information are the same or different.
可选的,第一时域资源配置信息、第二时域资源配置信息、第三时域资源配置信息和第四时域资源配置信息可以相同,例如,第一时域资源配置信息为第一小区级半静态配置信息,第二时域资源配置信息为第二小区级半静态配置信息,第三时域资源配置信息为第三小区级半静态配置信息,第四时域资源配置信息为第四小区级半静态配置信息,第一小区级半静态配置信息、第二小区级半静态配置信息、第三小区级半静态配置信息和第四小区级半静态配置信息相同,第一小区级半静态配置信息指示的第一时域资源包括SA目标时隙和DATA目标时隙。S301、S302、S303和S304可以理解为一个步骤,即接入网设备11广播系统消息,系统消息包括第一小区半静态配置信息,第一小区级半静态配置信息包括SA目标时隙和DATA目标时隙。Optionally, the first time domain resource configuration information, the second time domain resource configuration information, the third time domain resource configuration information, and the fourth time domain resource configuration information may be the same. For example, the first time domain resource configuration information is the first Cell-level semi-static configuration information, the second time-domain resource configuration information is the second cell-level semi-static configuration information, the third time-domain resource configuration information is the third cell-level semi-static configuration information, and the fourth time-domain resource configuration information is the first Four cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the second cell-level semi-static configuration information, and the third cell-level semi-static configuration information are the same as the fourth cell-level semi-static configuration information. The first time domain resource indicated by the static configuration information includes an SA target slot and a DATA target slot. S301, S302, S303, and S304 can be understood as a step, that is, the access network device 11 broadcasts a system message, the system message includes the first cell semi-static configuration information, and the first cell-level semi-static configuration information includes the SA target time slot and the DATA target Time slot.
可选的,第一时域资源配置信息、第二时域资源配置信息、第三时域资源配置信息和第四时域资源配置信息可以不同,例如,第一时域资源配置信息为第一用户级动态配置信息,第二时域资源配置信息为第二用户级动态配置信息,第三时域资源配置信息为第三用户级动态配置信息,第四时域资源配置信息为第四用户级动态配置信息,第一用户级动态配置信息、第二用户级动态配置信息、第三用户级动态配置信息和第四用户级动态配置信息均不相同。Optionally, the first time domain resource configuration information, the second time domain resource configuration information, the third time domain resource configuration information, and the fourth time domain resource configuration information may be different. For example, the first time domain resource configuration information is the first User level dynamic configuration information, second time domain resource configuration information is second user level dynamic configuration information, third time domain resource configuration information is third user level dynamic configuration information, and fourth time domain resource configuration information is fourth user level. The dynamic configuration information, the first user-level dynamic configuration information, the second user-level dynamic configuration information, the third user-level dynamic configuration information, and the fourth user-level dynamic configuration information are all different.
S305:接入网设备11广播SA时隙资源池指示信息。S305: The access network device 11 broadcasts SA slot resource pool indication information.
例如,接入网设备11的处理器1111可以通过天线1115广播SA时隙资源池指示信息。For example, the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may broadcast the SA slot resource pool indication information through the antenna 1115.
SA时隙资源池指示信息用于指示一个或者多个SA预留时隙,所述一个或者多个SA预留时隙包括所述SA目标时隙。The SA slot resource pool indication information is used to indicate one or more SA reserved slots, and the one or more SA reserved slots include the SA target slot.
相应地,终端12和终端13可以接收所述SA时隙资源池指示信息。例如,终端12的处理器1211和终端13的处理器1211可以利用天线1216接收所述SA时隙资源池指示信息。Accordingly, the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 may receive the SA slot resource pool indication information. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 and the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may use the antenna 1216 to receive the SA slot resource pool indication information.
S306:接入网设备11广播DATA时隙资源池指示信息。S306: The access network device 11 broadcasts DATA time slot resource pool indication information.
例如,接入网设备11的处理器1111可以通过天线1115广播SA时隙资源 池指示信息。For example, the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may broadcast the SA slot resource pool indication information through the antenna 1115.
DATA时隙资源池指示信息用于指示一个或者多个DATA预留时隙,所述一个或者多个DATA预留时隙包括所述DATA目标时隙。The DATA time slot resource pool indication information is used to indicate one or more DATA reserved time slots, where the one or more DATA reserved time slots include the DATA target time slot.
相应地,终端12和终端13可以接收所述DATA时隙资源池指示信息。例如,终端12的处理器1211和终端13的处理器1211可以利用天线1216接收所述DATA时隙资源池指示信息。Accordingly, the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 may receive the DATA slot resource pool indication information. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 and the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may use the antenna 1216 to receive the DATA time slot resource pool indication information.
S306是可选的。S306 is optional.
S307:接入网设备11向终端12发送SA目标时隙指示信息和DATA目标时隙指示信息。S307: The access network device 11 sends the SA target slot indication information and the DATA target slot indication information to the terminal 12.
例如,接入网设备11的处理器1111可以通过天线1115向终端12发送SA目标时隙指示信息和DATA目标时隙指示信息。For example, the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may send the SA target slot indication information and the DATA target slot indication information to the terminal 12 through the antenna 1115.
所述SA目标时隙指示信息用于指示所述SA目标时隙,所述DATA目标时隙指示信息用于指示所述DATA目标时隙。The SA target slot indication information is used to indicate the SA target slot, and the DATA target slot indication information is used to indicate the DATA target slot.
例如,接入网设备11可以向终端12发送DCI5,该DCI5中包括所述SA目标时隙指示信息和所述DATA目标时隙指示信息。For example, the access network device 11 may send a DCI5 to the terminal 12, and the DCI5 includes the SA target slot indication information and the DATA target slot indication information.
S307是可选的,例如可以包括如下情况:S307 is optional, and may include the following situations, for example:
(1)存在S307。当终端12和终端13采用模式1进行D2D通信时,可以由接入网设备11确定SA目标时隙和DATA目标时隙,然后将用于指示SA目标时隙的SA目标时隙指示信息和用于指示DATA目标时隙的DATA目标时隙指示信息告诉终端12。(1) S307 exists. When the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 adopt the mode 1 for D2D communication, the access network device 11 can determine the SA target time slot and the DATA target time slot, and then use the SA target time slot indication information and user information to indicate the SA target time slot. The terminal 12 is informed of the DATA target slot indication information indicating the DATA target slot.
(2)不存在S307。当终端12和终端13采用模式2进行D2D通信时,当S305-S306中接入网设备11广播SA时隙资源池指示信息和DATA时隙资源池指示信息后,可以由终端12从SA时隙资源池指示信息指示的SA时隙资源池自主选择SA目标时隙,终端12可以从DATA时隙资源池指示信息指示的DATA时隙资源池自主选择DATA目标时隙。(2) S307 does not exist. When the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 use the mode 2 for D2D communication, after the access network device 11 broadcasts the SA slot resource pool instruction information and the DATA slot resource pool instruction information in S305-S306, the terminal 12 can use the SA slot from The SA time slot resource pool indicated by the resource pool instruction information autonomously selects the SA target time slot, and the terminal 12 may autonomously select the DATA target time slot from the DATA time slot resource pool indicated by the DATA time slot resource pool indication information.
相应地,终端12可以从接入网设备11接收SA目标时隙指示信息和DATA目标时隙指示信息。例如,终端12的处理器1211可以利用天线1216从接入网设备11接收所述SA目标时隙指示信息和DATA目标时隙指示信息。Accordingly, the terminal 12 may receive the SA target slot indication information and the DATA target slot indication information from the access network device 11. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may use the antenna 1216 to receive the SA target slot indication information and the DATA target slot indication information from the access network device 11.
S308:终端12确定SA目标时隙和DATA目标时隙。S308: The terminal 12 determines an SA target time slot and a DATA target time slot.
例如,接入网设备11的处理器1111可以确定SA目标时隙和DATA目标时隙。For example, the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may determine an SA target time slot and a DATA target time slot.
终端12确定SA目标时隙和DATA目标时隙可以具有如下两种示例:The terminal 12 determines that the SA target time slot and the DATA target time slot can have the following two examples:
(1)存在S307,当终端12和终端13采用模式1进行D2D通信时,终端12可以根据所述SA目标时隙指示信息确定所述SA目标时隙,终端12可以根据所述DATA目标时隙指示信息确定所述DATA目标时隙。(1) S307 exists. When terminal 12 and terminal 13 use mode 1 for D2D communication, terminal 12 can determine the SA target time slot according to the SA target time slot indication information, and terminal 12 can determine the SA target time slot according to the DATA target time slot. The indication information determines the DATA target time slot.
(2)不存在S307,当终端12和终端13采用模式2进行D2D通信时,终端12可以根据SA时隙资源池信息确定SA目标时隙,终端12可以根据DATA时隙资源池信息确定DATA目标时隙。例如,SA时隙资源池指示信息指示了一 个或者多个SA预留时隙,终端12可以从1个或者多个SA预留时隙中选择SA目标时隙,DATA时隙资源池指示信息指示了一个或者多个DATA预留时隙,终端12可以从1个或者多个DATA预留时隙中选择DATA目标时隙。(2) S307 does not exist. When terminal 12 and terminal 13 use mode 2 for D2D communication, terminal 12 can determine the SA target time slot based on the SA time slot resource pool information, and terminal 12 can determine the DATA target based on the DATA time slot resource pool information. Time slot. For example, the SA time slot resource pool instruction information indicates one or more SA reserved time slots. The terminal 12 may select an SA target time slot from one or more SA reserved time slots. The DATA time slot resource pool instruction information indicates With one or more DATA reserved time slots, the terminal 12 may select a DATA target time slot from one or more DATA reserved time slots.
S309:终端12确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。S309: The terminal 12 determines available symbols of the SA target slot.
例如,终端12的处理器1211可以确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols for the SA target slot.
所述SA目标时隙的所述可用符号包括所述SA目标时隙的上行符号、下行符号和灵活符号中的一种或者多种。例如,所述SA目标时隙的所述可用符号可以具有如下情况:The available symbols of the SA target slot include one or more of an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, and a flexible symbol of the SA target slot. For example, the available symbols of the SA target slot may have the following situations:
(1)所述SA目标时隙的所述可用符号包括所述SA目标时隙的上行符号。(1) The available symbols of the SA target slot include an uplink symbol of the SA target slot.
可选的,SA目标时隙的全部符号可以都是上行符号,所述SA目标时隙的所述可用符号可以包括SA目标时隙的全部符号;或者,SA目标时隙的部分符号为上行符号,所述SA目标时隙的所述可用符号可以包括SA目标时隙的部分符号,该部分符号为上行符号。Optionally, all the symbols of the SA target slot may be uplink symbols, and the available symbols of the SA target slot may include all the symbols of the SA target slot; or, some of the symbols of the SA target slot are uplink symbols The available symbols of the SA target slot may include a part of the symbol of the SA target slot, and the part of the symbol is an uplink symbol.
(2)所述SA目标时隙的所述可用符号包括所述SA目标时隙的灵活符号。(2) The available symbols of the SA target time slot include flexible symbols of the SA target time slot.
可选的,SA目标时隙的全部符号可以都是灵活符号,所述SA目标时隙的所述可用符号可以包括SA目标时隙的全部符号;或者,SA目标时隙的部分符号为灵活符号,所述SA目标时隙的所述可用符号可以包括SA目标时隙的部分符号,该部分符号为灵活符号。Optionally, all the symbols of the SA target slot may be flexible symbols, and the available symbols of the SA target slot may include all the symbols of the SA target slot; or, some of the symbols of the SA target slot are flexible symbols The available symbols of the SA target time slot may include a part of the symbols of the SA target time slot, and the part of the symbols are flexible symbols.
(3)所述SA目标时隙的所述可用符号包括所述SA目标时隙的上行符号和灵活符号。(3) The available symbols of the SA target slot include an uplink symbol and a flexible symbol of the SA target slot.
可选的,所述SA目标时隙不包括下行符号,所述SA目标时隙的可用符号可以包括SA目标时隙的全部符号;或者,所述SA目标时隙包括下行符号,所述SA目标时隙的可用符号可以包括SA目标时隙的上行符号和灵活符号。Optionally, the SA target time slot does not include downlink symbols, and the available symbols of the SA target time slot may include all symbols of the SA target time slot; or the SA target time slot includes downlink symbols, and the SA target The available symbols of the time slot may include uplink symbols and flexible symbols of the SA target time slot.
(4)所述SA目标时隙的所述可用符号包括所述SA目标时隙的下行符号。(4) The available symbols of the SA target slot include a downlink symbol of the SA target slot.
可选的,SA目标时隙的全部符号可以都是下行符号,所述SA目标时隙的所述可用符号可以包括SA目标时隙的全部符号;或者,SA目标时隙的部分符号为下行符号,所述SA目标时隙的所述可用符号可以包括SA目标时隙的部分符号,该部分符号为下行符号。Optionally, all the symbols of the SA target time slot may be downlink symbols, and the available symbols of the SA target time slot may include all the symbols of the SA target time slot; or, some of the symbols of the SA target time slot are downlink symbols The available symbols of the SA target slot may include a part of the symbols of the SA target slot, and the part of the symbols are downlink symbols.
(5)所述SA目标时隙的所述可用符号包括所述SA目标时隙的下行符号和灵活符号。(5) The available symbols of the SA target slot include a downlink symbol and a flexible symbol of the SA target slot.
可选的,所述SA目标时隙不包括上行符号,所述SA目标时隙的可用符号可以包括SA目标时隙的全部符号;或者,所述SA目标时隙包括上行符号,所述SA目标时隙的可用符号可以包括SA目标时隙的下行符号和灵活符号。Optionally, the SA target time slot does not include uplink symbols, and the available symbols of the SA target time slot may include all symbols of the SA target time slot; or the SA target time slot includes uplink symbols, and the SA target The available symbols of the time slot may include downlink symbols and flexible symbols of the SA target time slot.
(6)所述SA目标时隙的所述可用符号包括所述SA目标时隙的上行符号、灵活符号和下行符号。(6) The available symbols of the SA target slot include an uplink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a downlink symbol of the SA target slot.
可选的,第一时域资源配置信息指示了SA目标时隙包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,终端12可以根据第一时域资源配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。可选的,其他配置信息可以指示SA目标时隙包括的符号为上 行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,终端12还可以根据其他配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号,本申请实施例对此不作限制。Optionally, the first time domain resource configuration information indicates that the symbols included in the SA target slot are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols. The terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the SA target slot according to the first time domain resource configuration information. Optionally, other configuration information may indicate that the symbols included in the SA target time slot are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols. The terminal 12 may also determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to the other configuration information. This is not described in this embodiment of the present application. limit.
S310:终端12确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号。S310: The terminal 12 determines available symbols of the DATA target slot.
例如,终端12的处理器1211可以确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols for the SA target slot.
所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号包括所述DATA目标时隙的上行符号、下行符号和灵活符号中的一种或者多种。The available symbols of the DATA target slot include one or more of an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, and a flexible symbol of the DATA target slot.
可选的,当步骤S307不存在时,该方法还可以包括,终端12确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号的指示信息,所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号指示信息用于指示所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号。Optionally, when step S307 does not exist, the method may further include: the terminal 12 determines indication information of available symbols of the DATA target slot, and the available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot is used to indicate the DATA The available symbols of the target time slot.
例如,所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号可以具有如下情况:For example, the available symbols of the DATA target slot may have the following conditions:
(1)所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号包括所述DATA目标时隙的上行符号。(1) The available symbols of the DATA target slot include an uplink symbol of the DATA target slot.
可选的,DATA目标时隙的全部符号可以都是上行符号,所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号可以包括DATA目标时隙的全部符号;或者,DATA目标时隙的部分符号为上行符号,所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号可以包括DATA目标时隙的部分符号,该部分符号为上行符号。Optionally, all the symbols of the DATA target time slot may be uplink symbols, and the available symbols of the DATA target time slot may include all the symbols of the DATA target time slot; or part of the symbols of the DATA target time slot are uplink symbols The available symbols of the DATA target time slot may include a partial symbol of the DATA target time slot, where the partial symbol is an uplink symbol.
(2)所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号包括所述DATA目标时隙的灵活符号。(2) The available symbols of the DATA target slot include flexible symbols of the DATA target slot.
可选的,DATA目标时隙的全部符号可以都是灵活符号,所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号可以包括DATA目标时隙的全部符号;或者,DATA目标时隙的部分符号为灵活符号,所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号可以包括DATA目标时隙的部分符号,该部分符号为灵活符号。Optionally, all the symbols of the DATA target time slot may be flexible symbols, and the available symbols of the DATA target time slot may include all the symbols of the DATA target time slot; or part of the symbols of the DATA target time slot are flexible symbols The available symbols of the DATA target time slot may include a partial symbol of the DATA target time slot, and the partial symbol is a flexible symbol.
(3)所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号包括所述DATA目标时隙的上行符号和灵活符号。(3) The available symbols of the DATA target slot include an uplink symbol and a flexible symbol of the DATA target slot.
可选的,所述DATA目标时隙不包括下行符号,所述DATA目标时隙的可用符号可以包括DATA目标时隙的全部符号;或者,所述DATA目标时隙包括下行符号,所述DATA目标时隙的可用符号可以包括DATA目标时隙的上行符号和灵活符号。Optionally, the DATA target time slot does not include downlink symbols, and the available symbols of the DATA target time slot may include all symbols of the DATA target time slot; or the DATA target time slot includes downlink symbols, and the DATA target The available symbols of the time slot may include uplink symbols and flexible symbols of the DATA target time slot.
(4)所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号包括所述DATA目标时隙的下行符号。(4) The available symbols of the DATA target slot include a downlink symbol of the DATA target slot.
可选的,DATA目标时隙的全部符号可以都是下行符号,所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号可以包括DATA目标时隙的全部符号;或者,DATA目标时隙的部分符号为下行符号,所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号可以包括DATA目标时隙的部分符号,该部分符号为下行符号。Optionally, all the symbols of the DATA target time slot may be downlink symbols, and the available symbols of the DATA target time slot may include all the symbols of the DATA target time slot; or some of the symbols of the DATA target time slot are downlink symbols The available symbols of the DATA target time slot may include a partial symbol of the DATA target time slot, where the partial symbol is a downlink symbol.
(5)所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号包括所述DATA目标时隙的下行符号和灵活符号。(5) The available symbols of the DATA target slot include a downlink symbol and a flexible symbol of the DATA target slot.
可选的,所述DATA目标时隙不包括上行符号,所述DATA目标时隙的可用符号可以包括DATA目标时隙的全部符号;或者,所述DATA目标时隙包括 上行符号,所述DATA目标时隙的可用符号可以包括DATA目标时隙的下行符号和灵活符号。Optionally, the DATA target time slot does not include uplink symbols, and the available symbols of the DATA target time slot may include all symbols of the DATA target time slot; or the DATA target time slot includes uplink symbols, and the DATA target The available symbols of the time slot may include downlink symbols and flexible symbols of the DATA target time slot.
(6)所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号包括所述DATA目标时隙的上行符号、灵活符号和下行符号。(6) The available symbols of the DATA target slot include an uplink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a downlink symbol of the DATA target slot.
可选的,第二时域资源配置信息指示了DATA目标时隙包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,终端12可以根据第二时域资源配置信息确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号。可选的,其他配置信息可以指示DATA目标时隙包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,终端12还可以根据其他配置信息确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号,本申请实施例对此不作限制。Optionally, the second time domain resource configuration information indicates that the symbols included in the DATA target time slot are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols. The terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target time slot according to the second time domain resource configuration information. Optionally, other configuration information may indicate that the symbols included in the DATA target time slot are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols. The terminal 12 may also determine the available symbols of the DATA target time slot according to the other configuration information. This is not described in this embodiment of the present application. limit.
S311:终端13确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。S311: The terminal 13 determines an available symbol of the SA target slot.
例如,终端13的处理器1211可以确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may determine the available symbols of the SA target slot.
所述SA目标时隙的所述可用符号包括所述SA目标时隙的上行符号、下行符号和灵活符号中的一种或者多种。The available symbols of the SA target slot include one or more of an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, and a flexible symbol of the SA target slot.
这里所述SA目标时隙的所述可用符号可以参考S309中所述SA目标时隙的所述可用符号的相关内容。For the available symbols of the SA target time slot, refer to related content of the available symbols of the SA target time slot in S309.
可选的,在S305中,终端12可以接收SA时隙资源池指示信息,所述SA时隙资源池指示信息可以指示一个或者多个SA预留时隙,所述一个或者多个SA预留时隙包括所述SA目标时隙,终端12可能不知道所述一个或者多个SA预留时隙中的哪些时隙为所述SA目标时隙,在S311中,终端13可以确定所述一个或者多个SA预留时隙的可用符号。Optionally, in S305, the terminal 12 may receive SA slot resource pool indication information, where the SA slot resource pool indication information may indicate one or more SA reserved time slots, and the one or more SA reserved The time slot includes the SA target time slot. The terminal 12 may not know which of the one or more SA reserved time slots are the SA target time slots. In S311, the terminal 13 may determine the one. Or available symbols for multiple SA reserved time slots.
可选的,第三时域资源配置信息指示了SA目标时隙包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,终端12可以根据第三时域资源配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。可选的,其他配置信息可以指示SA目标时隙包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,终端12还可以根据其他配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号,本申请实施例对此不作限制。Optionally, the third time domain resource configuration information indicates that the symbols included in the SA target time slot are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols. The terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to the third time domain resource configuration information. Optionally, other configuration information may indicate that the symbols included in the SA target time slot are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols. The terminal 12 may also determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to the other configuration information. This is not described in this embodiment of the present application. limit.
S312:终端12在SA目标时隙的可用符号上发送SA。S312: The terminal 12 sends an SA on the available symbols of the SA target slot.
例如,终端12的处理器1211可以利用天线1216在SA目标时隙的可用符号上发送SA。For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may use the antenna 1216 to transmit the SA on the available symbols of the SA target slot.
相应地,终端13在SA目标时隙的可用符号上接收SA。例如,终端13的处理器1211可以利用天线1216在SA目标时隙的可用符号上接收SA。Accordingly, the terminal 13 receives the SA on the available symbols of the SA target slot. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may use the antenna 1216 to receive the SA on the available symbol of the SA target slot.
可选的,在S311中,终端13可以确定所述一个或者多个SA预留时隙的可用符号,然后在所述一个或者多个SA预留时隙的可用符号上检测,检测到SA的时隙的可用符号为SA目标时隙的可用符号。Optionally, in S311, the terminal 13 may determine the available symbols of the one or more SA reserved time slots, and then detect on the available symbols of the one or more SA reserved time slots, and detect the SA The available symbols of the time slot are the available symbols of the SA target time slot.
所述SA携带所述DATA目标时隙指示信息,所述DATA目标时隙指示信息用于指示所述DATA目标时隙。The SA carries the DATA target slot indication information, and the DATA target slot indication information is used to indicate the DATA target slot.
可选的,终端12可以生成所述DATA目标时隙的可用符号指示信息,所述SA还可以携带所述DATA目标时隙的可用符号指示信息,所述DATA目标时隙的可用符号指示信息指示所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号。Optionally, the terminal 12 may generate the available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot, the SA may further carry the available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot, and the available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot The available symbols of the DATA target slot.
S313:终端13确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号。S313: The terminal 13 determines an available symbol of the DATA target slot.
例如,终端13的处理器1211可以确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号。For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号包括所述DATA目标时隙的上行符号、下行符号和灵活符号中的一种或者多种,可以参考S310中所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号的相关内容。The available symbols of the DATA target time slot include one or more of an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, and a flexible symbol of the DATA target time slot, and may refer to the available symbols of the DATA target time slot in S310. Related content.
终端13可以在S312中接收到SA后,获取SA携带的DATA目标时隙指示信息,根据DATA目标时隙指示信息确定DATA目标时隙,然后确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号。After receiving the SA in S312, the terminal 13 may obtain the DATA target time slot indication information carried by the SA, determine the DATA target time slot according to the DATA target time slot indication information, and then determine the available symbols of the DATA target time slot.
可选的,第四时域资源配置信息指示了DATA目标时隙包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,终端13可以根据第四时域资源配置信息确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号。可选的,其他配置信息可以指示DATA目标时隙包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,终端13还可以根据其他配置信息确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号,本申请实施例对此不作限制。Optionally, the fourth time domain resource configuration information indicates that the symbols included in the DATA target time slot are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols. The terminal 13 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target time slot according to the fourth time domain resource configuration information. Optionally, other configuration information may indicate that the symbols included in the DATA target time slot are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols. The terminal 13 may also determine the available symbols of the DATA target time slot according to the other configuration information. This is not described in this embodiment of the present application. limit.
可选的,当SA携带所述DATA目标时隙的可用符号指示信息,终端13可以根据所述DATA目标时隙的可用符号指示信息确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号。Optionally, when the SA carries the available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot, the terminal 13 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target slot according to the available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot.
S314:终端12在DATA目标时隙的可用符号上发送DATA。S314: The terminal 12 sends DATA on the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
例如,终端12的处理器1211可以利用天线1216在DATA目标时隙的可用符号上发送DATA。For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may use the antenna 1216 to send DATA on the available symbols of the DATA target time slot.
相应地,终端13在DATA目标时隙的可用符号上接收DATA。例如,终端13的处理器1211可以利用天线1216在DATA目标时隙的可用符号上接收DATA。Accordingly, the terminal 13 receives DATA on the available symbols of the DATA target slot. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may use the antenna 1216 to receive DATA on the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
通过终端12和终端13确定SA目标时隙的可用符号和DATA目标时隙的可用符号,在SA目标时隙的可用符号上传输SA,DATA目标时隙的可用符号上传输DATA,从而实现NR系统中,利用时域资源进行D2D通信。The terminal 12 and the terminal 13 determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot and the available symbols of the DATA target time slot, transmit SA on the available symbols of the SA target time slot, and transmit DATA on the available symbols of the DATA target time slot, thereby implementing the NR system. In time, D2D communication is performed using time domain resources.
下面结合图4A,图4B和图4C对终端12如何确定SA目标时隙的可用符号作进一步的说明,图4A、图4B和图4C可以理解为S301和S309的几种示例,其内容可以与图3中的内容相互结合。The following further describes how the terminal 12 determines the available symbols of the SA target slot with reference to FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C. FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C can be understood as several examples of S301 and S309. The content can be related to The contents in Figure 3 are combined with each other.
图4A为一种终端12确定SA目标时隙的可用符号的方法的示意图。如图4A所示:FIG. 4A is a schematic diagram of a method for the terminal 12 to determine the available symbols of the SA target slot. As shown in Figure 4A:
S4A01:接入网设备11向终端12发送第一小区级半静态配置信息。S4A01: The access network device 11 sends the first cell-level semi-static configuration information to the terminal 12.
S4A01是S301的一种示例,即S301中第一时域资源配置信息为第一小区级半静态配置信息,所述第一小区级半静态配置信息是通过系统消息接收的,其他可以参考S301中的相关内容。S4A01 is an example of S301, that is, the first time domain resource configuration information in S301 is the first cell-level semi-static configuration information. The first cell-level semi-static configuration information is received through a system message. For other information, refer to S301. Related content.
S4A02:终端12根据第一小区级半静态配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。S4A02: The terminal 12 determines the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
S4A02是S309的一种示例。S4A02 is an example of S309.
第一小区级半静态配置信息可以指示SA目标时隙包括的符号为上行符号、 下行符号或者灵活符号,终端12可以根据第一小区级半静态配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。The first cell-level semi-static configuration information may indicate that the symbols included in the SA target slot are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols. The terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the SA target slot according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
例如,终端12的处理器1211可以根据第一小区级半静态配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
图4B是另一种终端12确定SA目标时隙的可用符号的方法的示意图。如图4B所示:FIG. 4B is a schematic diagram of another method for the terminal 12 to determine the available symbols of the SA target slot. As shown in Figure 4B:
S4B01:接入网设备11向终端12发送第一小区级半静态配置信息。S4B01: The access network device 11 sends the first cell-level semi-static configuration information to the terminal 12.
S4B01是S301的一种示例,即S301中第一时域资源配置信息为第一小区级半静态配置信息,可以参考S301中的相关内容。S4B01 is an example of S301, that is, the first time domain resource configuration information in S301 is the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, and reference may be made to related content in S301.
S4B02:接入网设备11向终端12发送第一用户级配置信息。S4B02: The access network device 11 sends the first user-level configuration information to the terminal 12.
例如,接入网设备11的处理器1111可以通过天线1115向终端12发送第一用户级配置信息。For example, the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may send the first user-level configuration information to the terminal 12 through the antenna 1115.
第一小区级半静态配置信息还可以用于指示所述SA目标时隙的至少一个符号为灵活符号,所述第一用户级配置信息用于指示所述第一小区级半静态配置信息指示的所述SA目标时隙的所述至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号。可以理解为,第一小区级半静态配置信息可以指示SA目标时隙中的上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,对于第一小区级半静态配置信息配置出来的SA目标时隙中的至少一个灵活符号,第一用户级配置信息可以指示该SA目标时隙中的该至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号,对于第一小区级半静态配置信息配置出来的SA目标时隙中的上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,第一用户级配置信息不进行更改,即仍然将第一小区级半静态配置信息配置出来的SA目标时隙中的上行符号配置为上行符号,将第一小区级半静态配置信息配置出来的SA目标时隙中的下行符号配置为下行符号。The first cell-level semi-static configuration information may also be used to indicate that at least one symbol of the SA target slot is a flexible symbol, and the first user-level configuration information is used to indicate the first cell-level semi-static configuration information. The at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol. It can be understood that the first cell-level semi-static configuration information may indicate an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol in the SA target slot, and it is flexible for at least one of the SA target slots configured by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information. Symbol, the first user-level configuration information may indicate that the at least one flexible symbol in the SA target slot is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol. For the uplink symbol in the SA target slot configured by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, Downlink symbol or flexible symbol, the first user-level configuration information is not changed, that is, the uplink symbol in the SA target slot configured by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is still configured as the uplink symbol, and the first cell-level semi-static The downlink symbol in the SA target time slot configured by the configuration information is configured as a downlink symbol.
S4B03:终端12根据第一用户级配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。S4B03: The terminal 12 determines the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to the first user-level configuration information.
第一用户级配置信息在第一小区级半静态配置信息的基础上,进一步对SA目标时隙进行了配置。终端12可以根据第一用户级配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。The first user-level configuration information further configures the SA target time slot based on the first cell-level semi-static configuration information. The terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to the first user-level configuration information.
例如,终端12的处理器1211可以根据第一用户级配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to the first user-level configuration information.
图4C是另一种终端12确定SA目标时隙的可用符号的方法的示意图。图4C介绍了根据第一小区级半静态配置信息和第一用户级配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号,如图4B所示:FIG. 4C is a schematic diagram of another method for the terminal 12 to determine the available symbols of the SA target slot. FIG. 4C illustrates the available symbols for determining the SA target time slot according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level configuration information, as shown in FIG. 4B:
S4C01:接入网设备11向终端12发送第一小区级半静态配置信息。S4C01: The access network device 11 sends the first cell-level semi-static configuration information to the terminal 12.
S4C01是S301的一种示例,即S301中第一时域资源配置信息为第一小区级半静态配置信息,可以参考S301中的相关内容。S4C01 is an example of S301, that is, the first time domain resource configuration information in S301 is the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, and reference may be made to related content in S301.
S4C02:接入网设备11向终端12发送第一用户级配置信息。S4C02: The access network device 11 sends the first user-level configuration information to the terminal 12.
关于第一用户级配置信息的相关内容可以参考S4B02中的相关内容,在此不再赘述。For related content of the first user-level configuration information, refer to related content in S4B02, and details are not described herein again.
S4C03:终端12根据第一小区级半静态配置信息和第一用户级配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。S4C03: The terminal 12 determines available symbols of the SA target time slot according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level configuration information.
例如,终端12的处理器1211可以根据第一小区级半静态配置信息和第一用户级配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level configuration information.
第一小区级半静态配置信息和第一用户级配置信息均对SA目标时隙进行了配置,可以根据第一小区级半静态配置信息和第一用户级配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。例如,首先根据第一小区级半静态配置信息确定SA目标时隙的上行符号和下行符号,对于第一小区级半静态配置信息配置出来的灵活符号,进一步结合第一用户级配置信息确定为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,然后确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。The first cell-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level configuration information both configure the SA target slot. The available symbols of the SA target slot can be determined based on the first cell-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level configuration information. . For example, firstly, the uplink symbol and the downlink symbol of the SA target slot are determined according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, and the flexible symbol configured by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is further determined as the uplink in combination with the first user-level configuration information. Symbol, downlink symbol, or flexible symbol, and then determine the available symbols for the SA target slot.
在上述图4B和图4C中,第一用户级配置信息可以具有多种情况,下面结合第一用户级配置信息的多种情况,以及图4B和图4C中的内容作进一步的说明。In the above FIG. 4B and FIG. 4C, the first user-level configuration information may have multiple situations. The following describes the multiple situations of the first user-level configuration information and the content in FIG. 4B and FIG.
(1)第一用户级配置信息包括第一用户级半静态配置信息。(1) The first user-level configuration information includes first user-level semi-static configuration information.
第一用户级半静态配置信息用于指示所述第一小区级半静态配置信息指示的所述SA目标时隙的所述至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号。The first user-level semi-static configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol.
第一用户级半静态配置信息携带在RRC消息中。The first user-level semi-static configuration information is carried in an RRC message.
S4B02可以为,接入网设备11向终端12发送第一用户级半静态配置信息,例如接入网设备11通过RRC消息向终端12发送第一用户级半静态配置信息;S4B03可以为,终端12根据第一用户级半静态配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。S4B02 may be that the access network device 11 sends the first user-level semi-static configuration information to the terminal 12, for example, the access network device 11 sends the first user-level semi-static configuration information to the terminal 12 through an RRC message; S4B03 may be that the terminal 12 The available symbols of the SA target slot are determined according to the first user-level semi-static configuration information.
S4C02可以为,接入网设备11向终端12发送第一用户级半静态配置信息,例如接入网设备11通过RRC消息向终端12发送第一用户级半静态配置信息;S4C03中,终端12根据所述第一小区级半静态配置信息和第一用户级半静态配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。S4C02 may be: the access network device 11 sends the first user-level semi-static configuration information to the terminal 12, for example, the access network device 11 sends the first user-level semi-static configuration information to the terminal 12 through an RRC message; in S4C03, the terminal 12 The first cell-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level semi-static configuration information determine available symbols of an SA target slot.
(2)第一用户级配置信息包括第一用户级动态配置信息。(2) The first user-level configuration information includes first user-level dynamic configuration information.
所述第一用户级动态配置信息用于指示所述第一小区级半静态配置信息指示的所述SA目标时隙的所述至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号。The first user-level dynamic configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol.
所述第一用户级动态配置信息是在GC PDCCH上从接入网设备11接收到的。The first user-level dynamic configuration information is received from the access network device 11 on the GC PDCCH.
S4B02可以为,接入网设备11向终端12发送第一用户级动态配置信息,例如接入网设备11通过GC PDCCH向终端12第一用户级动态配置信息;S4B03可以为,终端12根据第一用户级动态配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。S4B02 may be that the access network device 11 sends the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 12, for example, the access network device 11 sends the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 12 through the GC PDCCH; S4B03 may be that the terminal 12 The user-level dynamic configuration information determines the available symbols for the SA target slot.
S4C02可以为,接入网设备11向终端12发送第一用户级动态配置信息,例如接入网设备11通过GC PDCCH向终端12发送第一用户级动态配置信息;S4C03可以为,终端12根据所述第一小区级半静态配置信息和第一用户级动态配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。S4C02 may be that the access network device 11 sends the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 12, for example, the access network device 11 sends the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 12 through the GC PDCCH; S4C03 may be that the terminal 12 The first cell-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level dynamic configuration information determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot.
(3)第一用户级配置信息包括第一用户级半静态配置信息和第一用户级动 态配置信息。(3) The first user-level configuration information includes first user-level semi-static configuration information and first user-level dynamic configuration information.
所述第一用户级半静态配置信息还用于指示所述第一小区级半静态配置信息指示的所述SA目标时隙的至少一个灵活符号为灵活符号;所述第一用户级动态配置信息用于指示所述第一用户级半静态配置信息指示的所述SA目标时隙的所述至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号。The first user-level semi-static configuration information is further used to indicate that at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is a flexible symbol; the first user-level dynamic configuration information The at least one flexible symbol used to indicate the SA target time slot indicated by the first user-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol.
S4B02可以为,接入网设备11向终端12发送第一用户级半静态配置信息和第一用户级动态配置信息,例如接入网设备11通过RRC消息向终端12发送第一用户级半静态配置信息,接入网设备11通过GC PDCCH向终端12发送第一用户级动态配置信息;S4B03可以为,终端12根据第一用户级半静态配置信息和第一用户级动态配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。S4B02 may be that the access network device 11 sends the first user-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 12, for example, the access network device 11 sends the first user-level semi-static configuration to the terminal 12 through an RRC message. Information, the access network device 11 sends the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 12 through the GC PDCCH; S4B03 may be that the terminal 12 determines the SA target time slot according to the first user-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level dynamic configuration information. Of available symbols.
S4C02可以为,接入网设备11向终端12发送第一用户级半静态配置信息和第一用户级动态配置信息,例如接入网设备11通过RRC消息向终端12发送第一用户级半静态配置信息,接入网设备11通过GC PDCCH向终端12发送第一用户级动态配置信息;S4C03可以为,终端12根据所述第一小区级半静态配置信息、第一用户级半静态配置信息和第一用户级动态配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。S4C02 may be that the access network device 11 sends the first user-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 12, for example, the access network device 11 sends the first user-level semi-static configuration to the terminal 12 through an RRC message. Information, the access network device 11 sends the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 12 through the GC PDCCH; S4C03 may be that the terminal 12 is based on the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first A user-level dynamic configuration information determines the available symbols for the SA target slot.
图4D是另一种终端12确定SA目标时隙的可用符号的方法的示意图。图4D介绍了根据第一用户级动态配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号,如图4D所示:FIG. 4D is a schematic diagram of another method for the terminal 12 to determine the available symbols of the SA target slot. FIG. 4D illustrates the available symbols for determining the SA target time slot according to the first user-level dynamic configuration information, as shown in FIG. 4D:
S4D01:接入网设备11向终端12发送第一用户级动态配置信息。S4D01: The access network device 11 sends the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 12.
S4C01是S301的一种示例,即S301中第一时域资源配置信息为第一用户级动态配置信息,可以参考S301中的相关内容。S4C01 is an example of S301, that is, the first time domain resource configuration information in S301 is the first user-level dynamic configuration information, and reference may be made to related content in S301.
第一用户级动态配置信息指示了第一时域资源包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,第一时域资源包括SA目标时隙。也就是说,第一用户级动态配置信息指示了SA目标时隙包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号。The first user-level dynamic configuration information indicates that the symbols included in the first time domain resource are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols, and the first time domain resources include SA target time slots. That is, the first user-level dynamic configuration information indicates that the symbols included in the SA target slot are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols.
所述第一用户级动态配置信息在接入网设备11在GC PDCCH上向终端12发送的。The first user-level dynamic configuration information is sent by the access network device 11 to the terminal 12 on the GC PDCCH.
S4D02:终端12根据第一用户级动态配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。S4D02: The terminal 12 determines the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to the first user-level dynamic configuration information.
由于第一用户级动态配置信息指示了SA目标时隙包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,终端12可以根据第一用户级动态配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。Since the first user-level dynamic configuration information indicates that the symbols included in the SA target slot are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols, the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the SA target slot according to the first user-level dynamic configuration information.
例如,终端12的处理器1211可以根据第一用户级动态配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to the first user-level dynamic configuration information.
上面对终端12如何确定SA目标时隙的可用符号作了说明,下面介绍终端12如何确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号,下面内容可以理解为S302和S310的几种示例,其内容可以与图3中的内容相互结合。The above describes how the terminal 12 determines the available symbols of the SA target slot. The following describes how the terminal 12 determines the available symbols of the DATA target slot. The following can be understood as several examples of S302 and S310. The content can be compared with the figure. The contents of 3 are combined with each other.
终端12确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号与终端12确定SA目标时隙的可用符号类似,不同之处在于确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号结合的时域资源配置信息与确定SA目标时隙的可用符号结合的时域资源配置信息可以不同,例如确定SA目标时隙的可用符号的第一时域资源配置信息和确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号的第二时域资源配置信息可以不同。终端12确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号可以参考上述终端12确定SA目标时隙的可用符号的内容。The available symbols determined by the terminal 12 for the DATA target time slot are similar to the available symbols determined by the terminal 12 for the SA target time slot, except that determining the available symbols of the DATA target time slot combined with the time domain resource configuration information and determining the available SA target time slot The time domain resource configuration information of the symbol combination may be different, for example, the first time domain resource configuration information that determines the available symbol of the SA target slot and the second time domain resource configuration information that determines the available symbol of the DATA target slot may be different. For the terminal 12 to determine the available symbols of the DATA target time slot, reference may be made to the content of the available symbols of the terminal 12 determining the SA target time slot.
作为第一种实施方式:As a first embodiment:
S302中,所述第二时域资源配置信息为第二小区级半静态配置信息;所述第二小区级半静态配置信息是通过系统消息接收的,可以参考S302中的相关内容。In S302, the second time domain resource configuration information is second cell-level semi-static configuration information; the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is received through a system message, and reference may be made to related content in S302.
S310中,所述确定所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号包括:根据所述第二小区级半静态配置信息,确定所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号。In S310, the determining the available symbols of the DATA target time slot includes: determining the available symbols of the DATA target time slot according to the second cell-level semi-static configuration information.
作为第二种实施方式:As a second embodiment:
S302中,所述第二时域资源配置信息为第二小区级半静态配置信息;所述第二小区级半静态配置信息是通过系统消息接收的,可以参考S302中的相关内容。In S302, the second time domain resource configuration information is second cell-level semi-static configuration information; the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is received through a system message, and reference may be made to related content in S302.
图3所示的方法还包括:接收第二用户级配置信息;所述第二小区级半静态配置信息还用于指示所述DATA目标时隙的至少一个符号为灵活符号;所述第二用户级配置信息用于指示所述第二小区级半静态配置信息指示的所述DATA目标时隙的所述至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号。The method shown in FIG. 3 further includes: receiving second user-level configuration information; the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is further used to indicate that at least one symbol of the DATA target slot is a flexible symbol; the second user The level configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the DATA target slot indicated by the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol.
S310中,所述确定所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号包括:根据所述第二用户级配置信息,确定所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号。In S310, the determining the available symbols of the DATA target time slot includes: determining the available symbols of the DATA target time slot according to the second user-level configuration information.
作为第三种实施方式:As a third embodiment:
S302中,所述第二时域资源配置信息为第二小区级半静态配置信息;所述第二小区级半静态配置信息是通过系统消息接收的,可以参考S302中的相关内容。In S302, the second time domain resource configuration information is second cell-level semi-static configuration information; the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is received through a system message, and reference may be made to related content in S302.
图3所示的方法还包括:接收第二用户级配置信息;所述第二小区级半静态配置信息还用于指示所述DATA目标时隙的至少一个符号为灵活符号;所述第二用户级配置信息用于指示所述第二小区级半静态配置信息指示的所述DATA目标时隙的所述至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号。The method shown in FIG. 3 further includes: receiving second user-level configuration information; the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is further used to indicate that at least one symbol of the DATA target slot is a flexible symbol; the second user The level configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the DATA target slot indicated by the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol.
S310中,所述确定所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号包括:根据所述第二小区级半静态配置信息和所述第二用户级配置信息,确定所述SA目标时隙的可用符号。In S310, the determining the available symbols of the DATA target slot includes: determining the available symbols of the SA target slot according to the second cell-level semi-static configuration information and the second user-level configuration information. .
在上述第二种实施方式和第三种实施方式中,第二用户级配置信息可以具有多种情况:In the second embodiment and the third embodiment described above, the second user-level configuration information may have multiple situations:
(1)所述第二用户级配置信息包括第二用户级半静态配置信息;(1) The second user-level configuration information includes second user-level semi-static configuration information;
所述第二用户级半静态配置信息用于指示所述第二小区级半静态配置信息指示的所述SA目标时隙的所述至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号;The second user-level semi-static configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol;
所述第二用户级半静态配置信息携带在RRC消息中。The second user-level semi-static configuration information is carried in an RRC message.
(2)所述第二用户级配置信息包括第二用户级动态配置信息;(2) The second user-level configuration information includes second user-level dynamic configuration information;
所述第二用户级动态配置信息用于指示所述第二小区级半静态配置信息指示的所述SA目标时隙的所述至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号;所述第二用户级动态配置信息是在GC PDCCH上接收的。The second user-level dynamic configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol; the second user-level Dynamic configuration information is received on the GC and PDCCH.
(3)所述第二用户级配置信息包括第二用户级半静态配置信息和第二用户级动态配置信息;(3) The second user-level configuration information includes second user-level semi-static configuration information and second user-level dynamic configuration information;
所述第二用户级半静态配置信息还用于指示所述第二小区级半静态配置信息指示的所述SA目标时隙的至少一个灵活符号为灵活符号;所述第二用户级动态配置信息用于指示所述第二用户级半静态配置信息指示的所述SA目标时隙的所述至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号;所述第二用户级动态配置信息是在组公共物理下行控制信道GC PDCCH上接收的。The second user-level semi-static configuration information is further used to indicate that at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is a flexible symbol; the second user-level dynamic configuration information The at least one flexible symbol used to indicate the SA target slot indicated by the second user-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol; the second user-level dynamic configuration information is in a group common physical downlink Received on the control channel GC PDCCH.
作为第四种实施方式:As a fourth implementation mode:
S302中,所述第二时域资源配置信息为第二用户级动态配置信息;所述第二用户级动态配置信息在GC PDCCH上从所述接入网设备接收的。In S302, the second time-domain resource configuration information is second user-level dynamic configuration information; the second user-level dynamic configuration information is received from the access network device on a GC PDCCH.
S310中,所述确定所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号包括:根据所述第二用户级动态配置信息,确定所述SA目标时隙的可用符号。In S310, the determining the available symbols of the DATA target slot includes: determining the available symbols of the SA target slot according to the second user-level dynamic configuration information.
终端13确定SA目标时隙的可用符号与上述终端12确定SA目标时隙的可用符号的相似,不同之处在于(1)终端13在接收了SA时隙资源池指示信息后,SA时隙资源池指示信息可以指示一个或者多个SA预留时隙,所述一个或者多个SA预留时隙可以包括SA目标时隙,终端13可能不知道一个或者多个SA预留时隙中的哪些时隙为SA目标时隙,终端13可以确定该一个或者多个SA预留时隙均为SA目标时隙,确定SA目标时隙的可用符号;(2)终端13确定SA目标时隙的可用符号结合的时域资源配置信息与终端12确定SA目标时隙的可用符号结合的时域资源配置信息可以不同,例如终端13确定SA目标时隙的可用符号的第三时域资源配置信息和终端12确定SA目标时隙的可用符号的第一时域资源配置信息可以不同。终端13确定SA目标时隙的可用符号可以参考上述终端12确定SA目标时隙的可用符号的内容,例如可以将上述图4A、图4B、图4C和图4D中的终端12替换成终端13,第一替换成第三。The available symbols determined by the terminal 13 for the SA target slot are similar to the available symbols determined by the terminal 12 for the SA target slot, except that (1) after the terminal 13 receives the SA slot resource pool indication information, the SA slot resource The pool indication information may indicate one or more SA reserved time slots. The one or more SA reserved time slots may include an SA target time slot. The terminal 13 may not know which of the one or more SA reserved time slots. The time slot is an SA target time slot. The terminal 13 may determine that the one or more SA reserved time slots are SA target time slots and determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot. (2) The terminal 13 determines the available SA target time slots. The combination of time domain resource configuration information of the symbol and the available time domain resource configuration information of the terminal 12 determining the SA target time slot may be different. For example, the terminal 13 determines the third time domain resource configuration information of the available symbol of the SA target time slot and the terminal. 12 The first time domain resource configuration information for determining the available symbols of the SA target slot may be different. For the available symbols of the SA target slot determined by the terminal 13, reference may be made to the content of the available symbols of the SA target slot determined by the terminal 12. For example, the terminal 12 in FIG. 4A, FIG. 4B, FIG. 4C, and FIG. 4D may be replaced with the terminal 13, Replace the first with the third.
终端13确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号与上述终端12确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号的相似,不同之处在于终端13确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号结合的时域资源配置信息与终端12确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号结合的时域资源配置信息可以不同,例如终端13确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号的第四时域资源配置信息和终端12确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号的第二时域资源配置信息可以不同。终端13确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号可以参考上述终端12确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号的内容,例如可以将终端12确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号的内容中的第二替换成第四。例如,终端13的处理器1211可以确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号。The available symbols for the DATA target time slot determined by the terminal 13 are similar to the available symbols for the DATA target time slot determined by the terminal 12. The difference is that the time domain resource configuration information combined with the available symbols for the DATA target time slot determined by the terminal 13 is determined by the terminal 12 The time domain resource configuration information combined with the available symbols of the DATA target time slot may be different, for example, the fourth time domain resource configuration information of the terminal 13 determining the available symbols of the DATA target time slot and the terminal 12 determining the second available resource symbols of the DATA target time slot. The time domain resource configuration information can be different. For the available symbols of the DATA target slot determined by the terminal 13, reference may be made to the content of the available symbols of the DATA target slot determined by the terminal 12. For example, the second of the contents of the available symbols of the DATA target slot determined by the terminal 12 may be replaced by the fourth. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
可选的,当S312中的SA携带DATA目标时隙的可用符号指示信息时,终端13可以根据DATA目标时隙的可用符号指示信息确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号。例如,终端13的处理器1211可以根据DATA目标时隙的可用符号指示信息确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号。Optionally, when the SA in S312 carries the available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot, the terminal 13 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target slot according to the available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target time slot according to the available symbol indication information of the DATA target time slot.
下面结合示例对本申请实施中出现的小区级半静态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息和用户级动态配置信息做介绍。The following describes the cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information that appear in the implementation of this application with examples.
接入网设备11在向终端12和终端13发送小区级半静态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息或者用户级动态配置信息之前,可以为终端12和终端13分配多个带宽部分(Bandwidth part,BWP),终端12和终端13的BWP可以相同或者不同,每个BWP具有一个子载波间隔。Before the access network device 11 sends the cell-level semi-static configuration information, the user-level semi-static configuration information, or the user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminals 12 and 13, the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 may allocate multiple bandwidth parts (Bandwidth part, BWP), the BWPs of the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 may be the same or different, and each BWP has a subcarrier interval.
BWP为频域上一段连续或者非连续的资源,例如,BWP可以是K(K为大于等于1的整数)个子载波;或者,BWP可以是M(M为大于等于1的整数)个连续或者非连续的资源块(resource block,RB);或者,BWP可以是N(N为大于等于1的整数)个连续或者非连续的资源块组(resource block group,RBG),其中,一个RBG可以包括多个RB,一个RB可以包括多个子载波,例如,一个RBG可以包括2个、4个、8个或者16个RB,一个RB包括12个子载波。BWP可以属于成对频谱(paired specturm)或者非成对频谱(unpaired specturm),BWP还可以称为子带、窄带、带宽资源、频域资源部分、部分频域资源、频率资源部分、部分频率资源、载波BWP或者其它名称,本申请不做限制。BWP is a continuous or discontinuous resource in the frequency domain. For example, BWP can be K (K is an integer greater than or equal to 1) subcarriers; or, BWP can be M (M is an integer greater than or equal to 1) continuous or non-contiguous Consecutive resource blocks (RBs); or, the BWP may be N (N is an integer greater than or equal to 1) consecutive or non-continuous resource block groups (RBGs), where one RBG may include multiple One RB may include multiple subcarriers. For example, one RBG may include two, four, eight, or sixteen RBs, and one RB includes twelve subcarriers. BWP can belong to paired spectrum (unpaired spectrum) or unpaired spectrum (unpaired spectrum). BWP can also be called subband, narrowband, bandwidth resource, frequency domain resource part, part of frequency domain resource, part of frequency resource, part of frequency resource. , Carrier BWP or other names, this application is not limited.
例如,接入网设备11给终端12分配了2个BWP,分别为BWP1和BWP2,BWP1的子载波间隔为30kHz,BWP2的子载波间隔为60kHz。接入网设备11可以给终端13分配BWP1,BWP1的子载波间隔为30kHz,为便于描述,这里以接入网设备11向终端12和终端13均分配了BWP1为例进行说明,需要注意的是,接入网设备11给终端12和终端13分配的BWP可以相同或者不同,本申请实施例不作限制。For example, the access network device 11 allocates two BWPs to the terminal 12, which are BWP1 and BWP2, respectively. The subcarrier interval of BWP1 is 30kHz, and the subcarrier interval of BWP2 is 60kHz. The access network device 11 can assign BWP1 to the terminal 13 and the subcarrier interval of BWP1 is 30 kHz. For the convenience of description, the access network device 11 assigns BWP1 to both the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 as an example. It should be noted that The BWP allocated by the access network device 11 to the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
接入网设备11在为终端12分配完BWP后,接入网设备11可以以参考子载波间隔对应的时域资源确定小区级半静态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息或者用户级动态配置信息,例如参考子载波间隔可以小于等于终端12所有的BWP的子载波间隔。小区级半静态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息或者用户级动态配置信息中彼此的参考子载波间隔可以相同或者不同。After the access network device 11 allocates the BWP to the terminal 12, the access network device 11 may determine the cell-level semi-static configuration information, the user-level semi-static configuration information, or the user-level dynamic configuration information by referring to the time domain resources corresponding to the subcarrier interval. For example, the reference subcarrier interval may be less than or equal to the subcarrier intervals of all BWPs of the terminal 12. The reference subcarrier intervals of each other in the cell-level semi-static configuration information, the user-level semi-static configuration information, or the user-level dynamic configuration information may be the same or different.
一、小区级半静态配置信息I. Cell-level semi-static configuration information
小区级半静态配置信息可以指示一个时域资源周期的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,例如该时域资源周期可以是0.125ms、0.25ms、0.5ms、1ms、2ms、2.5ms、5ms或者10ms等。The cell-level semi-static configuration information may indicate that a time domain resource period symbol is an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol. For example, the time domain resource period may be 0.125 ms, 0.25 ms, 0.5 ms, 1 ms, 2 ms, 2.5 ms, and 5 ms. Or 10ms and so on.
小区级半静态配置信息可以包括参考子载波间隔、时域资源周期以及参考子载波间隔对应的时域资源分配信息,参考子载波间隔对应的时域资源分配信息包括下行时隙的数目、下行符号的数目、上行时隙的数目以及上行符号的数目,例如下行时隙的数目为m,下行符号的数目为x,上行时隙的数目为n,上 行符号的数目为y。The cell-level semi-static configuration information may include the reference subcarrier interval, the time domain resource period, and the time domain resource allocation information corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval. The time domain resource allocation information corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval includes the number of downlink time slots and downlink symbols. , The number of uplink slots, and the number of uplink symbols, for example, the number of downlink slots is m, the number of downlink symbols is x, the number of uplink slots is n, and the number of uplink symbols is y.
小区级半静态配置信息指示的时域资源可以按照下行时域资源-灵活时域资源-上行时域资源的方式进行确定,如图5A所示,图5A中用不同的阴影区分了不同的时域资源,如网格状代表下行时域资源,点状代表灵活时域资源,斜线状代表上行时域资源。例如,下行时域资源包括m个时隙和m个时隙后的x个符号,上行时域资源可以包括n个时隙和n个时隙前的y个符号,灵活时域资源可以为下行时域资源和上行时域资源中间的连续的时域资源,可以包括连续的灵活时隙以及灵活时隙前后连续的灵活符号。The time-domain resources indicated by the cell-level semi-static configuration information can be determined in the manner of downlink time-domain resources-flexible time-domain resources-uplink time-domain resources, as shown in FIG. 5A. In FIG. Domain resources, such as grid-shaped resources represent downlink time-domain resources, dots represent flexible time-domain resources, and diagonal lines represent uplink time-domain resources. For example, the downlink time domain resource includes m time slots and x symbols after m time slots. The uplink time domain resource may include n time slots and y symbols before n time slots. The flexible time domain resource may be downlink The continuous time domain resources among the time domain resources and the uplink time domain resources may include continuous flexible time slots and continuous flexible symbols before and after the flexible time slots.
终端接收到小区级半静态配置信息后,可以根据小区级半静态配置信息,以及该BWP的子载波间隔和参考子载波间隔的关系来确定该BWP的子载波间隔对应的时域资源分配。After receiving the cell-level semi-static configuration information, the terminal may determine the time domain resource allocation corresponding to the sub-carrier interval of the BWP according to the cell-level semi-static configuration information and the relationship between the sub-carrier interval and the reference sub-carrier interval of the BWP.
下面以第一小区级半静态配置信息为例进行说明,接入网设备11可以广播第一小区级半静态配置信息。The following uses the first cell-level semi-static configuration information as an example for description. The access network device 11 can broadcast the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
例如,第一小区级半静态配置信息包括:参考子载波间隔为15kHz,时域资源周期为5ms和参考子载波间隔对应的时域资源分配信息,其中参考子载波间隔对应的时域资源分配信息为:下行时隙的数目为1个,下行符号的数目为3个,上行时隙的数目为1个,上行符号的数目为4个。For example, the first cell-level semi-static configuration information includes time domain resource allocation information corresponding to a reference subcarrier interval of 15 kHz, a time domain resource period of 5 ms, and a reference sub carrier interval, and the time domain resource allocation information corresponding to the reference sub carrier interval. For: the number of downlink slots is one, the number of downlink symbols is three, the number of uplink slots is one, and the number of uplink symbols is four.
图5B为第一小区级半静态配置信息指示的时域资源的一种示意图。其中以一个时隙包括14个符号为例进行介绍,需要说明的是,一个时隙可以包括其他数目的符号,例如12,6或7个,本申请实施例对此不作限制。FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram of time domain resources indicated by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information. An example is described in which a time slot includes 14 symbols. It should be noted that a time slot may include other numbers of symbols, such as 12, 6, or 7, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
第一时域资源为5ms,共有5个时隙,每个时隙占用1ms,第1个时隙(为了描述方便,下面将第n个时隙称为时隙n,n为大于等于1的整数)为下行时隙;时隙2的前3个符号为下行符号,时隙2的后11个符号为灵活符号;时隙3为灵活时隙;时隙4的前10个符号为灵活符号,后4个符号为上行符号;时隙5为上行时隙。The first time domain resource is 5ms, with a total of 5 time slots, each time slot occupies 1ms, the first time slot (for the convenience of description, the nth time slot is hereinafter referred to as time slot n, n is greater than or equal to 1 (Integer) is a downlink slot; the first 3 symbols of slot 2 are downlink symbols, the last 11 symbols of slot 2 are flexible symbols; slot 3 is a flexible slot; the first 10 symbols of slot 4 are flexible symbols , The last 4 symbols are uplink symbols; time slot 5 is the uplink time slot.
终端12接收第一小区级半静态配置信息后,可以确定BWP1子载波间隔对应的时域资源的分配。After receiving the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the terminal 12 may determine the allocation of time domain resources corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval.
参考子载波间隔为15kHz,BWP1子载波间隔为30kHz,那么参考子载波间隔对应的1个符号对应于BWP1子载波间隔对应的2个符号,参考子载波间隔对应的1个时隙对应于BWP1子载波间隔对应的2个时隙。The reference subcarrier interval is 15kHz and the BWP1 subcarrier interval is 30kHz, then the 1 symbol corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval corresponds to the 2 symbols corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval, and the 1 slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval corresponds to the BWP1 subcarrier. Carrier interval corresponds to 2 time slots.
如图5B所示,对于BWP1,在一个配置周期5ms内,共有10个时隙,每个时隙占用0.5ms,其中,时隙1和时隙2为下行时隙;时隙3的前6个符号为下行符号,时隙3的后8个符号为灵活符号;时隙4、时隙5、时隙6和时隙7为灵活时隙;时隙8的前6个符号为灵活符号,后8个符号为上行符号;时隙9和时隙10为上行时隙。As shown in Figure 5B, for BWP1, within a configuration period of 5ms, there are 10 time slots in total, each time slot occupies 0.5ms, of which time slot 1 and time slot 2 are downlink time slots; the first 6 of time slot 3 Symbols are downlink symbols, and the last 8 symbols of time slot 3 are flexible symbols; time slots 4, time slots 5, 6 and 7 are flexible time slots; the first 6 symbols of time slot 8 are flexible symbols, The last 8 symbols are uplink symbols; time slots 9 and 10 are uplink time slots.
二、用户级半静态配置信息User-level semi-static configuration information
用户级半静态配置信息可以指示一个时域资源包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,例如该时域资源可以是1个或者多个连续或者不连续的 时隙。The user-level semi-static configuration information may indicate that symbols included in a time domain resource are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols. For example, the time domain resource may be one or more consecutive or discontinuous time slots.
用户级半静态配置信息可以对小区级半静态配置信息配置过的时隙进行进一步的配置,小区级半静态配置信息可以指示该时隙的至少一个符号为灵活符号,用户级半静态配置信息可以对小区级半静态配置信息配置出来的的该时隙的至少一个灵活符号进行配置,例如用户级半静态配置信息可以指示该至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号,用户级半静态配置信息可以将小区级半静态配置信息配置出来的该时隙的上行符号或者下行符号仍然配置为上行符号或者下行符号。或者,用户级半静态配置信息配置的时隙可以没有经过小区级半静态配置信息配置过。The user-level semi-static configuration information can further configure the time slot configured by the cell-level semi-static configuration information. The cell-level semi-static configuration information can indicate that at least one symbol of the time slot is a flexible symbol. The user-level semi-static configuration information can be Configure at least one flexible symbol of the time slot configured by the cell-level semi-static configuration information. For example, the user-level semi-static configuration information may indicate that the at least one flexible symbol is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol. The user-level semi-static configuration information may be The uplink symbol or downlink symbol of the time slot configured by the cell-level semi-static configuration information is still configured as an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol. Alternatively, the time slot configured by the user-level semi-static configuration information may not be configured by the cell-level semi-static configuration information.
用户级半静态配置信息可以以参考子载波间隔配置时域资源,该参考子载波间隔可以与小区级半静态配置信息的子载波间隔相同。The user-level semi-static configuration information may configure time domain resources at a reference sub-carrier interval, and the reference sub-carrier interval may be the same as the sub-carrier interval of the cell-level semi-static configuration information.
用户级半静态配置信息可以包括至少一个时隙的索引(index)和该至少一个时隙中下行符号的数目和上行符号的数目,该至少一个时隙的索引可以是小区级半静态配置信息配置出来的时域资源中时隙的索引或者相对当前时隙的位置,例如当前时隙,当前时隙的下一个时隙或者当前时隙后的第2个时隙等等。The user-level semi-static configuration information may include an index of at least one time slot and the number of downlink symbols and the number of uplink symbols in the at least one time slot. The index of the at least one time slot may be a cell-level semi-static configuration information configuration. The index of the time slot in the time domain resource or its position relative to the current time slot, such as the current time slot, the next time slot of the current time slot, or the second time slot after the current time slot, etc.
图5C是用户级半静态配置信息指示的时域资源的一种示意图,如图5C所示。用户级半静态配置信息可以指示一个或者多个时隙,每个时隙可以按照下行符号-灵活符号-上行符号的方式进行确定。其中,灵活符号为下行符号和上行符号之间的符号。FIG. 5C is a schematic diagram of a time domain resource indicated by user-level semi-static configuration information, as shown in FIG. 5C. The user-level semi-static configuration information may indicate one or more time slots, and each time slot may be determined according to a downlink symbol-flexible symbol-uplink symbol. The flexible symbol is a symbol between a downlink symbol and an uplink symbol.
终端接收到用户级半静态配置信息后,可以根据用户级半静态配置信息,以及该BWP的子载波间隔和参考子载波间隔的关系来确定该BWP的子载波间隔对应的时域资源分配。After receiving the user-level semi-static configuration information, the terminal may determine the time domain resource allocation corresponding to the sub-carrier interval of the BWP according to the user-level semi-static configuration information and the relationship between the sub-carrier interval and the reference sub-carrier interval of the BWP.
下面以第一用户级半静态配置信息为例进行说明。接入网设备11可以通过RRC消息分别向终端12和终端13发送第一用户级半静态配置信息。The following uses the first user-level semi-static configuration information as an example for description. The access network device 11 may send the first user-level semi-static configuration information to the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 through an RRC message, respectively.
例如,第一用户级半静态配置信息包括:时隙3,下行符号的数目为2个,上行符号的数目为3个。For example, the first user-level semi-static configuration information includes: slot 3, the number of downlink symbols is two, and the number of uplink symbols is three.
图5D是第一用户级半静态配置信息指示的时域资源的一种示意图。FIG. 5D is a schematic diagram of time domain resources indicated by the first user-level semi-static configuration information.
参考子载波间隔对应的时隙3的前2个符号为下行符号,时隙3的第3个至第11个符号为灵活符号,后3个符号为上行符号。The first two symbols of slot 3 corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval are downlink symbols, the third to eleventh symbols of slot 3 are flexible symbols, and the last three symbols are uplink symbols.
参考子载波间隔为15kHz,BWP1子载波间隔为30kHz,那么参考子载波间隔对应的1个符号对应于BWP1子载波间隔对应的2个符号,参考子载波间隔对应的1个时隙对应于BWP1子载波间隔对应的2个时隙。The reference subcarrier interval is 15kHz and the BWP1 subcarrier interval is 30kHz, then the 1 symbol corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval corresponds to the 2 symbols corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval, and the 1 slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval corresponds to the BWP1 subcarrier. Carrier interval corresponds to 2 time slots.
终端12或者终端13可以根据第一小区级半静态配置信息和/或BWP1的子载波间隔和参考子载波间隔的关系可以确定参考子载波间隔对应的时隙3对应于BWP1子载波间隔的时隙5和时隙6,终端12可知时隙5的前4个符号为下行符号,时隙5的后10个符号为灵活符号,时隙6的前8个符号为灵活符号,时隙6的后6个符号为上行符号。The terminal 12 or the terminal 13 may determine the time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval 3 and the time slot corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information and / or the relationship between the subcarrier interval of the BWP1 and the reference subcarrier interval. 5 and time slot 6, the terminal 12 knows that the first 4 symbols of time slot 5 are downlink symbols, the last 10 symbols of time slot 5 are flexible symbols, the first 8 symbols of time slot 6 are flexible symbols, The 6 symbols are ascending symbols.
二、用户级动态配置信息User-level dynamic configuration information
用户级动态配置信息可以指示一个时域资源的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,例如该时域资源可以是1个或者多个连续或者不连续的时隙。The user-level dynamic configuration information may indicate that a symbol of a time domain resource is an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol. For example, the time domain resource may be one or more continuous or discontinuous time slots.
用户级动态配置信息可以对小区级半静态配置信息配置过的时域资源进行进一步的配置,小区级半静态配置信息可以指示一个时隙的至少一个符号为灵活符号,用户级动态配置信息可以对小区级半静态配置信息配置出来的的该时隙的至少一个灵活符号进行配置,例如用户级动态配置信息可以指示该至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号,用户级动态配置信息可以将小区级半静态配置信息配置出来的该时隙的上行符号或者下行符号仍然配置为上行符号或者下行符号。例如,对于非成对频谱的上行BWP和下行BWP对应的时域资源,可以先通过小区级半静态配置信息进行配置,然后可以通过用户级动态配置信息进行配置。The user-level dynamic configuration information can further configure the time domain resources configured by the cell-level semi-static configuration information. The cell-level semi-static configuration information can indicate that at least one symbol of a time slot is a flexible symbol. The user-level dynamic configuration information can At least one flexible symbol of the time slot configured by the cell-level semi-static configuration information is configured. For example, the user-level dynamic configuration information may indicate that the at least one flexible symbol is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol. The user-level dynamic configuration information may change the cell-level The uplink symbol or downlink symbol of the time slot configured by the semi-static configuration information is still configured as an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol. For example, the time domain resources corresponding to the uplink BWP and downlink BWP of the unpaired spectrum can be configured through cell-level semi-static configuration information first, and then can be configured through user-level dynamic configuration information.
用户级动态配置信息可以对用户级半静态配置信息配置过的时域资源进行进一步的配置,用户级半静态配置信息可以指示一个时隙的至少一个符号为灵活符号,用户级动态配置信息可以对用户级半静态配置信息配置出来的的该时隙的至少一个灵活符号进行配置,例如用户级动态配置信息可以指示该至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号,用户级动态配置信息可以将用户级半静态配置信息配置出来的该时隙的上行符号或者下行符号仍然配置为上行符号或者下行符号。例如,对于非成对频谱的上行BWP和下行BWP对应的时域资源,可以先通过用户级半静态配置信息进行配置,然后可以通过用户级动态配置信息进行配置。The user-level dynamic configuration information can further configure the time domain resources configured by the user-level semi-static configuration information. The user-level semi-static configuration information can indicate that at least one symbol of a time slot is a flexible symbol. The user-level dynamic configuration information can Configure at least one flexible symbol of the time slot configured by user-level semi-static configuration information. For example, user-level dynamic configuration information may indicate that the at least one flexible symbol is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol. User-level dynamic configuration information may The uplink symbol or downlink symbol of the time slot configured by the semi-static configuration information is still configured as an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol. For example, the time domain resources corresponding to the uplink BWP and downlink BWP of the unpaired spectrum can be configured through user-level semi-static configuration information first, and then can be configured through user-level dynamic configuration information.
用户级动态配置信息可以对没有经过小区级半静态配置信息或者用户级半静态配置信息配置过的时域资源进行配置,也就是说一个时域资源,没有通过小区级半静态配置信息和用户级半静态配置信息进行配置,直接通过用户级动态配置信息进行配置,例如,对于成对频谱的上行BWP和下行BWP对应的时域资源,可以没有经过小区级半静态配置信息或者用户级半静态配置信息配置,直接通过用户级动态配置信息进行配置。User-level dynamic configuration information can configure time domain resources that have not been configured with cell-level semi-static configuration information or user-level semi-static configuration information, that is, a time-domain resource that does not pass cell-level semi-static configuration information and user-level Semi-static configuration information is used for configuration, which is directly configured through user-level dynamic configuration information. For example, the time domain resources corresponding to the uplink BWP and downlink BWP of the paired spectrum can be passed without cell-level semi-static configuration information or user-level semi-static configuration Information configuration, directly configured through user-level dynamic configuration information.
用户级动态配置信息可以以参考子载波间隔配置时域资源,该参考子载波间隔可以与小区级半静态配置信息的参考子载波间隔相同或者与用户级半静态配置信息的参考子载波间隔相同,例如,这里参考子载波间隔为15kHz。The user-level dynamic configuration information may configure time domain resources at a reference subcarrier interval. The reference subcarrier interval may be the same as the reference subcarrier interval of the cell-level semi-static configuration information or the same as the reference subcarrier interval of the user-level semi-static configuration information. For example, the reference subcarrier interval here is 15kHz.
接入网设备11在物理信道上给终端12或者终端13发送用户级动态配置信息。例如,接入网设备11可以在物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)上发送下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI),该PDCCH可以是组公共(group common,GC)PDCCH,该DCI格式可以是2。可选的,接入网设备11在PDCCH上发送DCI之前,可以向终端12发送检测该DCI的频域资源、时域资源和解扰序列。终端12相应地在该频域资源和时域资源上利用解扰序列接收DCI。The access network device 11 sends user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 12 or the terminal 13 on the physical channel. For example, the access network device 11 may send downlink control information (DCI) on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). The PDCCH may be a group common (GC) PDCCH. The DCI The format can be 2. Optionally, before sending the DCI on the PDCCH, the access network device 11 may send the frequency domain resources, time domain resources, and descrambling sequences for detecting the DCI to the terminal 12. The terminal 12 receives the DCI using the descrambling sequence on the frequency domain resource and the time domain resource accordingly.
用户级动态配置信息可以包括SF组合索引信息,该SF组合索引信息可以指示SF组合,该SF组合可以指示1个,2个或者更多的SF索引,SF索引可 以指示SF,SF可以指示一个时隙中每个符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号。The user-level dynamic configuration information may include SF combination index information. The SF combination index information may indicate SF combinations. The SF combination may indicate 1, 2, or more SF indexes. The SF index may indicate SF. The SF may indicate one time. Each symbol in the slot is an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol.
下面对SF组合索引信息如何指示SF组合,以及SF组合如何指示1个,2个或者更多的SF索引进行说明。The following describes how the SF combination index information indicates the SF combination and how the SF combination indicates one, two, or more SF indexes.
终端和接入网设备可以配置SF组合索引和SF组合的对应关系,例如,接入网设备11可以通过RRC信令向终端12发送SF组合索引和SF组合的对应关系。例如,SF组合索引和SF组合的对应关系可以如下表1所示,需要说明的是,表1仅仅为SF组合索引和SF组合的对应关系的一种表现形式,SF组合索引和SF组合的对应关系可以表现为字符串或者公式等其他形式,本申请实施例对此不作限制。The terminal and the access network device may configure a correspondence relationship between the SF combination index and the SF combination. For example, the access network device 11 may send the correspondence relationship between the SF combination index and the SF combination to the terminal 12 through RRC signaling. For example, the correspondence between the SF combination index and the SF combination can be shown in Table 1 below. It should be noted that Table 1 is only a manifestation of the correspondence relationship between the SF combination index and the SF combination. The correspondence between the SF combination index and the SF combination The relationship may be expressed in other forms such as a character string or a formula, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
SF组合索引SF Combination Index SF组合SF combination
00 00
11 24,4524,45
22 0,270,27
······ ······
表1Table 1
如表1所示,SF组合索引信息可以指示SF组合信息,该SF组合信息可以指示1个,2个或者更多的SF索引,该1个,2个或者更多的SF索引可以分别指示1个,2个或者更多的时隙的SF,例如SF组合的第一个SF索引可以指示参考子载波间隔对应的第一个时隙的SF,第二个SF索引指示指示参考子载波间隔对应的第二个时隙的SF,依次类推。这里当前第一个时隙可以理解为当前时隙,或者可以理解为当前时隙的下一个时隙,第二个时隙可以理解为紧跟第一个时隙后面的时隙,本申请实施例对此不作限制,本申请实施例中以第一个时隙为当前时隙为例进行说明。As shown in Table 1, the SF combination index information may indicate SF combination information, the SF combination information may indicate 1, 2, or more SF indexes, and the 1, 2, or more SF indexes may indicate 1 respectively. SFs of 2 or more time slots, for example, the first SF index of the SF combination may indicate the SF of the first time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval, and the second SF index indicates the corresponding SF of the reference subcarrier interval. SF in the second slot, and so on. Here, the current first time slot can be understood as the current time slot or the next time slot of the current time slot, and the second time slot can be understood as the time slot immediately after the first time slot. This application implements The example does not limit this. In the embodiment of the present application, the first time slot is used as an example for description.
下面以第一用户级动态配置信息为例进行说明,接入网设备11可以向终端12或者终端13发送第一用户级动态配置信息。The following uses the first user-level dynamic configuration information as an example for description. The access network device 11 may send the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 12 or the terminal 13.
例如,第一用户级动态配置信息可以包括SF组合索引1,SF组合索引1可以指示SF组合,该SF组合指示了两个SF索引,分别为24和45,SF索引24可以指示参考子载波间隔对应的当前时隙的SF,SF索引45可以指示参考子载波间隔对应的当前时隙的下一个时隙的SF。例如,终端12在参考子载波间隔15kHz对应的时隙2接收到用户级动态配置信息(也可以理解为终端12在BWP1子载波间隔对应的时隙3或者时隙4上接收到用户级动态配置信息),那么时隙2为当前时隙,时隙3为当前时隙的下一个时隙,SF索引24可以指示时隙2的SF,SF索引45可以指示时隙3的SF。For example, the first user-level dynamic configuration information may include SF combination index 1, which may indicate SF combination. The SF combination indicates two SF indexes, which are 24 and 45, and SF index 24 may indicate the reference subcarrier interval. The corresponding SF of the current time slot, and the SF index 45 may indicate the SF of the next time slot of the current time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval. For example, terminal 12 receives user-level dynamic configuration information at time slot 2 corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval of 15 kHz (it can also be understood that terminal 12 receives user-level dynamic configuration at time slot 3 or time slot 4 corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval. Information), then time slot 2 is the current time slot, time slot 3 is the next time slot of the current time slot, SF index 24 may indicate the SF of time slot 2 and SF index 45 may indicate the SF of time slot 3.
关于对SF索引如何指示SF以及SF如何指示一个时隙中每个符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,下面进一步进行说明。How the SF index indicates the SF and how the SF indicates that each symbol in a slot is an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol will be further described below.
接入网设备和终端可以配置SF索引和SF的对应关系,例如,接入网设备11和终端12可以配置SF索引和SF的对应关系,例如可以通过静态方式写入接入网设备11和终端12。例如,SF索引和SF的对应关系可以如表2所示,需要说明的是,表2仅仅为SF索引和SF的对应关系的一种表现形式,SF索引和 SF的对应关系可以表现为字符串或者公式等其他形式,本申请实施例对此不作限制。The access network device and terminal can be configured with the corresponding relationship between the SF index and the SF. For example, the access network device 11 and the terminal 12 can be configured with the corresponding relationship between the SF index and the SF. For example, the access network device 11 and the terminal can be statically written. 12. For example, the correspondence between SF index and SF can be shown in Table 2. It should be noted that Table 2 is only a manifestation of the correspondence between SF index and SF, and the correspondence between SF index and SF can be expressed as a string. Or in other forms such as formulas, this embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
Figure PCTCN2019100171-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2019100171-appb-000001
如表2所示,1个SF索引可以指示1个SF,1个SF可以指示1个时隙包括的符号为下行符号、灵活符号或者上行符号,其中,SF可以按照下行号-灵活符号-上行符号的方式指示时隙包括的符号。As shown in Table 2, one SF index can indicate one SF, and one SF can indicate that the symbols included in a time slot are downlink symbols, flexible symbols, or uplink symbols. Among them, SF can be based on downlink number-flexible symbol-uplink. The way of symbols indicates the symbols included in the time slot.
例如,SF索引24可以指示1个时隙中前3个符号为下行符号,中间9个符号为灵活符号,最后2个符号为上行符号,SF索引45可以指示1个时隙中前6个符号为下行符号,中间2个符号为灵活符号,最后6个符号为上行符号。例如,图5E是第一用户级动态配置信息指示的时域资源的一种示意图,如图5E所示,参考子载波间隔对应的时隙2的前3个符号为下行符号,中间9个符号为灵活符号,最后2个符号为上行符号,SF索引45可以指示参考子载波间隔对应的时隙3中前6个符号为下行符号,中间2个符号为灵活符号,最后6个符号为上行符号。For example, the SF index 24 can indicate that the first 3 symbols in a time slot are downlink symbols, the middle 9 symbols are flexible symbols, the last 2 symbols are uplink symbols, and the SF index 45 can indicate the first 6 symbols in a time slot. It is a downlink symbol, the middle 2 symbols are flexible symbols, and the last 6 symbols are uplink symbols. For example, FIG. 5E is a schematic diagram of the time domain resources indicated by the first user-level dynamic configuration information. As shown in FIG. 5E, the first 3 symbols of slot 2 corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval are downlink symbols and the middle 9 symbols It is a flexible symbol. The last two symbols are uplink symbols. The SF index 45 can indicate that the first six symbols in slot 3 corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval are downlink symbols, the middle two symbols are flexible symbols, and the last six symbols are uplink symbols. .
终端12接收到用户级动态配置信息后,可以根据用户级动态配置信息,以及BWP1的子载波间隔和参考子载波间隔的关系来确定BWP1的子载波间隔对应的时域资源分配。After receiving the user-level dynamic configuration information, the terminal 12 may determine the time domain resource allocation corresponding to the sub-carrier interval of BWP1 according to the user-level dynamic configuration information and the relationship between the sub-carrier interval and the reference sub-carrier interval of BWP1.
参考子载波间隔为15kHz,BWP1子载波间隔为30kHz,那么参考子载波间隔对应的1个符号对应于BWP1子载波间隔对应的2个符号,参考子载波间隔对应的1个时隙对应于BWP1子载波间隔对应的2个时隙。The reference subcarrier interval is 15kHz and the BWP1 subcarrier interval is 30kHz, then the 1 symbol corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval corresponds to the 2 symbols corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval, and the 1 slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval corresponds to the BWP1 subcarrier. Carrier interval corresponds to 2 time slots.
例如,终端12根据第一用户级动态配置信息和/或BWP1的子载波间隔和参考子载波间隔的关系可以确定参考子载波间隔对应的时隙2对应于BWP1子载波间隔的时隙3和时隙4,参考子载波间隔对应的时隙3对应于BWP1子载波间隔对应的时隙5和时隙6,那么如图5E所示,时隙3的前6个符号为下行符号,时隙3的后面8个符号为灵活符号;时隙4的前10个符号为灵活符号,时隙4的后4个符号为上行符号;时隙5的前12个符号为下行符号,时隙5的后2个符号为灵活符号;时隙6的前2个符号为灵活符号,后12个符号为上行符号。For example, the terminal 12 may determine the time slot 2 corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval and the time slot 3 and time corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval according to the first user-level dynamic configuration information and / or the relationship between the subcarrier interval and the reference subcarrier interval of BWP1. Slot 4, slot 3 corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval corresponds to slot 5 and slot 6 corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval, then as shown in FIG. 5E, the first 6 symbols of slot 3 are downlink symbols, and slot 3 The next 8 symbols are flexible symbols; the first 10 symbols of time slot 4 are flexible symbols; the last 4 symbols of time slot 4 are uplink symbols; the first 12 symbols of time slot 5 are downlink symbols; 2 symbols are flexible symbols; the first 2 symbols of slot 6 are flexible symbols, and the last 12 symbols are uplink symbols.
下面结合具体的D2D的通信模式对本申请实施例的方案进行说明,其内容可以与上文中图3、图4A至图4D中的内容相互结合。The solution of the embodiment of the present application will be described below with reference to a specific D2D communication mode, and its content may be combined with the content in FIG. 3, FIG. 4A to FIG. 4D above.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例可以应用于D2D通信的各种模式,例如模式1,模式2,模式3和模式4,为描述方便,下面以模式1和模式2为例进行说明,本领域技术人员可以理解,下面的方案同样适用于其他模式,例如模式3和模式4。下面以终端12为D2D发送端,终端13为D2D接收端为例进行介绍。It should be noted that the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various modes of D2D communication, such as mode 1, mode 2, mode 3, and mode 4. For the convenience of description, the following uses mode 1 and mode 2 as examples to explain. The skilled person can understand that the following scheme is also applicable to other modes, such as mode 3 and mode 4. The following uses the terminal 12 as a D2D sending end and the terminal 13 as a D2D receiving end as an example for description.
图6为另一种NR系统中利用时域资源进行D2D通信的方法的示意图。图6结合模式1,以终端12为D2D发送端,终端13为D2D接收端为例进行介绍。当终端12位于接入网设备11的覆盖范围内,终端12与接入网设备处于RRC连接态时,接入网设备11可以决定终端12使用模式1进行D2D通信。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another method for performing D2D communication using time domain resources in an NR system. FIG. 6 combines mode 1 with an example in which the terminal 12 is a D2D transmitting end and the terminal 13 is a D2D receiving end. When the terminal 12 is located in the coverage area of the access network device 11 and the terminal 12 and the access network device are in an RRC connection state, the access network device 11 may determine that the terminal 12 uses the mode 1 for D2D communication.
S601:接入网设备11广播第一小区级半静态配置信息。S601: The access network device 11 broadcasts the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
S601可以为图3中S301-S304的一种示例,可以理解为,图3中第一时域资源配置信息、第二时域资源配置信息、第三时域资源配置信息和第四时域资源配置信息均相同,第一时域资源配置信息为第一小区级半静态配置信息。S601 may be an example of S301-S304 in FIG. 3, and it may be understood that the first time domain resource configuration information, the second time domain resource configuration information, the third time domain resource configuration information, and the fourth time domain resource in FIG. 3 The configuration information is the same, and the first time domain resource configuration information is the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
在图3的基础上,图6还可以包括S602-S605,结合图3至图4D的内容,可以理解为图3至图4D中的第一用户级半静态信息、第二用户级半静态配置信息、第三用户级半静态配置信息和第四用户级半静态配置信息可以相同,第一用户级动态信息、第二用户级动配置信息、第三用户级动态配置信息和第四用户级动态配置信息可以相同。Based on FIG. 3, FIG. 6 may further include S602-S605. In combination with the content of FIGS. 3 to 4D, it can be understood as the first user-level semi-static information and the second user-level semi-static configuration in FIGS. 3 to 4D. Information, third user-level semi-static configuration information, and fourth user-level semi-static configuration information may be the same, first user-level dynamic information, second user-level dynamic configuration information, third user-level dynamic configuration information, and fourth user-level dynamic information. The configuration information can be the same.
例如,如图5B所示,第一小区级半静态配置信息配置了参考子载波间隔对应的时隙1、时隙2、时隙3、时隙4和时隙5,即BWP1子载波间隔对应的时隙1、时隙2、时隙3···和时隙10。For example, as shown in FIG. 5B, the first cell-level semi-static configuration information configures time slot 1, time slot 2, time slot 3, time slot 4, and time slot 5 corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval, that is, the BWP1 subcarrier interval corresponds to Time slot 1, time slot 2, time slot 3 ... and time slot 10.
S602:接入网设备11向终端12发送第一用户级半静态配置信息。S602: The access network device 11 sends the first user-level semi-static configuration information to the terminal 12.
例如,如图5D所示,第一用户级半静态配置信息配置了参考子载波间隔对应的时隙3,即BWP1子载波间隔对应的时隙5和时隙6。For example, as shown in FIG. 5D, the first user-level semi-static configuration information configures time slot 3 corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval, that is, time slot 5 and time slot 6 corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval.
S603:接入网设备11向终端13发送第一用户级半静态配置信息。S603: The access network device 11 sends the first user-level semi-static configuration information to the terminal 13.
例如,如图5D所示,第一用户级半静态配置信息配置了参考子载波间隔对应的时隙3,即BWP1子载波间隔对应的时隙5和时隙6。For example, as shown in FIG. 5D, the first user-level semi-static configuration information configures time slot 3 corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval, that is, time slot 5 and time slot 6 corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval.
S604:接入网设备11向终端12发送第一用户级动态配置信息。S604: The access network device 11 sends the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 12.
例如,如图5E所示,第一用户级动态配置信息配置了参考子载波间隔对应的时隙2和时隙3,即BWP1子载波间隔对应的时隙3,时隙4,时隙5和时隙6。For example, as shown in FIG. 5E, the first user-level dynamic configuration information configures timeslots 2 and 3 corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval, that is, timeslots 3, 4, 4, and 5 corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval. Time slot 6.
S605:接入网设备11向终端13发送第一用户级动态配置信息。S605: The access network device 11 sends the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 13.
例如,如图5E所示,第一用户级动态配置信息配置了参考子载波间隔对应的时隙2和时隙3,即BWP1子载波间隔对应的时隙3,时隙4,时隙5和时隙6。For example, as shown in FIG. 5E, the first user-level dynamic configuration information configures timeslots 2 and 3 corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval, that is, timeslots 3, 4, 4, and 5 corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval. Time slot 6.
S601-S605中第一小区级半静态配置信息、第一用户级半静态配置信息和第一用户级动态配置信息可以参考图3至图5E中的相关内容,在此不再赘述。For the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information in S601-S605, reference may be made to related content in FIGS. 3 to 5E, and details are not described herein again.
可选的,S601-S605示意出了接入网设备11通过小区级半静态配置信息,用户级半静态配置信息和用户级动态配置信息进行配置的情况,本领域技术人 员可以理解的是,接入网设备11可以直接通过用户级动态配置信息进行配置,或者接入网设备11可以仅通过小区级半静态配置信息和用户级半静态配置信息进行配置,或者接入网设备11可以仅通过用户级半静态配置信息进行配置等等,本申请实施例的原理和方案同样适用,对此不作限制。例如,对于非成对频谱的上行BWP和下行BWP对应的时域资源,可以先通过小区级半静态配置信息进行配置,然后通过用户级半静态配置信息和用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者两种进行配置;对于成对频谱的上行BWP和下行BWP对应的时域资源,可以直接通过用户级动态配置信息进行配置。Optionally, S601-S605 illustrate the configuration of the access network device 11 through cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information. Those skilled in the art can understand that The network access device 11 can be directly configured by user-level dynamic configuration information, or the access network device 11 can be configured only by cell-level semi-static configuration information and user-level semi-static configuration information, or the access network device 11 can be configured by only the user Level semi-static configuration information for configuration, etc., the principles and solutions of the embodiments of the present application are also applicable, and there is no limitation on this. For example, the time domain resources corresponding to the uplink BWP and downlink BWP of unpaired spectrum can be configured by using cell-level semi-static configuration information first, and then using one of user-level semi-static configuration information and user-level dynamic configuration information or Two types of configuration are performed; the time domain resources corresponding to the uplink BWP and downlink BWP of the paired spectrum can be directly configured through user-level dynamic configuration information.
S606:接入网设备11广播SA时隙资源池指示信息。S606: The access network device 11 broadcasts SA slot resource pool indication information.
相应地,终端12和终端13可以接收SA时隙资源池指示信息。Accordingly, the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 may receive SA slot resource pool indication information.
其中,SA时隙资源池指示信息可以指示一个或者多个SA预留时隙,该一个或者多个SA预留时隙包括SA目标时隙。The SA slot resource pool indication information may indicate one or more SA reserved slots, and the one or more SA reserved slots include an SA target slot.
SA的预留时隙可以理解为预留用于传输SA的时隙,这里传输可以理解为发送或者接收,例如,终端12是D2D发送端,对于终端12,SA的预留时隙可以理解为预留用于发送SA的时隙;终端13是D2D接收端,对于终端13,SA的预留时隙可以理解为预留用于接收SA的时隙。可选的,当一个时隙中的至少一个符号预留用于传输SA时,可以理解为该时隙预留用于传输SA,该时隙为SA预留时隙。The reserved time slot of the SA can be understood as a time slot reserved for transmitting the SA. Here, the transmission can be understood as sending or receiving. For example, the terminal 12 is a D2D transmitting end. For the terminal 12, the reserved time slot of the SA can be understood as The time slot reserved for transmitting the SA; the terminal 13 is a D2D receiving end. For the terminal 13, the time slot reserved for the SA can be understood as a time slot reserved for receiving the SA. Optionally, when at least one symbol in a time slot is reserved for transmitting SA, it can be understood that the time slot is reserved for transmitting SA, and the time slot is reserved for SA.
下面从接入网设备11如何确定SA预留时隙和如何确定SA时隙资源池指示信息分别进行介绍。The following describes how to determine the SA reserved time slot and how to determine the SA time slot resource pool instruction information of the access network device 11.
可选的,在接入网设备11确定用于传输SA的预留时隙之前,系统10可以配置用于传输SA的时域资源的类型,例如用于传输SA的时域资源类型可以包括如下几种:Optionally, before the access network device 11 determines a reserved time slot for transmitting the SA, the system 10 may configure a type of time domain resource for transmitting the SA. For example, the type of time domain resource for transmitting the SA may include the following: Several:
第一种SA时域资源类型:上行符号可以用于SA通信。当该时隙所有符号都为上行符号,那么该时隙可以用于SA通信;或者,该时隙不全为上行符号,那么该时隙中的上行符号可以用于SA通信;或者,The first SA time domain resource type: uplink symbols can be used for SA communication. When all symbols in the time slot are uplink symbols, the time slot can be used for SA communication; or, if the time slots are not all uplink symbols, the uplink symbols in the time slot can be used for SA communication; or,
第二种SA时域资源类型:灵活符号可以用于SA通信。当该时隙所有符号都为灵活符号,那么该时隙可以用于SA通信;或者,该时隙不全为灵活符号,那么该时隙中的灵活符号可以用于SA通信;或者,The second type of SA time domain resources: flexible symbols can be used for SA communication. When all symbols in the time slot are flexible symbols, the time slot can be used for SA communication; or, if the time slots are not all flexible symbols, the flexible symbols in the time slot can be used for SA communication; or,
第三种SA时域资源类型:上行符号和灵活符号可以用于SA通信。当该时隙所有符号都为上行符号或者灵活符号,该时隙可以用于SA通信,或者,该时隙包括上行符号和/或灵活符号,以及下行符号,该时隙中上行符号和/或灵活符号可以用于SA通信。这里上行符号和/或灵活符号可以理解为包括以下三种情况:(1)上行符号;(2)灵活符号;(3)上行符号和灵活符号。The third type of SA time domain resources: uplink symbols and flexible symbols can be used for SA communication. When all symbols in the timeslot are uplink symbols or flexible symbols, the timeslot can be used for SA communication, or the timeslot includes uplink symbols and / or flexible symbols and downlink symbols, and the uplink symbols and / or in the timeslot Flexible symbols can be used for SA communication. Here the uplink symbol and / or flexible symbol can be understood to include the following three cases: (1) uplink symbol; (2) flexible symbol; (3) uplink symbol and flexible symbol.
为了便于阐述,本申请实施例以上述三种SA时域资源类型进行介绍,本领域技术人员可以理解的是,SA时域资源的类型可以是其他类型,例如,SA时域资源的类型是上行时隙,也就是说,只有当时隙中所有符号都是上行符号时,该时隙用于SA通信;或者,SA时域资源的类型是灵活时隙,也就是说,只有 当时隙中所有符号都是灵活符号时,该时隙用于SA传输。本申请实施例的内容同样适用于传输SA的时域资源的其他类型,对此不作限制。For ease of explanation, the embodiments of the present application are described by using the three types of SA time domain resources. Those skilled in the art can understand that the type of SA time domain resources may be other types. For example, the type of SA time domain resources is uplink. Time slot, that is, only when all symbols in the time slot are uplink symbols, the time slot is used for SA communication; or, the type of the SA time domain resource is a flexible time slot, that is, only when all symbols in the time slot are When both are flexible symbols, this time slot is used for SA transmission. The content in the embodiments of the present application is also applicable to other types of time domain resources for transmitting SA, which is not limited.
(1)接入网设备11确定SA预留时隙(1) The access network device 11 determines the SA reserved time slot
例如,接入网设备11的处理器1111可以确定SA预留时隙。For example, the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may determine the SA reserved time slot.
可选的,接入网设备11在确定SA预留时隙时,可以以第一小区级半静态配置的信息来确定SA预留时隙,终端在接收到SA时隙资源池信息后可以进一步结合终端12或者终端13的用户级半静态配置和/或用户级动态配置信息确定SA预留时隙。Optionally, when determining the SA reserved time slot, the access network device 11 may determine the SA reserved time slot by using the information of the first cell-level semi-static configuration. After receiving the SA time slot resource pool information, the terminal may further The SA reserved time slot is determined according to the user-level semi-static configuration and / or user-level dynamic configuration information of the terminal 12 or the terminal 13.
由于用户级半静态配置和动态配置是针对终端的,小区级半静态配置是针对小区的,不同终端的用户级半静态配置和动态配置可能不同,一个小区内的终端的小区级半静态配置可以是相同的,通过接入网设备11以小区级半静态配置信息确定SA预留时隙,可以避免接入网设备11根据某一个终端的用户级半静态配置和用户级动态配置来确定SA时隙资源池对其他终端不适用的问题。本领域技术人员可以理解的是,接入网设备11可以结合用户级半静态配置和动态配置确定SA预留时隙和广播SA时隙资源池信息,例如结合发送端的用户级半静态配置和动态配置确定SA预留时隙和和广播SA时隙资源池信息,本申请实施例对此不作限制。Because the user-level semi-static configuration and dynamic configuration are for the terminal, and the cell-level semi-static configuration is for the cell, the user-level semi-static and dynamic configuration for different terminals may be different. The cell-level semi-static configuration of the terminals in a cell can be It is the same. By determining the SA reserved time slot by the access network device 11 based on the cell-level semi-static configuration information, the access network device 11 can be prevented from determining the SA based on the user-level semi-static configuration and user-level dynamic configuration of a certain terminal. The problem that the gap resource pool is not applicable to other terminals. Those skilled in the art can understand that the access network device 11 may determine the SA reserved time slot and broadcast the SA time slot resource pool information by combining user-level semi-static configuration and dynamic configuration, for example, combining the user-level semi-static configuration and dynamic of the sending end. The configuration determines the SA reserved time slot and broadcasts the SA time slot resource pool information, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
可选的,接入网设备11在确定SA预留时隙时,可以以参考子载波间隔对应的时隙为单位,这里参考子载波间隔可以与上文小区级半静态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息或者用户级动态配置信息的参考子载波间隔相同或者不同,下面以确定SA预留时隙的参考子载波间隔与上文小区级半静态配置的参考子载波间隔相同为例,进行说明。需要说明的是,接入网设备11在确定SA预留时隙时,可以以与半静态配置或者动态配置的不同的参考子载波间隔对应的时隙为单位,例如子载波间隔为30kHz对应的时隙,本申请不作限制。接入网设备11可以将SA时隙资源池对应的参考子载波间隔携带在广播消息中;或者,通过其他RRC信令发送给终端;或者,接入网设备11可以与终端预先确定SA预留时隙的参考子载波间隔与小区级半静态配置的参考子载波间隔相同,或者接入网设备11可以与终端默认配置确定SA预留时隙的参考子载波间隔为一个具体的值,例如15kHz,或者其他方式,本申请实施例对此不作限制。Optionally, when determining the reserved time slot for the SA, the access network device 11 may use the time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval as a unit, and the reference subcarrier interval may be the same as the cell-level semi-static configuration information and the user-level half The reference subcarrier interval of the static configuration information or the user-level dynamic configuration information is the same or different. The following example is used to determine that the reference subcarrier interval of the SA reserved slot is the same as the reference subcarrier interval of the cell-level semi-static configuration. . It should be noted that when determining the reserved time slot of the SA, the access network device 11 may use a time slot corresponding to a different reference subcarrier interval configured semi-statically or dynamically, for example, a subcarrier interval corresponding to 30 kHz. The time slot is not limited in this application. The access network device 11 may carry the reference subcarrier interval corresponding to the SA slot resource pool in a broadcast message; or send it to the terminal through other RRC signaling; or the access network device 11 may determine the SA reservation in advance with the terminal The reference subcarrier interval of the time slot is the same as the reference subcarrier interval of the cell-level semi-static configuration, or the access network device 11 may determine the reference subcarrier interval of the SA reserved time slot to a specific value by default configuration with the terminal, for example, 15 kHz Or in other ways, this embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
通过接入网设备11以参考子载波间隔对应的时隙确定SA预留时隙,然后广播SA时隙资源池指示信息,接收到的终端可以根据参考子载波间隔和终端的BWP的子载波间隔之间的关系,确定BWP子载波间隔对应的SA预留时隙,从而避免接入网设备分别下发每个BWP子载波间隔对应的SA预留时隙,节约空口资源,并且降低接入网设备的负担和系统10的设计复杂度。The access network device 11 determines the SA reserved time slot by using the time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval, and then broadcasts the SA slot resource pool indication information. The received terminal can use the reference subcarrier interval and the BWP subcarrier interval of the terminal. The relationship between the BWP subcarrier interval and the SA reserved time slot is determined, thereby preventing the access network device from issuing the SA reserved time slot corresponding to each BWP subcarrier interval, saving air interface resources and reducing the access network. The burden of the equipment and the design complexity of the system 10.
采用第一种D2D时域资源类型,可以利用该上行符号进行D2D通信。接入网设备11在小区级半静态配置了上下行时域资源后,首先判断一个对应于参考子载波间隔,哪些时隙满足至少有一个符号为上行符号,其次根据调度情况决定上行符号是否预留用于传输SA,当该上行符号预留用于传输SA时,该上行 符号所属的时隙为SA的预留时隙。这里调度情况可以包括蜂窝业务和D2D业务的时域资源的调度情况或者实时负载情况,例如当蜂窝业务的需求较大或者实时负载较重时,可以将更多的时域资源分配给蜂窝通信,例如,当小区中支持D2D的终端较多或者D2D业务实时负载较重时,可以将更多的时域资源分配给D2D通信,根据上述调度情况接入网设备11可以决定该上行符号预留用于蜂窝通信还是SA传输还是数据(DATA)传输。With the first D2D time domain resource type, the uplink symbol can be used for D2D communication. After the uplink and downlink time domain resources are configured semi-statically at the cell level, the access network device 11 first determines which slot corresponds to the reference subcarrier interval, and at least one of the time slots satisfies the uplink symbol, and then determines whether the uplink symbol It is reserved for transmitting SA. When the uplink symbol is reserved for transmitting SA, the time slot to which the uplink symbol belongs is the reserved time slot of the SA. The scheduling situation here may include scheduling of time domain resources of the cellular service and D2D service or real-time load conditions. For example, when the demand of the cellular service is large or the real-time load is heavy, more time domain resources may be allocated to the cellular communication. For example, when there are many D2D-supporting terminals in the cell or the real-time load of D2D services is heavy, more time-domain resources can be allocated to D2D communication. According to the above-mentioned scheduling situation, the access network device 11 can determine the uplink symbol reservation. Whether it is cellular communication or SA transmission or data (DATA) transmission.
例如,可以参考图5B,接入网设备11判断对应于参考子载波间隔,时隙4和时隙5满足至少有一个符号为上行符号,接入网设备11根据调度情况决定时隙4的上行符号(即时隙4的后4个符号)预留用于SA传输,时隙5的上行符号(即时隙5的全部符号)预留用于传输DATA,那么时隙4为SA的预留时隙。For example, referring to FIG. 5B, the access network device 11 determines that the reference subcarrier interval corresponds to the time slot 4 and the time slot 5 satisfy at least one symbol as an uplink symbol. The access network device 11 determines the uplink of the time slot 4 according to the scheduling situation. Symbols (that is, the last 4 symbols of time slot 4) are reserved for SA transmission, and uplink symbols of time slot 5 (that is, all symbols of time slot 5) are reserved for transmitting DATA, then time slot 4 is a reserved time slot for SA .
采用第二种SA时域资源类型,可以利用灵活符号进行SA传输。与上面第一种SA时域资源类型相似,接入网设备11可以判断第一小区级半静态配置信息配置的时域资源中,对应于参考子载波的间隔,哪些时隙满足至少有一个符号为灵活符号,然后根据调度情况决定灵活符号是否预留用于传输SA,当该灵活符号预留用于传输SA时,该灵活符号所属的时隙为SA的预留时隙。With the second SA time domain resource type, flexible transmission can be used for SA transmission. Similar to the first type of SA time domain resources above, the access network device 11 can determine which time slots in the time domain resources configured by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information correspond to the intervals of the reference subcarriers and that meet at least one symbol. It is a flexible symbol, and then decides whether the flexible symbol is reserved for transmitting SA according to the scheduling situation. When the flexible symbol is reserved for transmitting SA, the time slot to which the flexible symbol belongs is the reserved time slot of the SA.
例如,可以参考图5B,接入网设备11判断对应于参考子载波间隔,时隙2、时隙3和时隙4满足至少有一个符号为灵活符号,接入网设备11根据调度情况决定时隙2的灵活符号(即时隙2的后11个符号)、时隙3的灵活符号(即时隙3的所有符号)和时隙4的灵活符号(即时隙4的前11个符号)预留用于D2D通信,时隙2的灵活符号(即时隙2的后11个符号)、时隙3的灵活符号(即时隙3的所有符号)预留用于传输DATA,时隙4的灵活符号(即时隙4的前11个符号)预留用于传输SA,那么时隙4为SA的预留时隙。For example, referring to FIG. 5B, the access network device 11 determines that the corresponding subcarrier interval corresponds to that at least one of timeslot 2, slot 3, and slot 4 is a flexible symbol. When the access network device 11 determines according to the scheduling situation, The flexible symbols of slot 2 (that is, the last 11 symbols of slot 2), the flexible symbols of slot 3 (that is, all symbols of slot 3), and the flexible symbols of slot 4 (that is, the first 11 symbols of slot 4) are reserved for For D2D communication, the flexible symbols of time slot 2 (that is, the last 11 symbols of time slot 2), the flexible symbols of time slot 3 (that is, all symbols of time slot 3) are reserved for transmitting DATA, and the flexible symbols of time slot 4 (immediate The first 11 symbols of slot 4) are reserved for transmission of SA, then time slot 4 is a reserved time slot for SA.
采用第三种SA时域资源类型,可以利用该时隙的灵活符号和上行符号进行SA传输。与上面第一种SA时域资源类型和第二种SA时域资源类型相似,接入网设备11可以判断第一小区级半静态配置信息配置的时域资源中,对应于参考子载波的间隔,哪些时隙满足至少一个符号为上行符号或者灵活符号,然后根据调度情况决定该上行符号或者灵活符号是否预留用于传输SA,当该上行符号或者灵活符号预留用于传输SA时,该上行符号或者灵活符号所属的时隙为SA的预留时隙。By adopting the third type of SA time domain resources, the flexible symbols and uplink symbols of the time slot can be used for SA transmission. Similar to the first SA time domain resource type and the second SA time domain resource type above, the access network device 11 can determine the interval corresponding to the reference subcarrier among the time domain resources configured by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information. , Which time slots satisfy at least one symbol as an uplink symbol or a flexible symbol, and then determine whether the uplink symbol or flexible symbol is reserved for transmitting SA according to the scheduling situation. When the uplink symbol or flexible symbol is reserved for transmitting SA, the The time slot to which the uplink symbol or flexible symbol belongs is a reserved time slot of the SA.
例如,可以参考图5B,接入网是设备11判断对应于参考子载波间隔,时隙2、时隙3、时隙4和时隙5满足至少一个符号为上行符号或者灵活符号,接入网设备11根据调度情况决定时隙4的上行符号和/或灵活符号(即时隙4的所有符号)预留用于SA传输,那么时隙4为SA的预留时隙。可选的,接入网设备11根据调度情况决定时隙2的上行符号和/或灵活符号(即时隙2的后11个符号)和时隙3上行符号和/或灵活符号(即时隙3的所有符号)和时隙5的上行符号和/或灵活符号(即时隙5的所有符号)预留用于DATA传输。For example, referring to FIG. 5B, the access network is that the device 11 determines that the corresponding subcarrier interval corresponds to the reference subcarrier interval. Slot 2, Slot 3, Slot 4, and Slot 5 satisfy at least one symbol as an uplink symbol or a flexible symbol. The access network The device 11 determines that uplink symbols and / or flexible symbols (that is, all symbols of time slot 4) of time slot 4 are reserved for SA transmission according to the scheduling situation, and then time slot 4 is a reserved time slot of SA. Optionally, the access network device 11 determines the uplink symbol and / or flexible symbol of slot 2 (that is, the last 11 symbols of slot 2) and the uplink symbol and / or flexible symbol of slot 3 (that is, slot 3 according to the scheduling situation). All symbols) and uplink symbols and / or flexible symbols of slot 5 (ie all symbols of slot 5) are reserved for DATA transmission.
(2)接入网设备11确定SA时隙资源池指示信息(2) Access network device 11 determines SA slot resource pool indication information
例如,接入网设备11的处理器1111可以确定SA预留时隙池指示信息。For example, the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may determine the SA reserved slot pool indication information.
下面以采用第三种SA时域资源类型为例进行说明,本领域技术人员可知采用上述其他方式配置用于SA通信的资源时,下面内容同样适用,本申请实施例对此不作限制。The following description uses a third type of SA time domain resource as an example. Those skilled in the art may know that when resources configured for SA communication are configured in the other manners described above, the following content is also applicable, and this embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
SA时隙资源池指示信息可以指示SA预留时隙,例如通过指示SA预留时隙的索引来指示SA预留时隙,例如SA时隙资源池指示信息可以是位图(bitmap)或者位图指示信息。The indication information of the SA slot resource pool may indicate the SA reserved time slot. For example, the indication of the SA reserved time slot indicates the SA reserved time slot. For example, the indication information of the SA time slot resource pool may be a bitmap or a bit. Graph instructions.
作为第一种实施方式,位图可以指示第一小区级半静态配置信息配置的时域资源中,参考子载波间隔对应的时隙是否为SA的预留时隙,例如该位图中的一个位分别指示参考子载波间隔对应的一个时隙是否为SA的预留时隙。As a first implementation manner, a bitmap may indicate whether a time slot corresponding to a reference subcarrier interval in a time domain resource configured by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is a reserved time slot for the SA, for example, a bitmap in the bitmap. The bits indicate whether a time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval is a reserved time slot of the SA.
例如,采用第三种D2D时域资源类型,小区级半静态配置信息配置的时域资源中,参考子载波间隔对应的时隙为时隙1、时隙2、时隙3、时隙4和时隙5,该位图可以为00010,该位图的位分别指示时隙1、时隙2、时隙3、时隙4和时隙5是否为SA的预留时隙,其中第4位为1,表示时隙4为SA的预留时隙;第1位为0,表示时隙1不是SA的预留时隙;第2位为0,表示时隙2不是SA的预留时隙;第3位为0,表示时隙3不是SA的预留时隙;第5位为0,表示时隙5不是SA的预留时隙。For example, using the third D2D time domain resource type, in the time domain resource configured by the cell-level semi-static configuration information, the time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval is time slot 1, time slot 2, time slot 3, time slot 4, and Time slot 5, this bitmap can be 00010. The bits of this bitmap indicate whether time slot 1, time slot 2, time slot 3, time slot 4 and time slot 5 are reserved time slots for SA, in which the fourth bit When it is 1, it indicates that time slot 4 is a reserved time slot for SA; when the first bit is 0, it indicates that time slot 1 is not a reserved time slot for SA; when the second bit is 0, it indicates that time slot 2 is not a reserved time slot for SA ; The third bit is 0, which indicates that time slot 3 is not a reserved time slot for the SA; the fifth bit is 0, which indicates that time slot 5 is not a reserved time slot for the SA.
作为第二种实施方式,位图可以指示小区级半静态配置信息配置的时域资源中,参考子载波间隔对应的符合SA时域资源类型的时隙是否为SA的预留时隙,该位图中的一个位分别指示参考子载波间隔对应的符合SA时域资源类型的一个时隙是否为SA的预留时隙。As a second implementation manner, a bitmap may indicate whether a time slot corresponding to the SA time domain resource type corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval in the time domain resource configured by the cell-level semi-static configuration information is a reserved time slot for the SA. A bit in the figure indicates whether a time slot corresponding to the SA time domain resource type corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval is a reserved time slot of the SA.
例如,采用第三种SA时域资源类型,符合SA时域资源类型的时隙为时隙2、时隙3、时隙4和时隙5。该位图可以为0010,该位图的位分别指示时隙2、时隙3、时隙4和时隙5是否为SA的预留时隙,其中第3位为1,表示时隙4为SA的预留时隙;第1位为0,表示时隙2不是SA的预留时隙;第2位为0,表示时隙3不是SA的预留时隙;第4位为0,表示时隙5不是SA的预留时隙。For example, the third SA time domain resource type is adopted, and the time slots conforming to the SA time domain resource type are time slot 2, time slot 3, time slot 4, and time slot 5. The bitmap can be 0010. The bits of this bitmap indicate whether time slot 2, time slot 3, time slot 4, and time slot 5 are reserved time slots for SA. The third bit is 1, which indicates that time slot 4 is SA reserved time slot; the first bit is 0, indicating that time slot 2 is not a reserved time slot of the SA; the second bit is 0, indicating that time slot 3 is not a reserved time slot of the SA; the fourth bit is 0, indicating that Time slot 5 is not a reserved time slot for the SA.
S607:终端12和终端13建立同步。S607: The terminal 12 and the terminal 13 establish synchronization.
S608:终端12向接入网设备11发送调度请求(scheduling request,SR)。S608: The terminal 12 sends a scheduling request (SR) to the access network device 11.
S609:接入网设备11向终端12发送DCI 0。S609: The access network device 11 sends DCI 0 to the terminal 12.
接入网设备11通过DCI0向终端12分配授权。The access network device 11 assigns authorization to the terminal 12 through DCI0.
S610:终端12向接入网设备11发送ProSe缓存状态报告(Buffer Status Report,BSR)。S610: The terminal 12 sends a ProSe buffer status report (Buffer Status Report, BSR) to the access network device 11.
ProSe BSR可以用于指示终端12所在的组(group)的group ID,以及group ID与group index的映射关系。ProSe BSR can be used to indicate the group ID of the group to which the terminal 12 belongs, and the mapping relationship between the group ID and the group index.
S611:接入网设备11向终端12发送DCI5,DCI5包括调度指示(Scheduling Assignment,SA)目标时隙指示信息和数据(DATA)目标时隙指示信息。S611: The access network device 11 sends DCI5 to the terminal 12. The DCI5 includes scheduling instruction (Scheduling Assignment, SA) target time slot indication information and data (DATA) target time slot indication information.
例如,接入网设备11的处理器1111可以通过天线1115向终端12发送DCI5,DCI5包括SA目标时隙指示信息和DATA目标时隙指示信息。For example, the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may send DCI5 to the terminal 12 through the antenna 1115, and the DCI5 includes SA target time slot indication information and DATA target time slot indication information.
相应地,终端12接收接入网设备11发送的DCI5,包括SA目标时隙指示 信息和DATA目标时隙指示信息。终端12可以根据SA目标时隙指示信息确定SA目标时隙,终端12根据DATA目标时隙指示信息确定DATA目标时隙。Correspondingly, the terminal 12 receives the DCI 5 sent by the access network device 11 and includes SA target slot indication information and DATA target slot indication information. The terminal 12 may determine the SA target time slot according to the SA target time slot indication information, and the terminal 12 determines the DATA target time slot according to the DATA target time slot indication information.
SA目标时隙指示信息指示一个或者多个SA的目标时隙,这里SA的目标时隙可以理解为确定用于发送SA的时隙。可选的,当一个时隙中至少一个符号确定用于SA传输时,该时隙为目标时隙。The SA target time slot indication information indicates the target time slot of one or more SAs. Here, the target time slot of the SA can be understood as determining a time slot for transmitting an SA. Optionally, when at least one symbol in a time slot is determined to be used for SA transmission, the time slot is a target time slot.
DATA目标时隙指示信息指示一个或者多个DATA的目标时隙,这里DATA的目标时隙可以理解为确定用于发送DATA的时隙。可选的,当一个时隙中至少一个符号确定用于DATA传输时,该时隙为目标时隙。The DATA target time slot indication information indicates one or more target time slots of DATA. Here, the target time slot of DATA can be understood as a time slot for transmitting DATA. Optionally, when at least one symbol in a time slot is determined to be used for DATA transmission, the time slot is a target time slot.
下面从接入网设备11如何确定SA目标时隙、DATA目标时隙、SA目标时隙指示信息和DATA目标时隙指示信息进行介绍。The following describes how the access network device 11 determines the SA target time slot, the DATA target time slot, the SA target time slot indication information, and the DATA target time slot indication information.
可选的,接入网设备11在确定SA目标时隙和DATA目标时隙时,可以结合向终端12发送的小区级半静态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息和用户级动态配置信息来确定SA目标时隙和DATA目标时隙。Optionally, when determining the SA target time slot and the DATA target time slot, the access network device 11 may determine the combination of the cell-level semi-static configuration information, the user-level semi-static configuration information, and the user-level dynamic configuration information sent to the terminal 12. SA target time slot and DATA target time slot.
可选的,接入网设备11在确定SA目标时隙和DATA目标时隙时,可以以参考子载波间隔对应的时隙为单位,这里参考子载波间隔可以与上文小区级半静态配置、用户级半静态配置或者动态配置的参考子载波间隔相同或者不同,下面以确定SA目标时隙和DATA目标时隙的参考子载波间隔与上文小区级半静态配置的参考子载波间隔相同为例,进行说明。需要说明的是,接入网设备11在确定SA目标时隙和DATA目标时隙时,可以以其他参考子载波间隔对应的时隙为单位,例如子载波间隔为30kHz对应的时隙,本申请不作限制。接入网设备11可以将确定SA目标时隙和DATA目标时隙的参考子载波间隔携带在广播消息中;或者,通过其他RRC信令发送给终端;或者,接入网设备11可以与终端预先确定SA目标时隙和DATA目标时隙的参考子载波间隔与小区级半静态配置的参考子载波间隔相同,或者接入网设备11可以与终端默认配置确定SA目标时隙和DATA目标时隙的参考子载波间隔为一个具体的值,例如15kHz,或者其他方式,本申请实施例对此不作限制。Optionally, when determining the SA target time slot and the DATA target time slot, the access network device 11 may use the time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval as a unit. Here, the reference subcarrier interval may be the same as the cell-level semi-static configuration, The user-level semi-static or dynamically configured reference subcarrier intervals are the same or different. It is determined below that the reference subcarrier interval of the SA target time slot and the DATA target slot is the same as the reference subcarrier interval of the cell-level semi-static configuration. ,Be explained. It should be noted that, when determining the SA target time slot and the DATA target time slot, the access network device 11 may use time slots corresponding to other reference subcarrier intervals as a unit, for example, a time slot corresponding to a subcarrier interval of 30kHz. This application No restrictions. The access network device 11 may carry the reference subcarrier interval for determining the SA target time slot and the DATA target time slot in a broadcast message; or, send it to the terminal through other RRC signaling; or, the access network device 11 may communicate with the terminal in advance It is determined that the reference subcarrier interval of the SA target time slot and the DATA target time slot is the same as the reference subcarrier interval of the cell-level semi-static configuration, or the access network device 11 may determine the SA target time slot and the DATA target time slot by default configuration with the terminal. The reference subcarrier interval is a specific value, such as 15 kHz, or in other manners, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
通过该实施方式,可以避免接入网设备分别下发每个BWP子载波间隔对应的SA目标时隙和DATA目标时隙,节约空口资源,并且降低接入网设备的负担和系统10的设计复杂度。With this implementation manner, the access network device can be prevented from delivering the SA target time slot and the DATA target time slot corresponding to each BWP subcarrier interval, which saves air interface resources, and reduces the load on the access network device and the design of the system 10 is complicated degree.
可选的,终端12可以配置多个BWP,接入网设备11可以以BWP的子载波间隔为单位,分别确定每个BWP子载波间隔对应的SA目标时隙、DATA目标时隙,然后分别确定并发送每个BWP子载波间隔对应的SA目标时隙指示信息和DATA目标时隙指示信息。Optionally, the terminal 12 may be configured with multiple BWPs, and the access network device 11 may use the BWP subcarrier interval as a unit to determine the SA target time slot and the DATA target time slot corresponding to each BWP subcarrier interval respectively, and then determine them separately. And sending SA target slot indication information and DATA target slot indication information corresponding to each BWP subcarrier interval.
通过该实施方式,可以实现根据不同BWP的调度情况,对不同BWP配置不同时域资源,可以更加灵活得利用时域资源。With this implementation manner, different time domain resources can be configured for different BWPs according to scheduling conditions of different BWPs, and time domain resources can be more flexibly used.
(1)接入网设备11确定SA目标时隙(1) Access network device 11 determines the SA target time slot
例如,接入网设备11的处理器1111可以确定SA目标时隙。For example, the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may determine the SA target time slot.
接入网设备11可以在SA的预留时隙中选择SA目标时隙,关于SA的预留 时隙可以参考S606的相关内容,在此不再赘述。The access network device 11 may select an SA target time slot from the reserved time slots of the SA. For the reserved time slots of the SA, reference may be made to related content of S606, and details are not described herein again.
可选的,由于S606中接入网设备11结合小区级半静态配置的信息,确定SA的预留时隙,该SA预留时隙后来通过用户级半静态配置或者通过动态配置,这里接入网设备11可以结合用户级半静态配置或者动态配置的信息选择SA目标时隙。Optionally, since the access network device 11 in S606 combines the cell-level semi-static configuration information to determine the reserved time slot of the SA, the SA reserved time slot is subsequently accessed through user-level semi-static configuration or through dynamic configuration. The network device 11 may select the SA target time slot in combination with user-level semi-static configuration or dynamic configuration information.
可选的,接入网设备11可以根据调度情况选择SA目标时隙,这里调度情况可以包括蜂窝业务和D2D业务的时域资源的调度情况或者实时负载情况等等。Optionally, the access network device 11 may select the SA target time slot according to the scheduling situation. Here, the scheduling situation may include a scheduling situation of a time domain resource of a cellular service and a D2D service, a real-time load situation, and the like.
例如,采用第三种SA时域资源类型,可以参考图5B,时隙4为SA的预留时隙。时隙4未被用户级半静态配置信息或者用户级动态配置信息配置过,接入网设备11可以根据调度情况可以确定时隙4为SA的目标时隙,假设时隙4被用户级半静态配置信息或者用户级动态配置信息配置过,接入网设备11可以结合用户级半静态配置信息或者用户级动态配置信息确定时隙4是否符合第三种SA时域资源类型,例如时隙4是否有上行符号或者灵活符号,或者根据调度情况决定时隙4的上行符号或者灵活符号是否确定用于SA传输。For example, if a third type of SA time domain resource is used, reference may be made to FIG. 5B, and time slot 4 is a reserved time slot of the SA. Time slot 4 has not been configured by user-level semi-static configuration information or user-level dynamic configuration information. The access network device 11 can determine that time slot 4 is the target time slot of the SA according to the scheduling situation, assuming time slot 4 is semi-static by the user level. The configuration information or user-level dynamic configuration information has been configured. The access network device 11 may determine whether time slot 4 meets the third type of SA time domain resource, such as whether time slot 4 is in combination with user-level semi-static configuration information or user-level dynamic configuration information. There are uplink symbols or flexible symbols, or whether the uplink symbols or flexible symbols of slot 4 are determined for SA transmission according to the scheduling situation.
(2)接入网设备11确定SA目标时隙指示信息(2) The access network device 11 determines the SA target slot indication information
例如,接入网设备11的处理器1111可以确定SA目标时隙指示信息。For example, the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may determine the SA target slot indication information.
SA目标时隙指示信息可以指示SA目标时隙,例如通过指示SA目标时隙的索引来指示SA目标时隙。The SA target slot indication information may indicate the SA target slot, for example, the SA target slot is indicated by indicating an index of the SA target slot.
例如,SA目标时隙指示信息可以为位图或者位图的指示信息,该位图可以指示S606中SA时隙资源池指示信息指示的参考子载波间隔对应的SA的预留时隙是否为SA目标时隙,例如该位图中的一个位指示一个SA的预留时隙是否为SA目标时隙,例如,采用第三种D2D时域资源类型,采用S606中的接入网设备11确定SA时隙资源池指示信息的第一种实施方式或者第二种实施方式,时隙4为SA的预留时隙,接入网设备11确定时隙4用于传输SA,该位图可以是1,第1位为1,代表时隙4是SA目标时隙。假设SA时隙资源池指示信息指示了2个或者2个以上的参考子载波间隔对应的SA的预留时隙,这里SA目标时隙指示信息的位图可以包括2个或者2个以上的位,分别指示2个或者2个以上的SA预留时隙是否为SA目标时隙。For example, the SA target slot indication information may be a bitmap or bitmap indication information, and the bitmap may indicate whether the reserved time slot of the SA corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval indicated by the SA slot resource pool indication information in S606 is SA. Target time slot, for example, a bit in the bitmap indicates whether an SA reserved time slot is an SA target time slot. For example, the third D2D time domain resource type is used, and the access network device 11 in S606 is used to determine the SA. The first embodiment or the second embodiment of the time slot resource pool indication information. The time slot 4 is a reserved time slot for the SA. The access network device 11 determines that the time slot 4 is used to transmit the SA. The bitmap may be 1. , The first bit is 1, which means that slot 4 is the SA target slot. It is assumed that the SA slot resource pool indication information indicates the reserved time slot of the SA corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval of 2 or more. Here, the bitmap of the SA target slot indication information may include 2 or more bits. , Respectively, indicate whether 2 or more SA reserved time slots are SA target time slots.
(3)接入网设备11确定DATA目标时隙(3) The access network device 11 determines the DATA target time slot
例如,接入网设备11的处理器1111可以确定DATA目标时隙。For example, the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may determine a DATA target time slot.
可选的,接入网设备11在DATA目标时隙时,可以结合向终端12发送的第一小区级半静态配置信息、第一用户级半静态配置信息和第一用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种来确定DATA目标时隙。Optionally, in the DATA target time slot, the access network device 11 may combine the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information sent to the terminal 12. One or more to determine the DATA target slot.
可选的,在接入网设备11确定用于传输DATA的预留时隙之前,系统10可以配置用于传输DATA的时域资源的类型,例如用于传输DATA的时域资源类型可以包括如下几种:Optionally, before the access network device 11 determines a reserved time slot for transmitting DATA, the system 10 may configure a type of time domain resource for transmitting DATA. For example, the type of time domain resource for transmitting DATA may include the following: Several:
第一种DATA时域资源类型:上行符号可以用于DATA通信。当该时隙所有符号都为上行符号,那么该时隙可以用于DATA通信;或者,该时隙不全为 上行符号,那么该时隙中的上行符号可以用于DATA通信;或者,The first DATA time domain resource type: uplink symbols can be used for DATA communication. When all symbols in the time slot are uplink symbols, the time slot can be used for DATA communication; or, if the time slot is not all uplink symbols, then the uplink symbols in the time slot can be used for DATA communication; or,
第二种DATA时域资源类型:灵活符号可以用于DATA通信。当该时隙所有符号都为灵活符号,那么该时隙可以用于DATA通信;或者,该时隙不全为灵活符号,那么该时隙中的灵活符号可以用于DATA通信;或者,The second DATA time domain resource type: flexible symbols can be used for DATA communication. When all symbols of the time slot are flexible symbols, then the time slot can be used for DATA communication; or, if the time slot is not all flexible symbols, then the flexible symbols in the time slot can be used for DATA communication; or,
第三种DATA时域资源类型:上行符号和灵活符号可以用于DATA通信。当该时隙所有符号都为上行符号或者灵活符号,该时隙可以用于DATA通信,或者,该时隙包括上行符号和/或灵活符号,以及下行符号,该时隙中上行符号和/或灵活符号可以用于DATA通信。这里上行符号和/或灵活符号可以理解为包括以下三种情况:(1)上行符号;(2)灵活符号;(3)上行符号和灵活符号。The third DATA time domain resource type: uplink symbols and flexible symbols can be used for DATA communication. When all symbols in the timeslot are uplink symbols or flexible symbols, the timeslot can be used for DATA communication, or the timeslot includes uplink symbols and / or flexible symbols and downlink symbols, and the uplink symbols and / or in the timeslot Flexible symbols can be used for DATA communication. Here the uplink symbol and / or flexible symbol can be understood to include the following three cases: (1) uplink symbol; (2) flexible symbol; (3) uplink symbol and flexible symbol.
为了便于阐述,本申请实施例以上述三种DATA时域资源类型进行介绍,本领域技术人员可以理解的是,DATA时域资源的类型可以是其他类型,例如,DATA时域资源的类型是上行时隙,也就是说,只有当时隙中所有符号都是上行符号时,该时隙用于DATA通信;或者,DATA时域资源的类型是灵活时隙,也就是说,只有当时隙中所有符号都是灵活符号时,该时隙用于DATA传输。本申请实施例的内容同样适用于传输DATA的时域资源的其他类型,对此不作限制。For ease of explanation, the embodiments of the present application are described by using the three types of DATA time domain resources. Those skilled in the art can understand that the type of DATA time domain resources may be other types. For example, the type of DATA time domain resources is uplink. Time slot, that is, only when all symbols in the time slot are uplink symbols, the time slot is used for DATA communication; or, the type of DATA time domain resource is flexible time slot, that is, only when all symbols in the time slot are When both are flexible symbols, this time slot is used for DATA transmission. The content of the embodiments of the present application is also applicable to other types of time domain resources for transmitting DATA, which is not limited.
采用第一种DATA时域资源类型,可以利用上行符号进行DATA传输。接入网设备11可以判断第一小区级半静态配置信息、第一用户级半静态配置信息和第一用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种配置的时域资源中,对应于参考子载波间隔,哪些时隙满足至少有一个符号为上行符号,然后根据调度情况决定上行符号是否确定用于传输SA,当该上行符号确定用于传输SA时,该上行符号所属的时隙为DATA目标时隙。With the first DATA time domain resource type, uplink data can be used for DATA transmission. The access network device 11 may determine that one or more configurations of the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information correspond to the reference sub-domains. Carrier interval, which time slots meet at least one symbol as an uplink symbol, and then determine whether the uplink symbol is determined to be used for transmitting SA according to the scheduling situation. When the uplink symbol is determined to be used for transmitting SA, the time slot to which the uplink symbol belongs is the DATA target. Time slot.
例如,可以参考图5B至图5E,接入网设备11判断对应于参考子载波间隔,时隙4和时隙5满足至少有一个符号为上行符号,时隙4为SA目标时隙,接入网设备11可以根据调度情况决定时隙5的上行符号确定用于传输DATA,那么时隙5为DATA目标时隙。For example, referring to FIG. 5B to FIG. 5E, the access network device 11 determines that the reference subcarrier interval corresponds to that at least one symbol of time slot 4 and time slot 5 is an uplink symbol, and time slot 4 is an SA target time slot. The network device 11 may determine the uplink symbol of time slot 5 for transmission of DATA according to the scheduling situation, and then time slot 5 is the DATA target time slot.
采用第二种DATA时域资源类型,可以利用灵活符号进行DATA传输。接入网设备11可以判断第一小区级半静态配置信息、第一用户级半静态配置信息和第一用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种配置的时域资源中,对应于参考子载波间隔,哪些时隙满足至少有一个符号为灵活符号,然后根据调度情况决定灵活符号是否确定用于传输SA,当该灵活符号确定用于传输SA时,该灵活符号所属的时隙为DATA目标时隙。With the second DATA time domain resource type, flexible symbols can be used for DATA transmission. The access network device 11 may determine that one or more configurations of the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information correspond to the reference sub-domains. Carrier interval, which time slots meet at least one symbol are flexible symbols, and then determine whether the flexible symbol is determined to be used for transmitting SA according to the scheduling situation. When the flexible symbol is determined to be used for transmitting SA, the time slot to which the flexible symbol belongs is the DATA target. Time slot.
例如,可以参考图5B至图5E,接入网设备11判断对应于参考子载波间隔,时隙2、时隙3和时隙4满足至少有一个符号为灵活符号,时隙4为SA目标时隙,接入网设备11可以根据调度情况决定时隙2的灵活符号和时隙3的灵活符号确定用于传输DATA,那么时隙2和时隙3为DATA目标时隙。For example, referring to FIG. 5B to FIG. 5E, when the access network device 11 determines that the reference subcarrier interval corresponds, when timeslot 2, timeslot 3, and timeslot 4 satisfy at least one symbol as a flexible symbol, and timeslot 4 is an SA target Slot, the access network device 11 may determine the flexible symbol of time slot 2 and the flexible symbol of time slot 3 for transmission of DATA according to the scheduling situation, then time slot 2 and time slot 3 are DATA target time slots.
采用第三种DATA时域资源类型,可以利用灵活符号和上行符号进行DATA传输。接入网设备11可以判断第一小区级半静态配置信息、第一用户级半静态 配置信息和第一用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种配置的时域资源中,对应于参考子载波间隔,哪些时隙满足至少有一个符号为灵活符号或者上行符号,然后根据调度情况决定灵活符号或者上行符号是否确定用于传输DATA,当该灵活符号或者上行符号确定用于传输DATA时,该灵活符号或者上行符号所属的时隙为DATA目标时隙。With the third DATA time domain resource type, flexible symbols and uplink symbols can be used for DATA transmission. The access network device 11 may determine that one or more configurations of the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information correspond to the reference sub-domains. Carrier interval, which slots satisfy at least one symbol as a flexible symbol or an uplink symbol, and then determine whether the flexible symbol or uplink symbol is determined to be used for transmitting DATA according to the scheduling situation. When the flexible symbol or uplink symbol is determined to be used for transmitting DATA, the The time slot to which the flexible symbol or uplink symbol belongs is the DATA target time slot.
例如,可以参考图5B至图5E,时隙2、时隙3、时隙4和时隙5满足至少一个符号为灵活符号或者上行符号,时隙4为SA目标时隙,接入网设备11可以根据调度情况决定时隙2、时隙3和时隙5的灵活符号或者上行符号确定用于传输DATA,那么时隙2,时隙3和时隙5为DATA目标时隙。For example, referring to FIG. 5B to FIG. 5E, time slot 2, time slot 3, time slot 4, and time slot 5 satisfy at least one symbol as a flexible symbol or an uplink symbol, time slot 4 is an SA target time slot, and access network device 11 The flexible symbols or uplink symbols of timeslot 2, timeslot 3, and timeslot 5 can be determined according to the scheduling situation for transmission of DATA. Then timeslot 2, timeslot 3, and timeslot 5 are DATA target timeslots.
可选的,在S611之前,接入网设备11首先可以确定DATA预留时隙,接入网设备11确定DATA预留时隙可以参考接入网设备11确定SA预留时隙的相关内容,然后接入网设备11可以根据调度情况在DATA预留时隙中选择DATA目标时隙。Optionally, before S611, the access network device 11 may first determine the DATA reserved time slot, and the access network device 11 may determine the DATA reserved time slot by referring to the relevant content of the access network device 11 determining the SA reserved time slot. The access network device 11 may then select a DATA target time slot from the DATA reserved time slots according to the scheduling situation.
例如,采用第三种DATA时域资源类型,接入网设备11可以确定时隙2,时隙3和时隙5为DATA预留时隙,接入网设备11可以根据调度情况确定时隙2,时隙3和时隙5为DATA目标时隙。For example, with the third DATA time domain resource type, the access network device 11 can determine time slot 2, time slot 3 and time slot 5 reserve time slots for DATA, and the access network device 11 can determine time slot 2 according to the scheduling situation. Time slot 3 and time slot 5 are DATA target time slots.
(4)接入网设备11确定DATA目标时隙指示信息(4) The access network device 11 determines the DATA target time slot indication information
例如,接入网设备11的处理器1111可以确定DATA目标时隙指示信息。For example, the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may determine DATA target slot indication information.
DATA目标时隙指示信息可以指示DATA目标时隙,例如通过指示DATA目标时隙的索引来指示DATA目标时隙。例如,DATA目标时隙指示信息可以为位图或者位图的指示信息。The DATA target slot indication information may indicate a DATA target slot, for example, the DATA target slot is indicated by indicating an index of the DATA target slot. For example, the DATA target slot indication information may be bitmap or bitmap indication information.
作为第一种实施方式,该位图可以指示第一小区级半静态配置信息、第一用户级半静态配置信息和第一用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种配置的时域资源中,参考子载波间隔对应的时隙是否为DATA的目标时隙,例如,该位图中的一个位分别指示参考子载波间隔对应的符合DATA时域资源类型的时隙是否为DATA的目标时隙,例如,采用第三种DATA时域资源类型,时隙2、时隙3、时隙4和时隙5为符合DATA时域资源类型的时隙,接入网设备11确定时隙2、时隙3和时隙5为DATA的目标时隙,该位图可以为1101,第1位为1代表时隙2为DATA目标时隙;第2位为1,代表时隙3为DATA目标时隙;第3位为0,代表时隙4不是DATA目标时隙;第4位为1,代表时隙5为DATA目标时隙。As a first implementation manner, the bitmap may indicate time domain resources of one or more configurations of the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information. , Whether the time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval is the target time slot of DATA, for example, a bit in the bitmap indicates whether the time slot corresponding to the DATA time domain resource type corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval is the target time slot of DATA For example, the third type of DATA time domain resource is used. Time slot 2, time slot 3, time slot 4, and time slot 5 are time slots that conform to the type of DATA time domain resource. The access network device 11 determines time slot 2 and time. Slot 3 and time slot 5 are the target time slots of DATA. The bitmap can be 1101. The first bit is 1 to represent time slot 2 as the DATA target time slot. The second bit is 1 to represent time slot 3 as the DATA target time slot. ; The third bit is 0, which indicates that slot 4 is not a DATA target slot; the fourth bit is 1, which indicates that slot 5 is a DATA target slot.
作为第二种实施方式,可选的,在S409之前,接入网设备11可以广播DATA时隙资源池指示信息,DATA时隙资源池指示信息指示DATA预留时隙,可以参照S401中接入网设备11广播SA时隙资源池指示信息的相关内容。该位图可以指示参考子载波间隔对应的DATA预留时隙是否为DATA目标时隙,例如,采用第三种DATA时域资源类型,接入网设备11可以广播时隙2、时隙3和时隙5为DATA预留时隙,该位图可以为111,第1位为1,代表时隙2是DATA的目标时隙;第2位为1,代表时隙3是DATA的目标时隙;第3位为1,代表 时隙5是DATA的目标时隙。As a second implementation manner, optionally, before S409, the access network device 11 may broadcast the DATA time slot resource pool indication information, and the DATA time slot resource pool indication information indicates that the DATA reserved time slot can be accessed by referring to S401. The network device 11 broadcasts the related content of the SA slot resource pool indication information. The bitmap can indicate whether the DATA reserved time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval is a DATA target time slot. For example, using a third DATA time domain resource type, the access network device 11 can broadcast time slots 2, time slots 3, and Time slot 5 is a reserved time slot for DATA. The bitmap can be 111, and the first bit is 1, which indicates that time slot 2 is the target time slot for DATA. The second bit is 1, which indicates that time slot 3 is the target time slot for DATA. ; The third bit is 1, which means that time slot 5 is the target time slot of DATA.
上面描述了通过确定参考子载波间隔对应的SA目标时隙、DATA目标时隙、SA目标时隙指示信息和DATA目标时隙指示信息,并将SA目标时隙指示信息和DATA目标时隙指示信息发送给终端12。当终端12配置了多个BWP时,可以通过每个BWP子载波间隔和参考子载波间隔的对应关系,确定每个BWP的SA目标时隙指示信息和DATA目标时隙指示信息,相对于接入网设备11以BWP为单位进行配置,可以节约系统复杂度,并且节约接入网设备11与终端12之间的无线通信资源。The above describes the determination of the SA target time slot, the DATA target time slot, the SA target time slot indication information, and the DATA target time slot indication information corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval, and the SA target time slot indication information and the DATA target time slot indication information are determined. Send to terminal 12. When the terminal 12 is configured with multiple BWPs, the SA target time slot indication information and DATA target time slot indication information of each BWP can be determined through the correspondence between each BWP subcarrier interval and the reference subcarrier interval. The network device 11 is configured in units of BWP, which can save system complexity and save wireless communication resources between the access network device 11 and the terminal 12.
S612:终端12确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。S612: The terminal 12 determines available symbols of the SA target slot.
例如,终端12的处理器1211可以确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols for the SA target slot.
终端12可以根据第一小区级半静态配置信息、第一用户级半静态配置信息和第一用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。下面示意出了一种实施方式。The terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to one or more of the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information. An embodiment is illustrated below.
首先,终端12可以根据接收到SA目标时隙指示信息和BWP1的子载波间隔和参考子载波间隔的关系,获取BWP1子载波间隔对应的1个或者多个SA目标时隙。First, the terminal 12 may obtain one or more SA target time slots corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval according to the relationship between the received SA target slot indication information and the subcarrier interval of the BWP1 and the reference subcarrier interval.
例如,采用第三种SA时域资源类型,SA目标时隙指示信息指示参考子载波间隔对应的SA目标时隙为时隙4,参考子载波间隔为15kHz,BWP1子载波间隔为30kHz,那么BWP1子载波间隔对应的SA目标时隙为时隙7和时隙8。For example, using a third type of SA time domain resource, the SA target slot indication information indicates that the SA target slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval is slot 4, the reference subcarrier interval is 15kHz, and the BWP1 subcarrier interval is 30kHz, then BWP1 The SA target time slots corresponding to the subcarrier interval are time slot 7 and time slot 8.
其次,对于BWP1子载波间隔对应的每个SA目标时隙,终端12可以结合第一小区级半静态配置信息、第一用户级半静态配置信息和第一用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种决定BWP1子载波间隔对应的该SA目标时隙的可用符号。Secondly, for each SA target slot corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval, the terminal 12 may combine one of the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information, or A variety of available symbols that determine the SA target slot corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval.
若采用第一种SA时域资源类型,SA目标时隙的可用符号包括SA目标时隙中的上行符号。If the first SA time domain resource type is used, the available symbols of the SA target time slot include the uplink symbols in the SA target time slot.
若采用第二种SA时域资源类型,SA目标时隙的可用符号包括SA目标时隙中的灵活符号。If the second SA time domain resource type is used, the available symbols of the SA target time slot include flexible symbols in the SA target time slot.
若采用第三种SA时域资源类型,SA目标时隙的可用符号包括SA目标时隙中的上行符号和灵活符号。If a third type of SA time domain resource is used, the available symbols of the SA target slot include the uplink symbol and the flexible symbol in the SA target slot.
下面以一个SA目标时隙,确定SA目标时隙的可用符号为例进行说明。The following uses an SA target time slot as an example to determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot.
作为第一种实施方式,图7A是一种确定SA目标时隙的可用符号的方法的示意图,如图7A所示,终端12首先可以判断SA目标时隙是否通过第一用户级动态配置信息配置过,若通过第一用户级动态配置信息配置过,终端12结合第一用户级动态配置信息,确定SA目标时隙的可用符号;若没有通过第一用户级动态配置信息配置过,终端12判断SA目标时隙是否通过第一用户级半静态配置信息配置过,若通过第一用户级半静态配置信息配置过,终端12结合第一用户级半静态配置的信息,确定SA目标时隙的可用符号;若没有通过第一用户级半静态配置过,终端12结合第一小区级半静态配置的信息,确定SA目标时 隙的可用符号。As a first embodiment, FIG. 7A is a schematic diagram of a method for determining available symbols of an SA target time slot. As shown in FIG. 7A, the terminal 12 may first determine whether the SA target time slot is configured by the first user-level dynamic configuration information. However, if configured through the first user-level dynamic configuration information, the terminal 12 determines the available symbols of the SA target time slot in combination with the first user-level dynamic configuration information; if it has not been configured through the first user-level dynamic configuration information, the terminal 12 determines Whether the SA target time slot is configured through the first user-level semi-static configuration information. If the SA target time slot is configured through the first user-level semi-static configuration information, the terminal 12 determines the availability of the SA target time slot by combining the first user-level semi-static configuration information. Symbol; if it has not been configured through the first user-level semi-static configuration, the terminal 12 determines the available symbol of the SA target time slot by combining the information on the first cell-level semi-static configuration.
例如,采用第三种SA时域资源类型,参考子载波间隔对应的SA目标时隙为时隙4,BWP1子载波间隔对应的SA目标时隙为时隙7和时隙8,终端12判断时隙7是否通过第一动态配置信息配置过,由于时隙7没有通过第一动态配置信息配置过,终端12判断时隙7是否通过第一用户级半静态配置信息配置过,由于时隙7没有通过第一用户级半静态配置信息配置过,终端12结合第一小区级半静态配置信息确定时隙7的可用符号。同样地,时隙8没有通过第一动态配置信息配置过,并且没有通过第一用户级半静态配置信息配置过,那么终端12结合第一小区级半静态配置信息决定时隙8的可用符号。例如,根据第一小区级半静态配置信息,时隙7所有符号为灵活符号,时隙8的前6个符号为灵活符号,时隙8的后8个符号为上行符号。若采用第三种D2D时域资源类型,时隙7的可用符号包括时隙7的所有符号,时隙8的可用符号包括时隙8的所有符号。For example, using the third type of SA time domain resource, the SA target time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval is time slot 4, and the SA target time slot corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval is time slot 7 and time slot 8. Whether slot 7 is configured by using the first dynamic configuration information. Since slot 7 is not configured by using the first dynamic configuration information, terminal 12 determines whether slot 7 is configured by using the first user-level semi-static configuration information. It is configured through the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the terminal 12 determines the available symbols of time slot 7 in combination with the first cell-level semi-static configuration information. Similarly, time slot 8 has not been configured by the first dynamic configuration information and has not been configured by the first user-level semi-static configuration information, then the terminal 12 determines the available symbols of time slot 8 in combination with the first cell-level semi-static configuration information. For example, according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, all symbols of slot 7 are flexible symbols, the first 6 symbols of slot 8 are flexible symbols, and the last 8 symbols of slot 8 are uplink symbols. If a third D2D time domain resource type is used, the available symbols of time slot 7 include all symbols of time slot 7 and the available symbols of time slot 8 include all symbols of time slot 8.
作为第二种实施方式,图7B是另一种确定SA目标时隙的可用符号的方法的示意图。如图7B所示,终端12可以确定最近一次配置SA目标时隙的时域资源配置信息,结合最近一次时域资源配置信息,确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。例如,若最近一次配置SA目标时隙的时域资源配置信息为第一小区级半静态配置,则结合第一小区级半静态配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号;若最近一次配置SA目标时隙的时域资源配置信息为第一用户级半静态配置,则结合第一用户级半静态配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号;若最近一次配置SA目标时隙的时域资源配置信息为第一用户级动态配置信息,则结合第一用户级动态配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。As a second embodiment, FIG. 7B is a schematic diagram of another method for determining available symbols of an SA target slot. As shown in FIG. 7B, the terminal 12 may determine the time domain resource configuration information of the latest SA target time slot configuration, and combine the latest time domain resource configuration information to determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot. For example, if the time domain resource configuration information of the last SA target slot configuration is the first cell-level semi-static configuration, the available symbols of the SA target slot are determined by combining the first cell-level semi-static configuration information; if the SA target is last configured The time domain resource configuration information of the time slot is the first user-level semi-static configuration, and the available symbols of the SA target time slot are determined in combination with the first user-level semi-static configuration information; if the time domain resource configuration information of the SA target time slot is last configured For the first user-level dynamic configuration information, the available symbols of the SA target time slot are determined in combination with the first user-level dynamic configuration information.
例如,采用第三种SA时域资源类型,参考子载波间隔对应的SA目标时隙为时隙4,BWP1子载波间隔对应的SA目标时隙为时隙7和时隙8,最近一次配置时隙7和时隙8的时域资源配置信息是第一小区级半静态配置信息,终端12结合第一小区级半静态配置信息确定时隙7的可用符号和时隙8的可用符号。例如,根据第一小区级半静态配置信息,时隙7所有符号为灵活符号,时隙8的前6个符号为灵活符号,时隙8的后8个符号为上行符号。若采用第三种D2D时域资源类型,时隙7的可用符号包括时隙7的所有符号,时隙8的可用符号包括时隙8的所有符号。For example, using the third type of SA time domain resource, the SA target time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval is time slot 4, and the SA target time slot corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval is time slot 7 and time slot 8. The time domain resource configuration information of slots 7 and 8 is the first cell-level semi-static configuration information. The terminal 12 determines the available symbols of time slot 7 and the available symbols of time slot 8 in combination with the first cell-level semi-static configuration information. For example, according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, all symbols of slot 7 are flexible symbols, the first 6 symbols of slot 8 are flexible symbols, and the last 8 symbols of slot 8 are uplink symbols. If a third D2D time domain resource type is used, the available symbols of time slot 7 include all symbols of time slot 7 and the available symbols of time slot 8 include all symbols of time slot 8.
作为第三种实施方式,图7C是另一种确定SA目标时隙的可用符号的方法的示意图,如图7C所示,首先判断第一小区级半静态配置信息配置的SA目标时隙中是否存在灵活符号,若不存在灵活符号,根据第一小区级半静态配置信息确定SA目标时隙的上行符号和下行符号;若存在灵活符号,对于每一个灵活符号,判断第一用户级半静态配置信息或者第一用户级动态配置信息是否对该灵活符号进行了配置,若第一用户级半静态配置信息或者第一用户级动态配置信息对该灵活符号进行了配置,结合第一用户级半静态配置信息或者第一用户级动态配置信息确定该灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号;若第一用户级半静 态配置信息或者第一用户级动态配置信息没有对该灵活符号进行配置,则确定该灵活符号为灵活符号;最终终端12确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。As a third embodiment, FIG. 7C is a schematic diagram of another method for determining available symbols of an SA target time slot. As shown in FIG. 7C, first, it is determined whether the SA target time slot configured by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is Flexible symbols exist. If there is no flexible symbol, determine the uplink symbol and downlink symbol of the SA target slot according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information. If there is a flexible symbol, for each flexible symbol, determine the first user-level semi-static configuration. Information or the first user-level dynamic configuration information whether the flexible symbol is configured. If the first user-level semi-static configuration information or the first user-level dynamic configuration information configures the flexible symbol, combined with the first user-level semi-static configuration The configuration information or the first user-level dynamic configuration information determines that the flexible symbol is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol; if the first user-level semi-static configuration information or the first user-level dynamic configuration information does not configure the flexible symbol, the flexible symbol is determined. The symbol is a flexible symbol; eventually the terminal 12 determines the available symbols for the SA target slot.
例如,采用第三种SA时域资源类型,参考子载波间隔对应的SA目标时隙为时隙4,BWP1子载波间隔对应的SA目标时隙为时隙7和时隙8。对于时隙7,第一小区级半静态配置信息配置的时隙7存在灵活符号,对于时隙7中的每个灵活符号,第一用户级半静态配置信息或者第一用户级动态配置信息均没有对该灵活符号进行配置,所以确定时隙7中的灵活符号为灵活符号,结合第一小区级半静态配置信息确定时隙7没有上行符号或者下行符号,所以时隙7的所有符号均为灵活符号;对于时隙8,第一小区级半静态配置信息配置的时隙8存在灵活符号,对于时隙8中的每个灵活符号,第一用户级半静态配置信息或者第一用户级动态配置信息均没有对该灵活符号进行配置,所以确定时隙8中的灵活符号为灵活符号,结合第一小区级半静态配置信息确定时隙8的后8个符号为上行符号,所以时隙8的前6个符号为灵活符号,后8个符号为上行符号。若采用第三种D2D时域资源类型,时隙7的可用符号包括时隙7的所有符号,时隙8的可用符号包括时隙8的所有符号。For example, using a third type of SA time domain resource, the target SA slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval is slot 4, and the target SA slot corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval is slot 7 and slot 8. For time slot 7, there are flexible symbols in time slot 7 configured by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information. For each flexible symbol in time slot 7, the first user-level semi-static configuration information or the first user-level dynamic configuration information are both The flexible symbol is not configured, so it is determined that the flexible symbol in slot 7 is a flexible symbol. In combination with the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, it is determined that there is no uplink symbol or downlink symbol in slot 7, so all the symbols in slot 7 are Flexible symbols; for slot 8, there are flexible symbols in slot 8 configured by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, and for each flexible symbol in slot 8, the first user-level semi-static configuration information or the first user-level dynamic None of the configuration information configures this flexible symbol, so the flexible symbol in slot 8 is determined to be a flexible symbol, and the first 8 cell-level semi-static configuration information is used to determine that the last 8 symbols of slot 8 are uplink symbols, so slot 8 The first 6 symbols are flexible symbols, and the last 8 symbols are uplink symbols. If a third D2D time domain resource type is used, the available symbols of time slot 7 include all symbols of time slot 7 and the available symbols of time slot 8 include all symbols of time slot 8.
作为第四种实施方式,图7D是另一种确定SA目标时隙的可用符号的方法的示意图,如图7D所示,首先判断第一小区级半静态配置信息配置的SA目标时隙的是否存在灵活时域资源,若第一小区半静态配置未配置灵活时域资源,则结合第一小区半静态配置结果确定SA目标时隙的可用符号;若第一小区级半静态配置信息配置了灵活时域资源,判断针对第一小区级半静态配置出来的灵活时域资源的至少一个灵活符号,是否用户级半静态配置为灵活符号,若否(说明用户级半静态配置将小区级半静态配置出来的灵活时域资源配置为了上行时域资源,或者下行时域资源,或者部分为上行时域资源,部分为下行时域资源),结合第一小区级半静态配置信息和第一用户级半静态配置信息确定SA目标时隙的可用符号,若是(说明第一用户级半静态配置将第一小区级半静态配置出来的灵活时域资源的至少一个灵活符号仍然配置为了灵活符号),判断针对第一用户级半静态配置出来的灵时域资源的至少一个符号,第一动态配置信息配置为上行符号或者下行符号,若否(说明第一动态配置系信息对第一用户级配置信息配置的灵活时域资源仍然配置为灵活时域资源),若是(说明第一动态配置信息对第一用户级配置信息配置的灵活时域资源中的至少一个灵活符号配置为上行符号或者下行符号),结合第一小区级半静态配置信息、第一用户级半静态配置信息和第一用户级动态配置信息,确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。As a fourth embodiment, FIG. 7D is a schematic diagram of another method for determining available symbols of an SA target time slot. As shown in FIG. 7D, first, it is determined whether the SA target time slot configured by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is Flexible time domain resources exist. If the first cell semi-static configuration is not configured with flexible time domain resources, the available symbols of the SA target time slot are determined in combination with the first cell semi-static configuration result; if the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is configured with flexibility Time domain resources, to determine at least one flexible symbol of the flexible time domain resource configured for the first cell-level semi-static configuration, whether the user-level semi-static configuration is a flexible symbol, and if not (indicating that the user-level semi-static configuration will be a cell-level semi-static configuration The resulting flexible time domain resource configuration is uplink time domain resources, or downlink time domain resources, or part of the uplink time domain resources, and part of the downlink time domain resources), combined with the first cell-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level semi-static The static configuration information determines the available symbols of the SA target slot. If yes (indicating that the first user-level semi-static configuration will configure the first cell-level semi-static configuration The at least one flexible symbol of the flexible time domain resource is still configured as a flexible symbol), it is judged that for the at least one symbol of the spiritual time domain resource configured semi-statically at the first user level, the first dynamic configuration information is configured as an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol If not (explain that the flexible time domain resources configured by the first dynamic configuration information to the first user-level configuration information are still configured as flexible time domain resources), and if so (explain that the first dynamic configuration information configures the first user-level configuration information (At least one flexible symbol in the flexible time domain resource is configured as an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol), and when the SA target is determined by combining the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information Available symbols.
S613:终端12确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号。S613: The terminal 12 determines available symbols of the DATA target slot.
例如,终端12的处理器1211可以确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号。For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols for the DATA target slot.
终端12可以根据第一小区级半静态配置信息、第一用户级半静态配置信息和第一用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号。下面示意出了一种实施方式。The terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target time slot according to one or more of the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information. An embodiment is illustrated below.
首先,终端12根据接收到DATA目标时隙指示信息和BWP1的子载波间隔 和参考子载波间隔的关系,获取BWP子载波间隔对应的1个或者多个DATA目标时隙。First, the terminal 12 acquires one or more DATA target time slots corresponding to the BWP subcarrier interval according to the relationship between the received DATA target slot indication information and the subcarrier interval and reference subcarrier interval of BWP1.
例如,采用第三种DATA时域资源类型,DATA目标时隙指示信息指示参考子载波间隔对应的DATA目标时隙为时隙2、时隙3和时隙5,参考子载波间隔为15kHz,BWP1子载波间隔为30kHz,那么BWP1子载波间隔对应的DATA目标时隙为时隙3、时隙4、时隙5、时隙6、时隙9和时隙10。For example, using a third type of DATA time domain resource, the DATA target slot indication information indicates that the DATA target slots corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval are timeslot 2, slot 3, and slot 5, and the reference subcarrier interval is 15kHz. BWP1 The subcarrier interval is 30kHz, then the DATA target time slots corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval are time slot 3, time slot 4, time slot 5, time slot 6, time slot 9, and time slot 10.
其次,对于BWP1子载波间隔对应的每个DATA目标时隙,终端12可以结合第一小区级半静态配置信息、第一用户级半静态配置信息和第一用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种决定BWP1子载波间隔对应的该DATA目标时隙的可用符号。Secondly, for each DATA target slot corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval, the terminal 12 may combine one of the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information or A variety of available symbols that determine the DATA target slot corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval.
若采用第一种DATA时域资源类型,DATA目标时隙的可用符号包括每个DATA目标时隙中的上行符号。If the first DATA time domain resource type is used, the available symbols of the DATA target time slot include the uplink symbol in each DATA target time slot.
若采用第二种DATA时域资源类型,DATA目标时隙的可用符号包括每个DATA目标时隙中的灵活符号。If the second DATA time domain resource type is used, the available symbols of the DATA target time slot include flexible symbols in each DATA target time slot.
若采用第三种DATA时域资源类型,DATA目标时隙的可用符号包括每个DATA目标时隙中的上行符号和灵活符号。If the third DATA time domain resource type is used, the available symbols of the DATA target time slot include the uplink symbol and the flexible symbol in each DATA target time slot.
下面以一个DATA目标时隙,确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号为例进行说明。The following uses a DATA target time slot as an example to determine the available symbols of the DATA target time slot.
作为第一种实施方式,可以判断DATA目标时隙分别是否经过第一用户级动态配置信息配置过,若通过第一用户级动态配置信息配置过,终端12结合第一用户级动态配置信息,确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号;若没有通过第一用户级动态配置信息配置过,终端12判断DATA目标时隙是否通过第一用户级半静态配置信息配置过,若通过第一用户级半静态配置信息配置过,终端12结合第一用户级半静态配置的信息,确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号;若没有通过第一用户级半静态配置过,终端12结合第一小区级半静态配置的信息,确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号可以参考图7A中的相关内容,不同之处在于这里确定的是DATA目标时隙的可用符号,图7A确定的是SA目标时隙的可用符号。As a first implementation manner, it can be determined whether the DATA target timeslots are respectively configured with the first user-level dynamic configuration information. If configured with the first user-level dynamic configuration information, the terminal 12 determines the data combination with the first user-level dynamic configuration information. Available symbols for the DATA target time slot; if not configured with the first user-level dynamic configuration information, the terminal 12 determines whether the DATA target time slot is configured with the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and if it is configured with the first user-level semi-static configuration After the information is configured, the terminal 12 determines the available symbols of the DATA target time slot by combining the information of the first user-level semi-static configuration; if it has not passed the first user-level semi-static configuration, the terminal 12 combines the information of the first cell-level semi-static configuration For determining the available symbols of the DATA target time slot, refer to related content in FIG. 7A. The difference is that the available symbols of the DATA target time slot are determined here, and FIG. 7A determines the available symbols of the SA target time slot.
例如,采用第三种DATA时域资源类型,BWP1子载波间隔对应的DATA目标时隙为时隙3、时隙4、时隙5、时隙6、时隙9和时隙10。时隙3、时隙4、时隙5和时隙6通过第一用户级动态配置信息配置过,时隙3的前6个符号为下行符号,时隙3的后8个符号为灵活符号,时隙4的前10个符号为灵活符号,时隙4的后4个符号为上行符号,时隙5的前12个符号为下行符号,时隙5的后2个符号为灵活符号;时隙6的前2个符号为灵活符号,后12个符号为上行符号。时隙9和时隙10没有通过第一用户级动态配置信息和第一用户级半静态信息配置过,根据第一小区级半静态配置信息,时隙9的全部符号为上行符号,时隙10的全部符号为上行符号。采用第三种D2D时域资源类型,时隙3的可用符号包括时隙3的后8个符号,时隙4的可用符号包括时隙4的所有符号,时隙5的可用符号包括时隙5的后2个符号、时隙6的可用符号包括时隙6的 所有符号、时隙9的可用符号包括时隙9的所有符号和时隙10的可用符号包括时隙10的所有符号。For example, using the third type of DATA time domain resource, the DATA target time slots corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval are time slot 3, time slot 4, time slot 5, time slot 6, time slot 9, and time slot 10. Time slot 3, time slot 4, time slot 5 and time slot 6 are configured using the first user-level dynamic configuration information. The first 6 symbols of time slot 3 are downlink symbols, and the last 8 symbols of time slot 3 are flexible symbols. The first 10 symbols of time slot 4 are flexible symbols, the last 4 symbols of time slot 4 are uplink symbols, the first 12 symbols of time slot 5 are downlink symbols, and the last 2 symbols of time slot 5 are flexible symbols; time slots The first 2 symbols of 6 are flexible symbols, and the last 12 symbols are uplink symbols. Slots 9 and 10 have not been configured with the first user-level dynamic configuration information and the first user-level semi-static information. According to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, all symbols of slot 9 are uplink symbols, and slot 10 All the symbols are ascending symbols. The third type of D2D time domain resource is used. The available symbols of slot 3 include the last 8 symbols of slot 3. The available symbols of slot 4 include all the symbols of slot 4. The available symbols of slot 5 include slot 5. The last 2 symbols, available symbols of time slot 6 include all symbols of time slot 6, available symbols of time slot 9 include all symbols of time slot 9 and available symbols of time slot 10 include all symbols of time slot 10.
作为第二种实施方式,可以判断最近一次判断DATA目标时隙的时域资源配置信息。可以参考图7B中的相关内容,不同之处在于这里确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号,图7B是确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。As a second implementation manner, the time domain resource configuration information of the DATA target time slot can be determined most recently. The relevant content in FIG. 7B can be referred to, the difference is that the available symbols of the DATA target slot are determined here, and FIG. 7B is the available symbols of the SA target slot.
作为第三种实施方式,可以判断第一小区级半静态配置信息是否配置了灵活时域资源,再结合第一用户级半静态配置信息或者第一用户级动态配置信息确定该灵活时域资源中的符号为上行符号、灵活符号或者下行符号。可以参考图7C中的相关内容,不同之处在于这里是确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号,图7C是确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。As a third implementation manner, it can be determined whether the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is configured with flexible time domain resources, and then combined with the first user-level semi-static configuration information or the first user-level dynamic configuration information to determine the flexible time domain resources. The symbol is an upward symbol, a flexible symbol, or a downward symbol. Reference may be made to related content in FIG. 7C, the difference being that here is the available symbol for determining the DATA target slot, and FIG. 7C is the available symbol for determining the SA target slot.
S614:终端13确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。S614: The terminal 13 determines an available symbol of the SA target slot.
例如,终端13的处理器1211可以确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may determine the available symbols of the SA target slot.
S614可以发生在S606之后,与S607-S613中的每个步骤的顺序没有限制,例如S614可以在S608前面。S614 can occur after S606, and the order of each step in S607-S613 is not limited. For example, S614 can precede S608.
终端13在S606中接收到SA时隙资源池指示信息,SA时隙资源池指示信息可以指示一个或者多个SA的预留时隙,该一个或者多个SA的预留时隙包括SA目标时隙。The terminal 13 receives the SA slot resource pool indication information in S606. The SA slot resource pool indication information may indicate one or more SA reserved time slots. When the reserved time slots of the one or more SAs include the SA target, Gap.
可选的,终端13并不知道该一个或者多个SA预留时隙中的哪些时隙为SA目标时隙。终端13可以将每个SA预留时隙确认为SA目标时隙,分别确定每个SA目标时隙的可用符号。Optionally, the terminal 13 does not know which time slots among the one or more SA reserved time slots are SA target time slots. The terminal 13 may confirm each SA reserved time slot as an SA target time slot, and separately determine available symbols of each SA target time slot.
终端12可以根据第一小区级半静态配置信息、第一用户级半静态配置信息和第一用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。其相关内容可以参考S612中终端12确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。The terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot according to one or more of the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information. For related content, refer to the available symbols that the terminal 12 determines for the SA target slot in S612.
S615:终端12在SA目标时隙的可用符号上向终端13发送SA。S615: The terminal 12 sends an SA to the terminal 13 on the available symbols of the SA target slot.
例如,终端12的处理器1211可以通过天线1216在SA目标时隙的可用符号上向终端13发送SA。For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may send the SA to the terminal 13 through the antenna 1216 on the available symbol of the SA target slot.
SA包括DATA目标时隙的指示信息。终端12可以将在S611中从接入网设备11接收到的DATA目标时隙的指示信息封装在SA中。The SA includes indication information of a DATA target slot. The terminal 12 may encapsulate the indication information of the DATA target time slot received from the access network device 11 in S611 in the SA.
例如,若采用第三种SA时域资源类型,BWP1子载波间隔对应的SA目标时隙为时隙7和时隙8,时隙7的可用符号包括时隙7的所有符号,时隙8的可用符号包括时隙8的所有符号,终端12在时隙7的所有符号和时隙8的所有符号上发送SA。For example, if the third type of SA time domain resource is used, the SA target time slots corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval are time slots 7 and 8. The available symbols of time slot 7 include all symbols of time slot 7. The available symbols include all symbols of time slot 8, and terminal 12 sends SA on all symbols of time slot 7 and all symbols of time slot 8.
可选的,SA还可以包括DATA目标时隙的可用符号指示信息,该DATA目标时隙的可用符号指示信息可以用于指示DATA目标时隙的可用符号。Optionally, the SA may further include available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot, and the available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot may be used to indicate available symbols of the DATA target slot.
例如,DATA目标时隙指示信息指示参考子载波间隔对应的DATA目标时隙为时隙2、时隙3和时隙5。DATA目标时隙的可用符号指示信息指示参考子载波间隔对应的DATA目标时隙的可用符号为时隙2的后11个符号,时隙3的后8个符号,时隙5的所有符号。For example, the DATA target slot indication information indicates that the DATA target slots corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval are slot 2, slot 3, and slot 5. The available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot indicates that the available symbols of the DATA target slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval are the last 11 symbols of slot 2, the last 8 symbols of slot 3, and all symbols of slot 5.
相应地,终端13在SA目标时隙的可用符号上从终端12接收SA,终端13可以获取SA中的DATA目标时隙指示信息。Accordingly, the terminal 13 receives the SA from the terminal 12 on the available symbols of the SA target slot, and the terminal 13 can obtain the DATA target slot indication information in the SA.
可选的,终端13可以通过S607与终端12同步后,在SA目标时隙的可用符号上检测SA。Optionally, the terminal 13 may detect the SA on the available symbols of the SA target slot after synchronizing with the terminal 12 through S607.
可选的,终端13可以将SA时隙资源池指示信息指示的一个或者多个预留时隙确定为SA目标时隙,确定目标时隙的可用符号,然后在SA目标时隙的可用符号上检测SA。Optionally, the terminal 13 may determine one or more reserved time slots indicated by the indication information of the SA time slot resource pool as the SA target time slot, determine the available symbols of the target time slot, and then place the available symbols on the SA target time slot. Detection of SA.
当终端12在SA目标时隙的可用符号上发送SA后,终端13相应地在SA目标时隙的可用符号上接收到SA,终端13可以获取DATA目标时隙的指示信息。After the terminal 12 sends an SA on the available symbol of the SA target slot, the terminal 13 receives the SA correspondingly on the available symbol of the SA target slot, and the terminal 13 can obtain the indication information of the DATA target slot.
可选的,当SA还携带了DATA目标时隙的可用符号指示信息时,终端13还可以获取DATA目标时隙的可用符号指示信息。Optionally, when the SA also carries the available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot, the terminal 13 may also obtain the available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot.
作为S614-S615的终端13侧的一种可替代的实施方式:As an alternative implementation of the terminal 13 side of S614-S615:
终端13在通过S606接收到SA时隙资源池指示信息后,终端13可以根据时隙资源池指示信息获知SA预留时隙,在SA预留时隙的所有符号上检测SA。例如,终端13可以根据参考子载波间隔和BWP的子载波间隔的关系,确定BWP子载波间隔对应的SA预留时隙,BWP子载波间隔对应的SA预留时隙可以是1个或者多个,然后在BWP子载波间隔对应的SA预留时隙的所有符号上检测SA。After the terminal 13 receives the SA slot resource pool instruction information through S606, the terminal 13 can obtain the SA reserved slot according to the slot resource pool instruction information, and detect the SA on all symbols of the SA reserved slot. For example, the terminal 13 may determine the SA reserved slot corresponding to the BWP subcarrier interval according to the relationship between the reference subcarrier interval and the BWP subcarrier interval, and the SA reserved slot corresponding to the BWP subcarrier interval may be one or more. , And then detect SA on all symbols of the SA reserved slot corresponding to the BWP subcarrier interval.
例如,终端13获知参考子载波间隔对应的SA预留时隙为时隙4,可以根据参考子载波间隔和BWP1子载波间隔,可知BWP1子载波间隔对应的SA预留时隙为时隙7和时隙8,终端12和终端13在时隙7的所有符号和时隙8的所有符号上检测SA。For example, the terminal 13 knows that the SA reserved time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval is time slot 4, and can know that the SA reserved time slot corresponding to the BWP1 subcarrier interval is time slot 7 and At time slot 8, terminals 12 and 13 detect SA on all symbols of time slot 7 and all symbols of time slot 8.
通过该第一种实施方式,终端13可以直接在SA预留时隙的所有符号上检测SA,而不需要分辨在SA预留时隙的哪些符号上检测SA,降低了终端13的设计复杂度和负担。With this first implementation manner, the terminal 13 can directly detect SA on all symbols of the SA reserved time slot, without the need to distinguish which symbols of the SA reserved time slot to detect the SA, reducing the design complexity of the terminal 13. And burden.
S616:终端13确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号。S616: The terminal 13 determines the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
例如,终端13的处理器1211可以确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号。For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
终端13在通过S615接收到DATA目标时隙指示信息后,根据DATA目标时隙指示信息可以确定DATA目标时隙。After receiving the DATA target time slot indication information through S615, the terminal 13 can determine the DATA target time slot according to the DATA target time slot indication information.
终端13可以根据第一小区级半静态配置信息、第一用户级半静态配置信息和第一用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号。相关内容可以参考S613中终端12确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号的相关内容。The terminal 13 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target time slot according to one or more of the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information. For related content, reference may be made to related content in which the terminal 12 determines the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
可选的,当SA还携带了DATA目标时隙的可用符号指示信息时,终端13还可以获取DATA目标时隙的可用符号指示信息,终端13可以直接根据DATA目标时隙的可用符号指示信息可以获知DATA目标时隙的可用符号。Optionally, when the SA also carries the available symbol indication information of the DATA target time slot, the terminal 13 may also obtain the available symbol indication information of the DATA target time slot, and the terminal 13 may directly obtain Know the available symbols for the DATA target slot.
例如,DATA目标时隙指示信息指示参考子载波间隔对应的DATA目标时隙为时隙2、时隙3和时隙5。DATA目标时隙的可用符号指示信息指示参考子载波间隔对应的DATA目标时隙的可用符号为时隙2的后11个符号,时隙3的 后8个符号,时隙5的所有符号。终端13根据参考子载波间隔和BWP子载波间隔的关系,可以确定BWP1子载波间隔对应的时隙3的后8个符号,时隙4的所有符号,时隙5的后2个符号、时隙6的所有符号、时隙9的所有符号和时隙10的所有符号,For example, the DATA target slot indication information indicates that the DATA target slots corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval are slot 2, slot 3, and slot 5. The available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot indicates that the available symbols of the DATA target slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval are the last 11 symbols of slot 2, the last 8 symbols of slot 3, and all symbols of slot 5. The terminal 13 can determine the last 8 symbols of time slot 3, all the symbols of time slot 4, the last 2 symbols of time slot 5, and the time slot according to the relationship between the reference subcarrier interval and the BWP subcarrier interval. All symbols of 6, all symbols of slot 9, and all symbols of slot 10,
通过该实施方式,可以避免终端13还要根据终端13的时域资源配置信息确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号,简化了终端13的操作,并且终端12可以根据自己实时的上下行调度情况决定哪些符号为DATA目标时隙的可用符号,直接指示终端13,提高了灵活性。This embodiment can prevent the terminal 13 from determining the available symbols of the DATA target time slot according to the time domain resource configuration information of the terminal 13, simplifying the operation of the terminal 13, and the terminal 12 can decide which ones according to its real-time uplink and downlink scheduling situation. The symbol is an available symbol of the DATA target slot, and directly indicates the terminal 13 to improve flexibility.
S617:终端12在DATA目标时隙的可用符号上向终端13发送DATA。S617: The terminal 12 sends DATA to the terminal 13 on the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
例如,终端12的处理器1211可以通过天线1216在DATA目标时隙的可用符号上向终端13发送DATA。For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may send DATA to the terminal 13 through the antenna 1216 on the available symbols of the DATA target time slot.
例如,若采用第三种DATA时域资源类型,DATA目标时隙的可用符号包括时隙3的后8个符号,时隙4的所有符号,时隙5的后2个符号、时隙6的所有符号、时隙9的所有符号和时隙10的所有符号,终端12在时隙3的后8个符号,时隙4的所有符号,时隙5的后2个符号、时隙6的所有符号、时隙9的所有符号和时隙10的所有符号上发送DATA。For example, if the third type of DATA time domain resource is used, the available symbols of the DATA target slot include the last 8 symbols of slot 3, all the symbols of slot 4, the last 2 symbols of slot 5, and the symbols of slot 6. All symbols, all symbols of time slot 9 and all symbols of time slot 10, terminal 12 in the last 8 symbols of time slot 3, all symbols of time slot 4, all 2 symbols of time slot 5, all of time slot 6 DATA is transmitted on all symbols, all symbols in slot 9 and all symbols in slot 10.
相应地,终端13在DATA目标时隙的可用符号上从终端12接收DATA。Accordingly, the terminal 13 receives DATA from the terminal 12 on the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
例如,终端13在BWP1子载波间隔对应的时隙3的后8个符号,时隙4的所有符号,时隙5的后2个符号、时隙6的所有符号、时隙9的所有符号和时隙10的所有符号接收DATA。For example, terminal 13 in the BWP1 subcarrier interval corresponds to the last 8 symbols of slot 3, all symbols of slot 4, the last 2 symbols of slot 5, all symbols of slot 6, all symbols of slot 9, All symbols in slot 10 receive DATA.
作为S616-S617终端13侧的一种可替代的实施方式:As an alternative implementation of the 13 side of the S616-S617 terminal:
作为第一种实施方式,终端13根据DATA目标时隙指示信息获知DATA目标时隙,在DATA目标时隙上检测DATA。例如,终端13根据参考子载波间隔和BWP的子载波间隔的关系,确定BWP子载波间隔对应的DATA目标时隙,BWP子载波间隔对应的DATA目标时隙可以是1个或者多个,然后在BWP子载波间隔对应的DATA目标时隙上检测DATA。As a first implementation manner, the terminal 13 acquires the DATA target time slot according to the DATA target time slot indication information, and detects DATA on the DATA target time slot. For example, the terminal 13 determines the DATA target slot corresponding to the BWP subcarrier interval according to the relationship between the reference subcarrier interval and the BWP subcarrier interval. The DATA target slot corresponding to the BWP subcarrier interval may be one or more, and then DATA is detected on the DATA target slot corresponding to the BWP subcarrier interval.
例如,DATA目标时隙指示信息指示参考子载波间隔对应的DATA目标时隙为时隙2、时隙3和时隙5,参考子载波间隔为15kHz,BWP1子载波间隔为30kHz,那么BWP1子载波间隔对应的DATA目标时隙为时隙3、时隙4、时隙5、时隙6、时隙9和时隙10,终端13在时隙3、时隙4、时隙5、时隙6、时隙9和时隙10上检测DATA。For example, the DATA target timeslot indication information indicates that the DATA target timeslots corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval are timeslot 2, timeslot 3, and timeslot 5, the reference subcarrier interval is 15kHz, and the BWP1 subcarrier interval is 30kHz, then the BWP1 subcarrier The target data slot corresponding to the interval is slot 3, slot 4, slot 5, slot 6, slot 9, and slot 10. Terminal 13 is in slot 3, slot 4, slot 5, and slot 6. DATA is detected on time slots 9 and 10.
下面介绍模式2的几种实施方式。The following describes several implementation modes of Mode 2.
模式2具体可以包括覆盖范围外(out of coverage,OOC)模式和覆盖范围边缘(edge of coverage,EOC)模式。当终端12位于接入网设备11覆盖范围外,终端12可以使用OOC模式进行D2D通信。当终端12位于接入网设备11的覆盖范围内或者位于接入网设备11的覆盖范围边缘,终端12可以使用EOC模式,例如终端12与接入网设备11处于RRC空闲态,终端12可以使用EOC模式进行D2D通信;或者,终端12与接入网设备11处于RRC连接态,接入网设备 11可以决定终端12使用EOC模式进行D2D通信。Mode 2 may specifically include an out-of-coverage (OOC) mode and an edge-of-coverage (EOC) mode. When the terminal 12 is located outside the coverage of the access network device 11, the terminal 12 can use the OOC mode for D2D communication. When the terminal 12 is located in the coverage area of the access network device 11 or at the edge of the coverage area of the access network device 11, the terminal 12 can use the EOC mode. For example, the terminal 12 and the access network device 11 are in an RRC idle state, and the terminal 12 can use The EOC mode is used for D2D communication; or, the terminal 12 and the access network device 11 are in an RRC connection state, and the access network device 11 may decide that the terminal 12 uses the EOC mode for D2D communication.
图8为另一种NR系统中利用时域资源进行D2D通信的方法的示意图,可以采用模式2的EOC模式。如图8所示:FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another method for performing D2D communication using time domain resources in an NR system, and an EOC mode of mode 2 may be adopted. As shown in Figure 8:
S801:接入网设备11广播第一小区级半静态配置信息。S801: The access network device 11 broadcasts the first cell-level semi-static configuration information.
S802:接入网设备11向终端12发送第一用户级半静态配置信息。S802: The access network device 11 sends the first user-level semi-static configuration information to the terminal 12.
S803:接入网设备11向终端13发送第一用户级半静态配置信息。S803: The access network device 11 sends the first user-level semi-static configuration information to the terminal 13.
S804:接入网设备11向终端12发送第一用户级动态配置信息。S804: The access network device 11 sends the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 12.
S805:接入网设备11向终端13发送第一用户级动态配置信息。S805: The access network device 11 sends the first user-level dynamic configuration information to the terminal 13.
S801-S805中的内容可以参考S601-S605中的内容,在此不再赘述。The contents in S801-S805 can refer to the contents in S601-S605, and will not be repeated here.
S806:接入网设备11广播SA时隙资源池指示信息。S806: The access network device 11 broadcasts SA slot resource pool indication information.
例如,接入网设备11的处理器1111可以通过天线1115广播SA时隙资源池指示信息。For example, the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may broadcast the SA slot resource pool indication information through the antenna 1115.
此时终端12和终端13位于接入网设备11的覆盖范围边缘或者覆盖范围内,终端12和终端13仍然可以接收到广播消息。At this time, the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 are located at the edge or within the coverage area of the access network device 11, and the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 can still receive the broadcast message.
相应地,终端12和终端13接收SA时隙资源池指示信息。Accordingly, the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 receive SA slot resource pool indication information.
S806可以参考S606中的内容,在此不再赘述。S806 may refer to the content in S606, which is not repeated here.
S807:接入网设备11广播DATA时隙资源池指示信息。S807: The access network device 11 broadcasts DATA time slot resource pool indication information.
例如,接入网设备11的处理器1111可以通过天线1115广播DATA时隙资源池指示信息。For example, the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may broadcast the DATA time slot resource pool indication information through the antenna 1115.
相应地,终端12和终端13可以接收DATA时隙资源池指示信息。Accordingly, the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 may receive the DATA slot resource pool indication information.
其中,DATA时隙资源池指示信息指示一个或者多个DATA的预留时隙,该一个或者多个DATA的预留时隙可以包括DATA目标时隙。The DATA time slot resource pool indication information indicates one or more DATA reserved time slots, and the one or more DATA reserved time slots may include a DATA target time slot.
这里DATA的预留时隙可以理解为预留用于传输DATA的时隙,传输可以理解为发送或者接收,例如,终端12是D2D发送端,对于终端12,DATA的预留时隙可以理解为预留用于发送SA的时隙;终端13是D2D接收端,对于终端13,DATA的预留时隙可以理解为预留用于接收DATA的时隙。可选的,当一个时隙中的至少一个符号预留用于传输DATA时,可以理解为该时隙预留用于传输DATA,该时隙为DATA预留时隙。The reserved time slot of DATA can be understood as a time slot reserved for transmitting DATA, and the transmission can be understood as sending or receiving. For example, terminal 12 is a D2D transmitting end. For terminal 12, the reserved time slot of DATA can be understood as The time slot reserved for transmitting the SA; the terminal 13 is a D2D receiving end. For the terminal 13, the time slot reserved for DATA can be understood as the time slot reserved for receiving DATA. Optionally, when at least one symbol in a time slot is reserved for transmitting DATA, it can be understood that the time slot is reserved for transmitting DATA, and the time slot is reserved for DATA.
接入网设备11如何确定DATA预留时隙和如何确定DATA时隙资源池指示信息,与如何确定SA预留时隙和如何确定SA时隙资源池指示信息的原理与方式类似,区别在于前者用于传输DATA,后者用于传输SA,可以参考S606中的相关内容。The principle and method of how the access network device 11 determines the DATA reserved time slot and how to determine the DATA time slot resource pool instruction information are similar to how to determine the SA reserved time slot and how to determine the SA time slot resource pool instruction information. The difference lies in the former. Used to transmit DATA, the latter is used to transmit SA, you can refer to the relevant content in S606.
例如,若采用第三种DATA时域资源类型,接入网是设备11判断对应于参考子载波间隔,时隙2、时隙3、时隙4和时隙5满足至少一个符号为上行符号或者灵活符号,接入网设备11根据调度情况决定时隙2的上行符号和/或灵活符号(即时隙2的后11个符号)和时隙3上行符号和/或灵活符号(即时隙3的所有符号)和时隙5的上行符号和/或灵活符号(即时隙5的所有符号)预留用于DATA传输,那么时隙2、时隙3和时隙5为用于传输DATA的预留时隙。For example, if the third DATA time domain resource type is used, the access network is the device 11 to determine that it corresponds to the reference subcarrier interval, and time slot 2, time slot 3, time slot 4, and time slot 5 satisfy at least one symbol as an uplink symbol or Flexible symbols. The access network device 11 determines the uplink symbols and / or flexible symbols of slot 2 (that is, the last 11 symbols of slot 2) and the uplink symbols and / or flexible symbols of slot 3 (that is, all of slot 3 according to the scheduling situation). Symbols) and uplink symbols and / or flexible symbols (that is, all symbols of time slot 5) of time slot 5 are reserved for DATA transmission, then time slots 2, time slot 3, and time slot 5 are reserved for data transmission. Gap.
例如,DATA时隙资源池指示信息可以是位图或者位图指示信息,该位图可以指示参考子载波间隔对应的符合DATA通信资源类型的时隙是否为DATA的预留时隙,例如,若采用第三种D2D时域资源类型,符合D2D通信资源类型的时隙为时隙2、时隙3、时隙4和时隙5,该位图可以为1101,第1位为1,表示时隙2为DATA的预留时隙;第2位为1,表示时隙3是DATA的预留时隙;第4位为1,表示时隙5是DATA的预留时隙;第3位为0,表示时隙4不是DATA预留时隙。For example, the DATA time slot resource pool indication information may be a bitmap or a bitmap indication information. The bitmap may indicate whether the time slot corresponding to the DATA communication resource type corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval is a reserved time slot for DATA. For example, if The third type of D2D time domain resource is used. The time slots that conform to the D2D communication resource type are time slot 2, time slot 3, time slot 4, and time slot 5. The bitmap can be 1101, and the first bit is 1, which indicates the time. Slot 2 is a reserved time slot for DATA; the second bit is 1, which indicates that time slot 3 is a reserved time slot for DATA; the fourth bit is 1, which indicates that time slot 5 is a reserved time slot for DATA; the third bit is 0, indicating that time slot 4 is not a DATA reserved time slot.
S808:终端12和终端13建立同步。S808: The terminal 12 and the terminal 13 establish synchronization.
S809:终端12从SA时隙资源池中选择SA目标时隙。S809: The terminal 12 selects an SA target slot from the SA slot resource pool.
例如,终端12的处理器1211可以从SA时隙资源池中选择SA目标时隙。For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may select an SA target time slot from the SA time slot resource pool.
模式1中,由接入网设备11通过DCI5向终端12发送SA目标时隙和DATA目标时隙不同,EOC中,由终端12自主从SA时隙资源池中选择SA目标时隙,终端12自主从DATA时隙资源池中选择DATA目标时隙。In mode 1, the access network device 11 sends the SA target time slot and the DATA target time slot to the terminal 12 through DCI5. In EOC, the terminal 12 autonomously selects the SA target time slot from the SA time slot resource pool, and the terminal 12 autonomously Select the DATA target slot from the DATA slot resource pool.
终端12从SA时隙资源池中选择SA目标时隙,可以参考S611中接入网设备11从SA时隙资源池中选择SA目标时隙的相关内容,区别在于前者由终端12选择,后者由接入网设备11选择;前者在选择SA目标时隙的时候,可以以BWP子载波间隔对应的时隙为单位,后者在选择SA目标时隙的时候,可以以参考子载波间隔对应的时隙为单位。Terminal 12 selects the SA target time slot from the SA time slot resource pool. For details, refer to the content of selecting the SA target time slot from the SA time slot resource pool by the access network device 11 in S611. The difference is that the former is selected by terminal 12 and the latter. Selection by access network device 11; the former can use the time slot corresponding to the BWP subcarrier interval as the unit when selecting the SA target slot, and the latter can use the reference subcarrier interval when selecting the SA target slot The time slot is a unit.
例如,采用第三SA时域资源类型,参考子载波间隔对应的时隙4为SA的预留时隙,根据参考子载波间隔和BWP子载波间隔的关系,可知BWP子载波间隔对应的时隙7和时隙8为SA预留时隙终端12根据时隙7和时隙8的时域资源配置信息和终端12的调度情况可以确定时隙7和时隙8为SA的目标时隙。For example, using the third SA time domain resource type, the slot 4 corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval is a reserved time slot for the SA. According to the relationship between the reference subcarrier interval and the BWP subcarrier interval, we can know the time slot corresponding to the BWP subcarrier interval. Time slots 7 and 8 are reserved for SA. Terminal 12 can determine time slots 7 and 8 as the target time slots for SA based on the time domain resource configuration information of time slots 7 and 8 and the scheduling situation of terminal 12.
S810:终端12从DATA时隙资源池中选择DATA目标时隙。S810: The terminal 12 selects a DATA target slot from a DATA slot resource pool.
例如,终端12的处理器1211可以从DATA时隙资源池中选择DATA目标时隙。For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may select a DATA target slot from a DATA slot resource pool.
终端12从DATA时隙资源池中选择DATA目标时隙,与S611中接入网设备11从SA时隙资源池中选择SA目标时隙的原理和方式类似,区别在于前者由终端12选择,后者由接入网设备11选择;前者选择的是DATA目标时隙,后者选择的是SA目标时隙;前者在选择SA目标时隙的时候,可以以BWP子载波间隔对应的时隙为单位,后者在选择DATA目标时隙的时候,可以以参考子载波间隔对应的时隙为单位,可以参考S406中的相关内容。The terminal 12 selects the DATA target time slot from the DATA time slot resource pool, which is similar to the principle and method of selecting the SA target time slot from the SA time slot resource pool by the access network device 11 in S611. The difference is that the former is selected by the terminal 12 and the latter The former is selected by the access network device 11; the former selects the DATA target time slot and the latter selects the SA target time slot; when the former selects the SA target time slot, the time slot corresponding to the BWP subcarrier interval can be used as a unit When the latter selects the DATA target time slot, the time slot corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval can be used as a unit, and the relevant content in S406 can be referred to.
例如,采用第三种DATA时域资源类型,参考子载波间隔对应的时隙2、时隙3和时隙5为DATA预留时隙,终端13可以根据BWP参考子载波间隔与参考子载波间隔的关系,确定BWP子载波间隔对应的时隙3、时隙4、时隙5、时隙6、时隙9和时隙10为预留时隙。终端13根据可以根据时隙3、时隙4、时隙5、时隙6、时隙9和时隙10的时域资源配置信息和终端12的调度情况确定时隙3、时隙4、时隙5、时隙6、时隙9和时隙10为SA目标时隙。For example, using the third DATA time domain resource type, the time slots 2, 3, and 5 corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval are reserved for the DATA. The terminal 13 may refer to the reference subcarrier interval and the reference subcarrier interval according to the BWP. The time slot 3, time slot 4, time slot 5, time slot 6, time slot 9, and time slot 10 corresponding to the BWP subcarrier interval are determined as reserved time slots. The terminal 13 determines the time slot 3, the time slot 4, the time slot 4 according to the time domain resource configuration information of the time slot 3, the time slot 4, the time slot 5, the time slot 6, the time slot 9, and the time slot 10 and the scheduling situation of the terminal 12. Slot 5, slot 6, slot 9 and slot 10 are SA target slots.
S811:终端12确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。S811: The terminal 12 determines available symbols of the SA target slot.
S812:终端12确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号。S812: The terminal 12 determines available symbols of the DATA target slot.
S813:终端13确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。S813: The terminal 13 determines an available symbol of the SA target slot.
S814:终端12在SA目标时隙的可用符号上发送SA。S814: The terminal 12 sends an SA on the available symbols of the SA target slot.
S815:终端13确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号。S815: The terminal 13 determines available symbols of the DATA target slot.
S816:终端12在DATA目标时隙的可用符号上发送DATA。S816: The terminal 12 sends DATA on the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
其中S811-S816可以参考图6中S612-S617中的内容,在此不再赘述。。Among them, S811-S816 can refer to the contents of S612-S617 in FIG. 6, which will not be repeated here. .
图9是另一种NR系统中利用时域资源进行D2D通信的方法的示意图,其可以采用模式2的OOC模式。当终端12和终端13位于接入网设备11覆盖范围外,终端12和终端13可以使用OOC模式进行D2D通信。如图9所示:FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another method for performing D2D communication using time domain resources in an NR system, which can adopt an OOC mode of mode 2. When the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 are located outside the coverage of the access network device 11, the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 can use the OOC mode for D2D communication. As shown in Figure 9:
需要说明的是,终端12和终端13可以位于接入网设备11覆盖范围外,例如,终端12和终端13可以从接入网设备11覆盖范围内移动到接入网设备11覆盖范围外,终端12和终端13可以将接收到第一小区级半静态配置信息、第一用户级半静态配置信息和第一用户级动态配置信息,然后终端12和终端13可以将第一小区级半静态配置信息、第一用户级半静态配置信息和第一用户级动态配置信息进行保存,具体可以参考S601-S605中的内容,在此不再赘述。或者,终端12和终端13可以位于接入网设备11覆盖范围外,但是可以位于其他接入网设备覆盖范围内,此时终端12和终端13可以接受其他接入网设备发送的小区级半静态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息和用户级动态配置信息,具体可以参考本申请实施例中的内容,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 may be located outside the coverage area of the access network device 11, for example, the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 may be moved from the coverage area of the access network device 11 to the coverage area of the access network device 11. 12 and terminal 13 may receive the first cell-level semi-static configuration information, the first user-level semi-static configuration information, and the first user-level dynamic configuration information, and then terminals 12 and 13 may receive the first cell-level semi-static configuration information. 1. The first user-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level dynamic configuration information are stored. For details, reference may be made to the contents in S601-S605, and details are not described herein again. Alternatively, the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 may be located outside the coverage of the access network device 11 but may be located within the coverage of other access network devices. At this time, the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 may accept cell-level semi-static transmission from other access network devices. For configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information, reference may be made to the content in the embodiments of the present application, and details are not described herein again.
S901:终端12和终端13预配置SA时隙资源池指示信息。S901: Terminal 12 and terminal 13 pre-configure SA slot resource pool indication information.
终端12和终端13位于接入网设备11的覆盖范围外,终端12和终端13接收不到接入网设备11的广播消息。The terminal 12 and the terminal 13 are located outside the coverage of the access network device 11, and the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 cannot receive broadcast messages of the access network device 11.
可选的,终端12和终端13预配置SA时隙资源池指示信息,可以包括终端12和终端13最近在处于接入网设备11覆盖范围时,接收接入网设备11广播的SA时隙资源池指示信息,终端12和终端13保存SA时隙资源池指示信息。例如,终端12的处理器1211可以通过天线1216从接入网设备11接收SA时隙资源池指示信息,终端12的存储器1213对SA时隙资源池指示信息进行存储;终端13的处理器1211可以通过天线1216从接入网设备11接收SA时隙资源池指示信息,终端13的存储器1213对SA时隙资源池指示信息进行存储。Optionally, the terminal 12 and terminal 13 pre-configure the SA slot resource pool indication information, which may include the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 receiving the SA slot resources broadcast by the access network device 11 when they were in the coverage area of the access network device 11 recently. The pool instruction information, the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 save the SA slot resource pool instruction information. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may receive the SA slot resource pool indication information from the access network device 11 through the antenna 1216, and the memory 1213 of the terminal 12 stores the SA slot resource pool indication information; the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may The SA slot resource pool indication information is received from the access network device 11 through the antenna 1216, and the memory 1213 of the terminal 13 stores the SA slot resource pool indication information.
可选的,终端12和终端13预配置SA时隙资源池指示信息,可以包括预先以静态方式将SA时隙资源池指示信息写入终端12和终端13,例如,通过静态方式将SA时隙资源池指示信息写入终端12的处理器1211或者存储器1213,通过静态方式将SA时隙资源池指示信息写入终端13的处理器1211或者存储器1213。Optionally, the terminal 12 and terminal 13 pre-configured the SA slot resource pool indication information may include statically writing the SA slot resource pool indication information into the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 in advance, for example, statically writing the SA slot The resource pool instruction information is written into the processor 1211 or the memory 1213 of the terminal 12, and the SA slot resource pool instruction information is written into the processor 1211 or the memory 1213 of the terminal 13 in a static manner.
关于SA时隙资源池指示的内容可以参考S606的相关内容,在此不再赘述。For the content of the SA slot resource pool indication, refer to the related content of S606, which is not repeated here.
S906:终端12和终端13预配置DATA时隙资源池指示信息。S906: The terminal 12 and the terminal 13 pre-configure the DATA slot resource pool indication information.
终端12和终端13位于接入网设备11的覆盖范围外,终端12和终端13接收不到接入网设备11的广播消息。The terminal 12 and the terminal 13 are located outside the coverage of the access network device 11, and the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 cannot receive broadcast messages of the access network device 11.
可选的,终端12和终端13预配置DATA时隙资源池指示信息,可以包括终端12和终端13最近在处于接入网设备11覆盖范围时,接收接入网设备11广播的DATA时隙资源池指示信息,终端12和终端13保存DATA时隙资源池指示信息。例如,终端12的处理器1211可以通过天线1216从接入网设备11接收DATA时隙资源池指示信息,终端12的存储器1213对DATA时隙资源池指示信息进行存储;终端13的处理器1211可以通过天线1216从接入网设备11接收DATA时隙资源池指示信息,终端13的存储器1213对DATA时隙资源池指示信息进行存储。Optionally, the terminal 12 and terminal 13 pre-configure the DATA time slot resource pool indication information, which may include the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 receiving the DATA time slot resources broadcast by the access network device 11 when they were in the coverage area of the access network device 11 recently. The pool instruction information is stored in the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 in the DATA slot resource pool. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may receive the DATA time slot resource pool indication information from the access network device 11 through the antenna 1216, and the memory 1213 of the terminal 12 stores the DATA time slot resource pool indication information; the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may The DATA time slot resource pool indication information is received from the access network device 11 through the antenna 1216, and the memory 1213 of the terminal 13 stores the DATA time slot resource pool indication information.
可选的,终端12和终端13预配置DATA时隙资源池指示信息,可以包括预先以静态方式将DATA时隙资源池指示信息写入终端12和终端13,例如,通过静态方式将DATA时隙资源池指示信息写入终端12的处理器1211或者存储器1213,通过静态方式将DATA时隙资源池指示信息写入终端13的处理器1211或者存储器1213。Optionally, the terminal 12 and terminal 13 pre-configure the DATA time slot resource pool indication information, which may include statically writing the DATA time slot resource pool indication information to the terminal 12 and the terminal 13 in advance, for example, statically writing the DATA time slot The resource pool instruction information is written into the processor 1211 or the memory 1213 of the terminal 12, and the DATA time slot resource pool instruction information is written into the processor 1211 or the memory 1213 of the terminal 13 in a static manner.
关于DATA时隙资源池指示的内容可以参考S807的相关内容,在此不再赘述。For the content of the DATA time slot resource pool indication, refer to the related content of S807, which is not repeated here.
S903:终端12和终端13建立同步。S903: The terminal 12 and the terminal 13 establish synchronization.
S904:终端12从SA时隙资源池中选择SA目标时隙。S904: The terminal 12 selects an SA target slot from the SA slot resource pool.
S905:终端12从DATA时隙资源池中选择DATA目标时隙。S905: The terminal 12 selects a DATA target slot from a DATA slot resource pool.
S906:确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。S906: Determine the available symbols of the SA target slot.
S907:确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号。S907: Determine the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
S908:终端13确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。S908: The terminal 13 determines an available symbol of the SA target slot.
S909:终端12在SA目标时隙的可用符号上发送SA。S909: The terminal 12 sends an SA on the available symbols of the SA target slot.
S910:终端13确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号。S910: The terminal 13 determines an available symbol of a DATA target slot.
S911:终端12在DATA目标时隙的可用符号上发送DATA。S911: The terminal 12 sends DATA on the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
S904-S911可以参考图8中S809-S816中的内容,在此不再赘述。For S904-S911, reference may be made to the contents in S809-S816 in FIG. 8, and details are not described herein again.
上面结合图3至图9,对本申请实施例的方法进行了说明,下面对本申请实施例提供的执行上述方法的通信装置进行描述。本领域技术人员可以理解,方法和装置可以相互结合和引用,本申请实施例提供的装置可以执行上述方法。The method in the embodiment of the present application has been described above with reference to FIG. 3 to FIG. 9. The following describes a communication device for performing the foregoing method provided in the embodiment of the present application. Those skilled in the art can understand that the methods and devices can be combined and referenced each other, and the devices provided in the embodiments of the present application can execute the above methods.
例如,本申请实施例中由接入网设备11执行的方法,接入网设备11可以通过图2A所示的结构执行,其中接入网设备11发送或者接收的动作,可以由接入网设备11的处理器1111通过天线1115完成,接入网设备11确定或者处理等动作,可以由接入网设备11的处理器1111完成。例如,接入网设备11的处理器1111可以通过天线1115向终端12或者终端13发送时域资源配置信息,例如小区级半静态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息和用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种。例如,接入网设备11的处理器1111可以确定SA时隙资源池指示信息和DATA时隙资源池指示信息,接入网设备11的处理器1111可以通过天线1115广播SA时隙资源池指示信息和DATA时隙资源池指示信息。例如,接入网设备11的处理器1111可以确定SA目标时隙指示信息和DATA目标时 隙指示信息,接入网设备11的处理器1111可以通过天线1115向终端12发送SA目标时隙指示信息和DATA目标时隙指示信息。For example, in the method performed by the access network device 11 in the embodiment of the present application, the access network device 11 may be executed by the structure shown in FIG. 2A, and the actions sent or received by the access network device 11 may be performed by the access network device. The processor 1111 of 11 is completed by the antenna 1115, and the actions of determining or processing by the access network device 11 may be performed by the processor 1111 of the access network device 11. For example, the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may send the time domain resource configuration information to the terminal 12 or the terminal 13 through the antenna 1115, such as the cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information. One or more. For example, the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may determine the SA slot resource pool instruction information and the DATA slot resource pool instruction information, and the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may broadcast the SA slot resource pool instruction information through the antenna 1115. And DATA slot resource pool indication information. For example, the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may determine the SA target slot indication information and the DATA target slot indication information, and the processor 1111 of the access network device 11 may send the SA target slot indication information to the terminal 12 through the antenna 1115. And DATA target slot indication information.
例如,本申请实施例中由终端12执行的方法,终端12可以通过图2B所示的结构执行,其中终端12发送或者接收的动作,可以由终端12的处理器1211通过天线1216完成,终端12确定或者处理等动作,可以由终端12的处理器1211完成。例如,终端12的处理器1211可以通过天线1216从接入网设备11接收时域资源配置信息,例如小区级半静态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息和用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种。例如,终端12的处理器1211可以通过天线1216从接入网设备11接收SA时隙资源池指示信息和DATA时隙资源池指示信息。例如,终端12的处理器1211可以通过天线1216从接入网设备11接收SA目标时隙指示信息和DATA目标时隙指示信息。例如,终端12的处理器1211可以确定SA目标时隙的可用符号,例如终端12的处理器1211结合小区级半静态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息和用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。例如,终端12的处理器1211可以确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号,例如终端12的处理器1211结合小区级半静态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息和用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号。例如,终端12的处理器1211可以通过天线1216在SA目标时隙的可用符号向终端13发送SA,终端12的处理器1211可以通过天线1216在DATA目标时隙的可用符号向终端13发送DATA。For example, in the embodiment of the present application, the method executed by the terminal 12 may be executed by the structure shown in FIG. 2B. The sending or receiving action of the terminal 12 may be performed by the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 through the antenna 1216. The terminal 12 Actions such as determination or processing may be performed by the processor 1211 of the terminal 12. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may receive time domain resource configuration information from the access network device 11 through the antenna 1216, such as one of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information, or Multiple. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may receive SA slot resource pool indication information and DATA slot resource pool indication information from the access network device 11 through the antenna 1216. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may receive the SA target slot indication information and the DATA target slot indication information from the access network device 11 through the antenna 1216. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the SA target slot, for example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 combines one of the cell-level semi-static configuration information, the user-level semi-static configuration information, and the user-level dynamic configuration information, or Various available symbols for determining the SA target slot. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target slot, for example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 combines one of the cell-level semi-static configuration information, the user-level semi-static configuration information, and the user-level dynamic configuration information, or Various symbols available to determine the DATA target slot. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may send the SA to the terminal 13 through the available symbols of the antenna 1216 in the SA target time slot, and the processor 1211 of the terminal 12 may send the DATA to the terminal 13 through the available symbols of the antenna 1216 in the DATA target time slot.
例如,本申请实施例中由终端13执行的方法,终端13可以通过图2B所示的结构执行,其中终端13发送或者接收的动作,可以由终端13的处理器1211通过天线1216完成,终端13确定或者处理等动作,可以由终端13的处理器1211完成。例如,终端13的处理器1211可以通过天线1216从接入网设备11接收时域资源配置信息,例如小区级半静态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息和用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种。例如,终端13的处理器1211可以通过天线1216从接入网设备11接收SA时隙资源池指示信息和DATA时隙资源池指示信息。例如,终端13的处理器1211可以确定SA目标时隙的可用符号,例如终端13的处理器1211结合小区级半静态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息和用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种确定SA目标时隙的可用符号。例如,终端13的处理器1211可以确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号,例如终端13的处理器1211结合小区级半静态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息和用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号,或者终端13的处理器1211结合SA中携带的DATA目标时隙的可用符号指示信息确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号。例如,终端13的处理器1211可以通过天线1216在SA目标时隙的可用符号从终端12接收SA,终端13的处理器1211可以通过天线1216在DATA目标时隙的可用符号从终端12接收DATA。For example, in the embodiment of the present application, the method executed by the terminal 13 may be executed by the structure shown in FIG. 2B. The sending or receiving action of the terminal 13 may be performed by the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 through the antenna 1216. The terminal 13 Actions such as determination or processing may be performed by the processor 1211 of the terminal 13. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may receive time domain resource configuration information from the access network device 11 through the antenna 1216, such as one of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information, or Multiple. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may receive SA slot resource pool indication information and DATA slot resource pool indication information from the access network device 11 through the antenna 1216. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 combines one of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information, or Various available symbols for determining the SA target slot. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target time slot. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 combines one of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information, or Various available symbols for determining the DATA target time slot, or the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 determines the available symbols of the DATA target time slot in combination with the available symbol indication information of the DATA target time slot carried in the SA. For example, the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may receive the SA from the terminal 12 through the available symbols of the antenna 1216 in the SA target time slot, and the processor 1211 of the terminal 13 may receive the DATA from the terminal 12 through the available symbols of the antenna 1216 in the DATA target time slot.
另外,本申请实施例中由接入网设备11执行的方法中的每个步骤,接入网设备11中存在执行该方法中每个步骤的单元或者模块;由终端12执行的方法 中的每个步骤,终端12中存在执行该方法中每个步骤的单元或者模块;由终端13执行的方法中的每个步骤,终端13中存在执行该方法中每个步骤的单元或者模块。In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, each step in the method performed by the access network device 11 includes a unit or module in the access network device 11 that performs each step in the method; each of the methods performed by the terminal 12 For each step, there is a unit or module in the terminal 12 that executes each step in the method; for each step in the method performed by the terminal 13, there is a unit or module in the terminal 13 that executes each step in the method.
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置1000。如图10所示:The following describes a communication device 1000 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 10:
通信装置1000包括处理单元1001和通信单元1002。可选的,通信装置1000还包括存储单元1002。处理单元1001、通信单元1002和存储单元1002通过通信总线相连。The communication device 1000 includes a processing unit 1001 and a communication unit 1002. Optionally, the communication device 1000 further includes a storage unit 1002. The processing unit 1001, the communication unit 1002, and the storage unit 1002 are connected through a communication bus.
通信单元1002可以是具有收发功能的装置,用于与其他网络设备或者通信网络进行通信。The communication unit 1002 may be a device with a transmitting and receiving function, and is configured to communicate with other network devices or a communication network.
存储单元1002可以包括一个或者多个存储器,存储器可以是一个或者多个设备、电路中用于存储程序或者数据的器件。The storage unit 1002 may include one or more memories, and the memory may be one or more devices or devices in a circuit for storing programs or data.
存储单元1002可以独立存在,通过通信总线与处理单元1001相连。存储单元也可以与处理单元1001集成在一起。The storage unit 1002 may exist independently, and is connected to the processing unit 1001 through a communication bus. The storage unit may also be integrated with the processing unit 1001.
通信装置1000可以用于通信设备、电路、硬件组件或者芯片中。The communication device 1000 may be used in a communication device, a circuit, a hardware component, or a chip.
通信装置1000可以是本申请实施例中的终端,例如终端12或者终端13。终端的示意图可以如图2B所示。可选的,装置1000的通信单元1003可以包括终端的天线和收发机,例如图2B中的天线1216和收发机1212。可选的,通信单元1003还可以包括输出设备和输入设备,例如图2B中的输出设备1214和输入设备1215。The communication device 1000 may be a terminal in the embodiment of the present application, such as the terminal 12 or the terminal 13. The schematic diagram of the terminal may be as shown in FIG. 2B. Optionally, the communication unit 1003 of the device 1000 may include an antenna and a transceiver of the terminal, such as the antenna 1216 and the transceiver 1212 in FIG. 2B. Optionally, the communication unit 1003 may further include an output device and an input device, such as the output device 1214 and the input device 1215 in FIG. 2B.
通信装置1000可以是本申请实施例中的终端中的芯片,例如终端12中的芯片或者终端13中的芯片。通信单元1003可以是输入或者输出接口、管脚或者电路等。可选的,存储单元可以存储终端侧的方法的计算机执行指令,以使处理单元1001执行上述实施例中终端12或者终端13的方法。存储单元1002可以是寄存器、缓存或者RAM等,存储单元1002可以和处理单元1001集成在一起;存储单元1002可以是ROM或者可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,存储单元1002可以与处理单元1001相独立。可选的,随着无线通信技术的发展,收发机可以被集成在通信装置1000上,例如通信单元1003集成了收发机1212。The communication device 1000 may be a chip in a terminal in the embodiments of the present application, such as a chip in the terminal 12 or a chip in the terminal 13. The communication unit 1003 may be an input or output interface, a pin, or a circuit. Optionally, the storage unit may store a computer-executable instruction of the method on the terminal side, so that the processing unit 1001 executes the method of the terminal 12 or the terminal 13 in the foregoing embodiment. The storage unit 1002 may be a register, a cache, or a RAM. The storage unit 1002 may be integrated with the processing unit 1001. The storage unit 1002 may be a ROM or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions. The storage unit 1002 may be connected with The processing units 1001 are independent. Optionally, with the development of wireless communication technology, the transceiver may be integrated on the communication device 1000, for example, the communication unit 1003 integrates the transceiver 1212.
当通信装置1000是本申请实施例中的终端或者终端中的芯片时,通信装置1000可以实现上述实施例中终端12执行的方法。例如,通信单元1003可以从接入网设备11接收时域资源配置信息,例如小区级半静态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息和用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种,可以参考S301-S302的相关内容。例如,通信单元1003可以从接入网设备11接收SA时隙资源池指示信息和DATA时隙资源池指示信息,可以参考S305-S306的相关内容。例如,通信单元1003可以从接入网设备11接收SA目标时隙指示信息和DATA目标时隙指示信息,可以参考S307的相关内容。例如,处理单元1001可以确定SA目标时隙的可用符号,例如处理单元1001可以结合小区级半静态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息和用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种确定SA目标时 隙的可用符号,可以参考S309,S4A02,S4B03,S4C03和S4D02的相关内容。例如,处理单元1001可以确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号,例如处理单元1001可以结合小区级半静态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息和用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号,可以参考S310的相关内容。例如,通信单元1003可以在SA目标时隙的可用符号向终端13发送SA,可以参考S312的相关内容,通信单元1003可以在DATA目标时隙的可用符号向终端13发送DATA,可以参考S314的相关内容。其他内容可以参考图3至图9中的相关内容。When the communication device 1000 is a terminal or a chip in the terminal in the embodiment of the present application, the communication device 1000 may implement the method executed by the terminal 12 in the foregoing embodiment. For example, the communication unit 1003 may receive the time domain resource configuration information from the access network device 11, such as one or more of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information. For details, refer to S301. -S302 related content. For example, the communication unit 1003 may receive the indication information of the SA slot resource pool and the indication of the DATA slot resource pool from the access network device 11, and may refer to the related content of S305-S306. For example, the communication unit 1003 may receive the SA target slot indication information and the DATA target slot indication information from the access network device 11, and may refer to the related content of S307. For example, the processing unit 1001 may determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot. For example, the processing unit 1001 may determine the SA target by combining one or more of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information. The available symbols of the time slot can refer to the related content of S309, S4A02, S4B03, S4C03 and S4D02. For example, the processing unit 1001 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target time slot. For example, the processing unit 1001 may determine one or more of the cell-level semi-static configuration information, the user-level semi-static configuration information, and the user-level dynamic configuration information to determine the DATA target. The available symbols of the time slot can refer to the relevant content of S310. For example, the communication unit 1003 may send SA to the terminal 13 in the available symbols of the SA target slot, and may refer to the relevant content of S312, and the communication unit 1003 may send the DATA to the terminal 13 in the available symbols of the DATA target slot, and may refer to the relevant of S314. content. For other contents, please refer to the related contents in FIG. 3 to FIG. 9.
当通信装置1000是本申请实施例中的终端或者终端中的芯片时,通信装置1000可以实现上述实施例中终端13执行的方法。例如,通信单元1003可以从接入网设备11接收时域资源配置信息,例如小区级半静态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息和用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种,可以参考S303-S304的相关内容。例如,通信单元1003可以从接入网设备11接收SA时隙资源池指示信息和DATA时隙资源池指示信息,可以参考S305-S306的相关内容。例如,处理单元1001可以确定SA目标时隙的可用符号,例如处理单元1001可以结合小区级半静态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息和用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种确定SA目标时隙的可用符号,可以参考S311的相关内容。例如,处理单元1001可以确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号,例如处理单元1001可以结合小区级半静态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息和用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种确定DATA目标时隙的可用符号,可以参考S313的相关内容。例如,通信单元1003可以在SA目标时隙的可用符号从终端12接收SA,可以参考S312的相关内容,通信单元1003可以在DATA目标时隙的可用符号从终端12接收DATA,可以参考S314的相关内容。其他内容可以参考图3至图9中的相关内容。When the communication device 1000 is a terminal or a chip in the terminal in the embodiment of the present application, the communication device 1000 may implement the method performed by the terminal 13 in the foregoing embodiment. For example, the communication unit 1003 may receive time domain resource configuration information from the access network device 11, such as one or more of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information. For details, refer to S303. -S304 related content. For example, the communication unit 1003 may receive the indication information of the SA slot resource pool and the indication of the DATA slot resource pool from the access network device 11, and may refer to the related content of S305-S306. For example, the processing unit 1001 may determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot. For example, the processing unit 1001 may determine the SA target by combining one or more of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information. The available symbols of the time slot can refer to the related content of S311. For example, the processing unit 1001 may determine the available symbols of the DATA target time slot. For example, the processing unit 1001 may determine one or more of the cell-level semi-static configuration information, the user-level semi-static configuration information, and the user-level dynamic configuration information to determine the DATA target. The available symbols of the time slot can refer to the related content of S313. For example, the communication unit 1003 may receive SA from the terminal 12 at the available symbols of the SA target slot, and may refer to the relevant content of S312, and the communication unit 1003 may receive the DATA from the terminal 12 at the available symbols of the DATA target slot, and may refer to the relevant of S314. content. For other contents, please refer to the related contents in FIG. 3 to FIG. 9.
通信装置1000可以是本申请实施例中的接入网设备,例如接入网设备111或者接入网设备112。接入网设备的示意图可以如图2A所示。可选的,装置1000的通信单元1003可以包括接入网设备的天线和收发机,例如图2A中的天线1115和收发机1113。通信单元1003还可以包括接入网设备的网络接口,例如图2A中的网络接口1114。The communication device 1000 may be an access network device in the embodiment of the present application, such as the access network device 111 or the access network device 112. A schematic diagram of an access network device can be shown in FIG. 2A. Optionally, the communication unit 1003 of the apparatus 1000 may include an antenna and a transceiver of an access network device, such as the antenna 1115 and the transceiver 1113 in FIG. 2A. The communication unit 1003 may further include a network interface of an access network device, such as the network interface 1114 in FIG. 2A.
通信装置1000可以是本申请实施例中的接入网设备中的芯片,例如接入网设备12或者接入网设备13中的芯片。通信单元1003可以是输入或者输出接口、管脚或者电路等。可选的,存储单元可以存储接入网设备侧的方法的计算机执行指令,以使处理单元1001执行上述实施例中接入网设备侧的方法。存储单元1002可以是寄存器、缓存或者RAM等,存储单元1002可以和处理单元1001集成在一起;存储单元1002可以是ROM或者可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,存储单元1002可以与处理单元1001相独立。可选的,随着无线通信技术的发展,收发机可以被集成在通信装置1000上,例如通信单元1003集成了收发机1113,网络接口1114。The communication device 1000 may be a chip in an access network device in the embodiments of the present application, such as a chip in the access network device 12 or the access network device 13. The communication unit 1003 may be an input or output interface, a pin, or a circuit. Optionally, the storage unit may store a computer execution instruction of the method on the access network device side, so that the processing unit 1001 executes the method on the access network device side in the foregoing embodiment. The storage unit 1002 may be a register, a cache, or a RAM. The storage unit 1002 may be integrated with the processing unit 1001. The storage unit 1002 may be a ROM or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions. The storage unit 1002 may be connected with The processing units 1001 are independent. Optionally, with the development of wireless communication technology, the transceiver may be integrated on the communication device 1000. For example, the communication unit 1003 integrates the transceiver 1113 and the network interface 1114.
当通信装置1000是本申请实施例中的接入网设备或者接入网设备中的芯片时,可以实现上述实施例中接入网设备11执行的方法。通信单元1003可以向终端12或者终端13发送时域资源配置信息,例如小区级半静态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息和用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种,可以参考S301-S304中的相关内容。例如,处理单元1001可以确定SA时隙资源池指示信息和DATA时隙资源池指示信息,通信单元1003可以广播SA时隙资源池指示信息和DATA时隙资源池指示信息。例如,处理单元1001可以确定SA目标时隙指示信息和DATA目标时隙指示信息,通信单元1003可以向终端12发送SA目标时隙指示信息和DATA目标时隙指示信息。When the communication device 1000 is an access network device or a chip in an access network device in the embodiment of the present application, the method performed by the access network device 11 in the foregoing embodiment may be implemented. The communication unit 1003 may send the time domain resource configuration information to the terminal 12 or the terminal 13, such as one or more of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information. For details, refer to S301-S304. Related content in. For example, the processing unit 1001 may determine the SA slot resource pool indication information and the DATA slot resource pool indication information, and the communication unit 1003 may broadcast the SA slot resource pool indication information and the DATA slot resource pool indication information. For example, the processing unit 1001 may determine the SA target slot indication information and the DATA target slot indication information, and the communication unit 1003 may send the SA target slot indication information and the DATA target slot indication information to the terminal 12.
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置1100。如图11所示:The following describes a communication device 1100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 11:
通信装置1100可以包括通信单元1101和确定单元1102。The communication device 1100 may include a communication unit 1101 and a determination unit 1102.
该通信装置1100可以是本申请实施例中的终端12,当通信装置1100是终端12时,通信装置1100可以包括如下功能:The communication device 1100 may be the terminal 12 in the embodiment of the present application. When the communication device 1100 is the terminal 12, the communication device 1100 may include the following functions:
通信单元1101可以从接入网设备11接收时域资源信息,例如小区级半静态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息和用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种。可以参考S301-S302中的相关内容。The communication unit 1101 may receive time domain resource information from the access network device 11, such as one or more of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information. You can refer to related content in S301-S302.
可选的,通信单元1101可以从接入网设备11接收SA时隙资源池指示信息。可以参考S305中的相关内容。Optionally, the communication unit 1101 may receive SA slot resource pool indication information from the access network device 11. You can refer to related content in S305.
可选的,通信单元1101可以从接入网设备11接收DATA时隙资源池指示信息。可以参考S306中的相关内容。Optionally, the communication unit 1101 may receive the DATA slot resource pool indication information from the access network device 11. You can refer to related content in S306.
确定单元1102可以确定SA目标时隙和DATA目标时隙。可以参考S308中的相关内容。The determining unit 1102 may determine an SA target slot and a DATA target slot. You can refer to related content in S308.
确定单元1102还可以确定SA目标时隙的可用符号和DATA目标时隙的可用符号。可以参考S309中的相关内容。The determination unit 1102 may also determine the available symbols of the SA target slot and the available symbols of the DATA target slot. You can refer to related content in S309.
可选的,确定单元1102可以结合小区级半静态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息和用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种确定SA目标时隙的可用符号和DATA目标时隙的可用符号。可以参考S4A02,S4B03,S4C03和S4D02的相关内容。Optionally, the determining unit 1102 may combine one or more of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information to determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot and the availability of the DATA target time slot. symbol. You can refer to S4A02, S4B03, S4C03 and S4D02.
通信单元1101还可以在SA目标时隙的可用符号上向终端13发送SA。可以参考S312中的相关内容。The communication unit 1101 may also send an SA to the terminal 13 on the available symbols of the SA target slot. You can refer to related content in S312.
通信单元1101还可以在DATA目标时隙的可用符号上向终端13发送DATA。可以参考S314中的相关内容。The communication unit 1101 may also send DATA to the terminal 13 on the available symbols of the DATA target slot. You can refer to related content in S314.
当通信装置1100是终端12时,通信装置1100还可以实现终端12实现的其他功能,可以参考图3至图9中由终端12实现的功能。When the communication device 1100 is the terminal 12, the communication device 1100 may also implement other functions implemented by the terminal 12, and reference may be made to the functions implemented by the terminal 12 in FIGS. 3 to 9.
通信装置1100可以是本申请实施例中的终端13,当通信装置1100是终端13时,通信装置1100可以包括如下功能:The communication device 1100 may be the terminal 13 in the embodiment of the present application. When the communication device 1100 is the terminal 13, the communication device 1100 may include the following functions:
通信单元1101可以从接入网设备11接收时域资源信息,例如小区级半静 态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息和用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种。可以参考S303-S304中的相关内容。The communication unit 1101 may receive time domain resource information from the access network device 11, such as one or more of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information. You can refer to the related content in S303-S304.
可选的,通信单元1101可以从接入网设备11接收SA时隙资源池指示信息。可以参考S305中的相关内容。Optionally, the communication unit 1101 may receive SA slot resource pool indication information from the access network device 11. You can refer to related content in S305.
可选的,通信单元1101可以从接入网设备11接收DATA时隙资源池指示信息。可以参考S306中的相关内容。Optionally, the communication unit 1101 may receive the DATA slot resource pool indication information from the access network device 11. You can refer to related content in S306.
确定单元1102可以确定SA目标时隙的可用符号和DATA目标时隙的可用符号。可以参考S311和S313中的相关内容。The determining unit 1102 may determine the available symbols of the SA target slot and the available symbols of the DATA target slot. You can refer to related content in S311 and S313.
可选的,确定单元1102可以结合小区级半静态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息和用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种确定SA目标时隙的可用符号和DATA目标时隙的可用符号。Optionally, the determining unit 1102 may combine one or more of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information to determine the available symbols of the SA target time slot and the availability of the DATA target time slot. symbol.
通信单元1101还可以在SA目标时隙的可用符号上从终端12接收SA。可以参考S312中的相关内容。The communication unit 1101 may also receive SA from the terminal 12 on the available symbols of the SA target slot. You can refer to related content in S312.
通信单元1101还可以在DATA目标时隙的可用符号上从终端12接收DATA。可以参考S314中的相关内容。The communication unit 1101 may also receive DATA from the terminal 12 on the available symbols of the DATA target slot. You can refer to related content in S314.
通信装置1100还可以实现终端13实现的其他功能,可以参考图3至图9中由终端13实现的功能。The communication device 1100 may also implement other functions implemented by the terminal 13, and reference may be made to the functions implemented by the terminal 13 in FIGS. 3 to 9.
通信装置1100可以是本申请实施例中的接入网设备11,当通信装置1100是接入网设备11时,通信装置1100可以包括如下功能:The communication device 1100 may be the access network device 11 in the embodiment of the present application. When the communication device 1100 is the access network device 11, the communication device 1100 may include the following functions:
通信单元1101可以向终端12或者终端13发送时域资源信息,例如小区级半静态配置信息、用户级半静态配置信息和用户级动态配置信息中的一种或者多种。可以参考S303-S304中的相关内容。The communication unit 1101 may send time domain resource information to the terminal 12 or the terminal 13, such as one or more of cell-level semi-static configuration information, user-level semi-static configuration information, and user-level dynamic configuration information. You can refer to the related content in S303-S304.
可选的,确定单元1102可以用于确定SA预留时隙和SA时隙资源池指示信息。Optionally, the determining unit 1102 may be configured to determine SA reserved time slot and SA time slot resource pool indication information.
可选的,确定单元1102可以用于确定DATA预留时隙和DATA时隙资源池指示信息。Optionally, the determining unit 1102 may be configured to determine DATA reserved time slots and DATA time slot resource pool indication information.
可选的,通信单元1101可以广播SA时隙资源池指示信息。可以参考S305中的相关内容。Optionally, the communication unit 1101 may broadcast SA slot resource pool indication information. You can refer to related content in S305.
可选的,通信单元1101可以广播DATA时隙资源池指示信息。可以参考S306中的相关内容。Optionally, the communication unit 1101 may broadcast DATA time slot resource pool indication information. You can refer to related content in S306.
可选的,确定单元1102可以用于确定SA目标时隙和DATA目标时隙,通信单元1101还可以向终端12发送SA目标时隙指示信息或者DATA目标时隙指示信息。Optionally, the determining unit 1102 may be configured to determine an SA target time slot and a DATA target time slot, and the communication unit 1101 may further send the SA target time slot indication information or the DATA target time slot indication information to the terminal 12.
通信装置1100还可以实现接入网设备11实现的其他功能,可以参考图3至图9中由接入网设备11实现的功能。The communication device 1100 may also implement other functions implemented by the access network device 11, and reference may be made to the functions implemented by the access network device 11 in FIGS. 3 to 9.
应理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和 B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be understood that the term “and / or” in this document is only an association relationship describing an associated object, which means that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and / or B can mean: A exists alone, and A and B exist simultaneously. There are three cases of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
应理解,在本发明的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本发明实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in various embodiments of the present invention, the size of the sequence numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not deal with the embodiments of the present invention The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质。上述实施例中描述的方法可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。如果在软件中实现,则功能可以作为一个或多个指令或代码存储在计算机可读介质上或者在计算机可读介质上传输。计算机可读介质可以包括计算机存储介质和通信介质,还可以包括任何可以将计算机程序从一个地方传送到另一个地方的介质。存储介质可以是可由计算机访问的任何目标介质。An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium. The methods described in the above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. If implemented in software, the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium. Computer-readable media can include computer storage media and communication media, and can also include any medium that can transfer computer programs from one place to another. A storage medium may be any target medium that can be accessed by a computer.
作为一种可选的设计,计算机可读介质可以包括RAM,ROM,EEPROM,CD-ROM或其它光盘存储器,磁盘存储器或其它磁存储设备,或目标于承载的任何其它介质或以指令或数据结构的形式存储所需的程序代码,并且可由计算机访问。而且,任何连接被适当地称为计算机可读介质。例如,如果使用同轴电缆,光纤电缆,双绞线,数字用户线(DSL)或无线技术(如红外,无线电和微波)从网站,服务器或其它远程源传输软件,则同轴电缆,光纤电缆,双绞线,DSL或诸如红外,无线电和微波之类的无线技术包括在介质的定义中。如本文所使用的磁盘和光盘包括光盘(CD),激光盘,光盘,数字通用光盘(DVD),软盘和蓝光盘,其中磁盘通常以磁性方式再现数据,而光盘利用激光光学地再现数据。上述的组合也应包括在计算机可读介质的范围内。As an optional design, the computer-readable medium may include RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, or any other medium or instruction or data structure targeted for carrying The required program code is stored in a form and can be accessed by a computer. Also, any connection is properly termed a computer-readable medium. For example, if you use coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technology (such as infrared, radio, and microwave) to transfer software from a website, server, or other remote source, coaxial cable, fiber optic cable , Twisted pair, DSL or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio and microwave are included in the definition of the medium. Magnetic disks and optical discs as used herein include compact discs (CDs), laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs (DVDs), floppy discs and Blu-ray discs, where magnetic discs typically reproduce data magnetically, and optical discs reproduce data optically using lasers. Combinations of the above should also be included within the scope of computer-readable media.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品。上述实施例中描述的方法可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。如果在软件中实现,可以全部或者部分得通过计算机程序产品的形式实现。计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行上述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照上述方法实施例中描述的流程或功能。上述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、网络设备、用户设备或者其它可编程装置。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product. The methods described in the above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. If implemented in software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. A computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the procedures or functions described in the foregoing method embodiments are generated. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, a network device, a user equipment, or another programmable device.
以上所述的具体实施方式,对本发明的目的、技术方案和有益效果进行了进一步详细说明,所应理解的是,以上所述仅为本发明的具体实施方式而已,并不用于限定本发明的保护范围,凡在本发明的技术方案的基础之上,所做的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包括在本发明的保护范围之内。The specific embodiments described above further describe the objectives, technical solutions, and beneficial effects of the present invention in detail. It should be understood that the above are only specific embodiments of the present invention and are not intended to limit the present invention. The scope of protection, any modification, equivalent replacement, or improvement made on the basis of the technical solution of the present invention shall be included in the scope of protection of the present invention.

Claims (24)

  1. 一种D2D通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A D2D communication method, characterized in that the method includes:
    从接入网设备接收第一时域资源配置信息,所述第一时域资源配置信息用于指示第一时域资源包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,所述第一时域资源包括至少一个灵活符号,所述第一时域资源包括调度指示SA目标时隙;Receiving first time domain resource configuration information from an access network device, where the first time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate that a symbol included in the first time domain resource is an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol, and the first time domain The resource includes at least one flexible symbol, and the first time domain resource includes a scheduling indication SA target slot;
    从所述接入网设备接收第二时域资源配置信息,所述第二时域资源配置信息用于指示第二时域资源包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,所述第二时域资源包括至少一个灵活符号,所述第二时域资源包括数据DATA目标时隙;Receiving second time domain resource configuration information from the access network device, where the second time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate that symbols included in the second time domain resource are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols, and the second The time domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol, and the second time domain resource includes a data DATA target slot;
    确定所述SA目标时隙和所述DATA目标时隙;Determining the SA target slot and the DATA target slot;
    确定所述SA目标时隙的可用符号;Determining available symbols of the SA target slot;
    确定所述DATA目标时隙的可用符号;Determining available symbols of the DATA target time slot;
    在所述SA目标时隙的所述可用符号上向第二终端发送SA,所述SA携带DATA目标时隙指示信息,所述DATA目标时隙指示信息用于指示所述DATA目标时隙;Sending an SA to a second terminal on the available symbol of the SA target slot, where the SA carries DATA target slot indication information, and the DATA target slot indication information is used to indicate the DATA target slot;
    在所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号上向第二终端发送DATA。Send DATA to a second terminal on the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, further comprising:
    从接入网设备接收SA目标时隙指示信息和所述DATA目标时隙指示信息,所述SA目标时隙指示信息用于指示所述SA目标时隙,所述DATA目标时隙指示信息用于指示所述DATA目标时隙;Receiving SA target slot indication information and the DATA target slot indication information from an access network device, the SA target slot indication information is used to indicate the SA target slot, and the DATA target slot indication information is used to Indicating the DATA target time slot;
    所述确定SA目标时隙和DATA目标时隙,包括:The determining the SA target time slot and the DATA target time slot includes:
    根据所述SA目标时隙指示信息确定所述SA目标时隙;Determining the SA target time slot according to the SA target time slot indication information;
    根据所述DATA目标时隙指示信息确定所述DATA目标时隙。Determining the DATA target time slot according to the DATA target time slot indication information.
  3. 根据权利要求1或者2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising:
    从接入网设备接收SA时隙资源池指示信息和DATA时隙资源池指示信息,所述SA时隙资源池指示信息用于指示一个或者多个SA预留时隙,所述一个或者多个SA预留时隙包括所述SA目标时隙,所述DATA时隙资源池指示信息用于指示一个或者多个DATA预留时隙,所述一个或者多个DATA预留时隙包括所述DATA目标时隙;Receiving SA slot resource pool indication information and DATA slot resource pool indication information from an access network device, the SA slot resource pool indication information is used to indicate one or more SA reserved time slots, the one or more The SA reserved time slot includes the SA target time slot, the DATA time slot resource pool indication information is used to indicate one or more DATA reserved time slots, and the one or more DATA reserved time slots include the DATA Target time slot
    确定SA目标时隙和DATA目标时隙,包括:Determine the SA target time slot and DATA target time slot, including:
    根据所述SA时隙资源池指示信息确定所述SA目标时隙;Determining the SA target time slot according to the SA time slot resource pool indication information;
    根据所述DATA时隙资源池指示信息确定所述DATA目标时隙;Determining the DATA target time slot according to the DATA time slot resource pool indication information;
    所述方法还包括:The method further includes:
    确定所述DATA目标时隙指示信息。Determining the DATA target slot indication information.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein:
    所述SA还携带所述DATA目标时隙的可用符号指示信息,所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号指示信息用于指示所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号。The SA also carries available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot, and the available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot is used to indicate the available symbol of the DATA target slot.
  5. 一种D2D通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A D2D communication method, characterized in that the method includes:
    从接入网设备接收第一时域资源配置信息,所述第一时域资源配置信息用于指示第一时域资源包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,所述第一时域资源包 括至少一个灵活符号,所述第一时域资源包括SA目标时隙;Receiving first time domain resource configuration information from an access network device, where the first time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate that a symbol included in the first time domain resource is an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol, and the first time domain The resource includes at least one flexible symbol, and the first time domain resource includes an SA target time slot;
    从所述接入网设备接收第二时域资源配置信息,所述第二时域资源配置信息用于指示第二时域资源包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,所述第二时域资源包括至少一个灵活符号,所述第二时域资源包括DATA目标时隙;Receiving second time domain resource configuration information from the access network device, where the second time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate that symbols included in the second time domain resource are uplink symbols, downlink symbols, or flexible symbols, and the second The time domain resource includes at least one flexible symbol, and the second time domain resource includes a DATA target slot;
    接收SA时隙资源池指示信息,所述SA时隙资源池指示信息用于指示一个或者多个SA预留时隙,所述一个或者多个SA预留时隙包括所述SA目标时隙;Receiving SA slot resource pool indication information, where the SA slot resource pool indication information is used to indicate one or more SA reserved time slots, and the one or more SA reserved time slots include the SA target time slot;
    确定所述SA目标时隙的可用符号;Determining available symbols of the SA target slot;
    在所述SA目标时隙的所述可用符号上从所述第一终端接收SA,所述SA包括DATA目标时隙指示信息,所述DATA目标时隙指示信息用于指示所述DATA目标时隙;Receive an SA from the first terminal on the available symbol of the SA target slot, the SA includes DATA target slot indication information, and the DATA target slot indication information is used to indicate the DATA target slot ;
    确定所述DATA目标时隙的可用符号;Determining available symbols of the DATA target time slot;
    在所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号上从所述第一终端接收DATA。DATA is received from the first terminal on the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时域资源配置信息为第一小区级半静态配置信息;The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the first time domain resource configuration information is first cell-level semi-static configuration information;
    所述第一小区级半静态配置信息是通过系统消息接收的。The first cell-level semi-static configuration information is received through a system message.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 6, further comprising:
    接收第一用户级配置信息;Receiving first user-level configuration information;
    所述第一小区级半静态配置信息还用于指示所述SA目标时隙的至少一个符号为灵活符号;The first cell-level semi-static configuration information is further used to indicate that at least one symbol of the SA target slot is a flexible symbol;
    所述第一用户级配置信息用于指示所述第一小区级半静态配置信息指示的所述SA目标时隙的所述至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号。The first user-level configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定所述SA目标时隙的所述可用符号包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the determining the available symbols of the SA target time slot comprises:
    根据所述第一用户级配置信息,确定所述SA目标时隙的所述可用符号。Determining the available symbols of the SA target slot according to the first user-level configuration information.
  9. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定所述SA目标时隙的可用符号包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the determining available symbols of the SA target time slot comprises:
    根据所述第一小区级半静态配置信息和所述第一用户级配置信息,确定所述SA目标时隙的可用符号。Determining available symbols of the SA target time slot according to the first cell-level semi-static configuration information and the first user-level configuration information.
  10. 根据权利要求8或者9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一用户级配置信息包括第一用户级动态配置信息;The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the first user-level configuration information includes first user-level dynamic configuration information;
    所述第一用户级动态配置信息用于指示所述第一小区级半静态配置信息指示的所述SA目标时隙的所述至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号;The first user-level dynamic configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the first cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol;
    所述第一用户级动态配置信息是在组公共物理下行控制信道GC PDCCH上接收的。The first user-level dynamic configuration information is received on a group common physical downlink control channel GC PDCCH.
  11. 根据权利要求1-5所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claims 1-5, characterized in that:
    所述第一时域资源配置信息为第一用户级动态配置信息;The first time domain resource configuration information is first user-level dynamic configuration information;
    所述第一用户级动态配置信息在GC PDCCH上从所述接入网设备接收的。The first user-level dynamic configuration information is received from the access network device on a GC PDCCH.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定所述SA目标时隙的所述可用符号包括:The method according to claim 11, wherein the determining the available symbols of the SA target time slot comprises:
    根据所述第一用户级动态配置信息,确定所述SA目标时隙的所述可用符号。Determining the available symbols of the SA target slot according to the first user-level dynamic configuration information.
  13. 根据权利要求1-12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二时域资源配置信息为第二小区级半静态配置信息;The method according to any one of claims 1-12, wherein the second time domain resource configuration information is second cell-level semi-static configuration information;
    所述第二小区级半静态配置信息是通过系统消息接收的。The second cell-level semi-static configuration information is received through a system message.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 13, further comprising:
    接收第二用户级配置信息;Receiving second user-level configuration information;
    所述第二小区级半静态配置信息还用于指示所述DATA目标时隙的至少一个符号为灵活符号;The second cell-level semi-static configuration information is further used to indicate that at least one symbol of the DATA target slot is a flexible symbol;
    所述第二用户级配置信息用于指示所述第二小区级半静态配置信息指示的所述DATA目标时隙的所述至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号。The second user-level configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the DATA target slot indicated by the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the determining the available symbols of the DATA target time slot comprises:
    根据所述第二用户级配置信息,确定所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号。Determining the available symbols of the DATA target slot according to the second user-level configuration information.
  16. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定所述DATA目标时隙的可用符号包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the determining available symbols of the DATA target time slot comprises:
    根据所述第二小区级半静态配置信息和所述第二用户级配置信息,确定所述DATA目标时隙的可用符号。Determining available symbols of the DATA target time slot according to the second cell-level semi-static configuration information and the second user-level configuration information.
  17. 根据权利要求14-16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二用户级配置信息包括第二用户级动态配置信息;The method according to any one of claims 14 to 16, wherein the second user-level configuration information includes second user-level dynamic configuration information;
    所述第二用户级动态配置信息用于指示所述第二小区级半静态配置信息指示的所述SA目标时隙的所述至少一个灵活符号为上行符号或者下行符号;The second user-level dynamic configuration information is used to indicate that the at least one flexible symbol of the SA target slot indicated by the second cell-level semi-static configuration information is an uplink symbol or a downlink symbol;
    所述第二用户级动态配置信息是在GC PDCCH上接收的。The second user-level dynamic configuration information is received on the GC PDCCH.
  18. 根据权利要求1-12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1-12, wherein:
    所述第二时域资源配置信息为第二用户级动态配置信息;The second time domain resource configuration information is second user-level dynamic configuration information;
    所述第二用户级动态配置信息在GC PDCCH上从所述接入网设备接收的。The second user-level dynamic configuration information is received on the GC PDCCH from the access network device.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号包括:The method according to claim 18, wherein the determining the available symbols of the DATA target time slot comprises:
    根据所述第二用户级动态配置信息,确定所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号。Determining the available symbols of the DATA target slot according to the second user-level dynamic configuration information.
  20. 一种D2D通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A D2D communication method, characterized in that the method includes:
    从接入网设备接收第一时域资源配置信息,所述第一时域资源配置信息用于指示第一时域资源包括的符号为上行符号、下行符号或者灵活符号,所述第一时域资源包括至少一个灵活符号,所述第一时域资源包括SA目标时隙;Receiving first time domain resource configuration information from an access network device, where the first time domain resource configuration information is used to indicate that a symbol included in the first time domain resource is an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, or a flexible symbol, and the first time domain The resource includes at least one flexible symbol, and the first time domain resource includes an SA target time slot;
    接收SA时隙资源池指示信息,所述SA时隙资源池指示信息用于指示一个或者多个SA预留时隙,所述一个或者多个SA预留时隙包括SA目标时隙;Receiving SA slot resource pool indication information, where the SA slot resource pool indication information is used to indicate one or more SA reserved time slots, and the one or more SA reserved time slots include an SA target time slot;
    确定所述SA目标时隙中的可用符号;Determining available symbols in the SA target slot;
    在所述SA目标时隙中的所述可用符号上从所述第一终端接收SA,所述SA包括DATA目标时隙指示信息和DATA目标时隙的可用符号指示信息,所述DATA目标时隙指示信息用于指示DATA目标时隙,所述DATA目标时隙的可用符号指示信息用于指示所述DATA目标时隙中的可用符号;Receiving an SA from the first terminal on the available symbols in the SA target slot, the SA includes DATA target slot indication information and available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot, and the DATA target slot The indication information is used to indicate a DATA target time slot, and the available symbol indication information of the DATA target time slot is used to indicate available symbols in the DATA target time slot;
    根据所述DATA目标时隙指示信息和所述DATA目标时隙的可用符号指示信息,确定所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号;Determining the available symbols of the DATA target slot according to the DATA target slot indication information and the available symbol indication information of the DATA target slot;
    在所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号上接收DATA。DATA is received on the available symbols of the DATA target slot.
  21. 根据权利要求1-20任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1-20, wherein:
    所述SA目标时隙的所述可用符号包括所述SA时隙的上行符号、下行符号和灵活符号中的一种或者多种。The available symbols of the SA target slot include one or more of an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, and a flexible symbol of the SA slot.
  22. 根据权利要求1-21任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 21, wherein
    所述DATA目标时隙的所述可用符号包括所述DATA目标时隙的上行符号、下行符号和灵活符号中的一种或者多种。The available symbols of the DATA target slot include one or more of an uplink symbol, a downlink symbol, and a flexible symbol of the DATA target slot.
  23. 一种通信装置,包括处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序或指令,所述处理器用于执行存储器中的该计算机程序或指令,使得所述通信装置执行权利要求1至22任一所述的方法。A communication device includes a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program or instruction, and the processor is used to execute the computer program or instruction in the memory, so that the communication device executes a right A method according to any one of 1 to 22 is required.
  24. 一种计算机可读存储介质,所述存储介质用于存储计算机程序或指令,所述计算机程序或指令被执行时,使得所述计算机执行权利要求1至22任一所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program or instruction, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 22.
PCT/CN2019/100171 2018-08-10 2019-08-12 D2d communication method, communication apparatus, and communication system WO2020030172A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201810913356.2 2018-08-10
CN201810913356.2A CN110830965B (en) 2018-08-10 2018-08-10 D2D communication method, communication device and communication system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020030172A1 true WO2020030172A1 (en) 2020-02-13

Family

ID=69413943

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/100171 WO2020030172A1 (en) 2018-08-10 2019-08-12 D2d communication method, communication apparatus, and communication system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN110830965B (en)
WO (1) WO2020030172A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113498170A (en) * 2020-03-19 2021-10-12 维沃移动通信有限公司 Transmission configuration method and terminal
CN114666912B (en) * 2022-05-25 2022-08-05 广东海洋大学 Method, device, computer equipment and system for requesting uplink resource

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103997788A (en) * 2013-02-18 2014-08-20 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Device discovery method, user equipment, and network side equipment used for device-to-device communication
CN105338637A (en) * 2014-08-07 2016-02-17 中兴通讯股份有限公司 D2D communication processing method, D2D communication processing device, D2D communication equipment and base station
WO2017030393A1 (en) * 2015-08-18 2017-02-23 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Scheduling information transmitting method and apparatus in d2d communication, and scheduling information receiving method and apparatus in d2d communication
WO2017078833A1 (en) * 2015-11-04 2017-05-11 Qualcomm Incorporated Lte-d communications for v2x application

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105517154B (en) * 2014-09-22 2020-06-26 夏普株式会社 Base station, user equipment and method thereof
CN106470387A (en) * 2015-08-19 2017-03-01 北京信威通信技术股份有限公司 A kind of resource regulating method in D2D communication

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103997788A (en) * 2013-02-18 2014-08-20 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Device discovery method, user equipment, and network side equipment used for device-to-device communication
CN105338637A (en) * 2014-08-07 2016-02-17 中兴通讯股份有限公司 D2D communication processing method, D2D communication processing device, D2D communication equipment and base station
WO2017030393A1 (en) * 2015-08-18 2017-02-23 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Scheduling information transmitting method and apparatus in d2d communication, and scheduling information receiving method and apparatus in d2d communication
WO2017078833A1 (en) * 2015-11-04 2017-05-11 Qualcomm Incorporated Lte-d communications for v2x application

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN110830965B (en) 2021-08-31
CN110830965A (en) 2020-02-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR102297776B1 (en) Wireless lan system and operating mode change method of wireless lan system
CN111200873B (en) Uplink switching method, communication device and communication system
US10531431B2 (en) Apparatus and method for allocating resources in device-to-device communication in wireless network
KR20220047801A (en) Signal transmission method and device, signal receiving method and device, information feedback method and device, communication node, and medium
EP4093132A1 (en) Method and apparatus for allocating resources through cooperation between terminals in v2x system
US20210204284A1 (en) Apparatus and method of vehicle-to-everything communication of same
CN111066354A (en) Apparatus and method in wireless communication system, computer readable storage medium
CN110521257B (en) Transmission control method and device
MX2012005642A (en) Method for allocating resource for multicast and broadcast service data in wireless communication system and an apparatus therefor.
WO2017166277A1 (en) Resource allocation method, device, and communication system
TW201513720A (en) Device to device user equipment and base station
JP2022502942A (en) Capacity and resource allocation method, terminal equipment and control equipment
US11778642B2 (en) Facilitating device-to-device communications
AU2018374160A1 (en) Synchronization transmission carrier selection
WO2021027855A1 (en) Resource allocation method and apparatus
WO2020030172A1 (en) D2d communication method, communication apparatus, and communication system
US20220360403A1 (en) Channel state information acquisition
WO2020192319A1 (en) Resource configuration method and communication device
KR20220151606A (en) Systems and methods for configuring sidelinks
WO2022078245A1 (en) Power saving for sidelink communications
WO2022083952A1 (en) Sidelink discontinuous reception communications
WO2023207660A1 (en) Resource determining method and apparatus
WO2023060447A1 (en) Signal sending method and apparatus, signal receiving method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
KR20230006452A (en) Electronic device, communication method and storage medium
CN117014943A (en) Data transmission method, device and system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19847733

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19847733

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1